Representing India: Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions (Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance)

Representing India Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions Niraja Gopal Jayal Ethnicity, Inequalit...

Author: Niraja Gopal Jayal

51 downloads 1272 Views 786KB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!

Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

Representing India Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions

Niraja Gopal Jayal

Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance Series Series Editor: Yusuf Bangura The series on Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance is the ﬁrst major comparative study on ethnic inequalities in the public sector. It examines the complex ways ethnic diversity affects the constitution and management of the public sectors of multiethnic societies under formal democratic rule. Contributors have analyzed the structure of ethnic cleavages, including variations within each group; collected detailed empirical data on four public institutions: civil service, cabinet, parliament and party system; examined the rules that determine selection to these institutions; analyzed whether the distribution of ofﬁces is ethnically balanced or uneven, and studied voter preferences in constituting these institutions. They have also examined the potential of ethnic inequalities to generate conﬂict and the effectiveness of institutions and policy reforms for managing diversity and inequality. The research on which the series is based employs a typology that classiﬁes countries according to their levels of ethnic polarization: those in which one ethnicity is overwhelmingly dominant; those with two or three main groups; and those in which the ethnic structure is fragmented. 15 countries were studied in the project: Belgium, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Botswana, Ghana, Fiji, India, Kenya, Latvia, Lithuania, Malaysia, Nigeria, Papua New Guinea, Switzerland, Tanzania, and Trinidad and Tobago. The research was funded by the Ford Foundation and the Deutsche Gesellschaft für Technische Zusammenarbeit (GTZ), in addition to UNRISD core funds. Michele Tan, Anna Hemmingson, Carl-Johan Hedberg and Toshihiro Nakamura provided research assistance at various stages of the project. Gabriele Kohler, formerly UNDP Resident Representative in Latvia, and Nils Muiznieks, Minister for Integration in Latvia supported the international conference held in Riga, Latvia, in which the research ﬁndings of the project and their policy implications were discussed. Titles include: Yusuf Bangura (editor) ETHNIC INEQUALITIES AND PUBLIC SECTOR GOVERNANCE Florian Bieber POST-WAR BOSNIA Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance Niraja Gopal Jayal REPRESENTING INDIA Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions

Forthcoming titles include: Jon Fraenkel ETHNIC STRUCTURE, PUBLIC SECTOR INEQUALITY AND ELECTORAL ENGINEERING IN FIJI Ralph Premdas TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO Ethnic Conﬂict, Inequality and Governance Onalenna Selowane ETHNICITY, INEQUALITY AND PUBLIC SECTOR GOVERNANCE IN BOTSWANA Karuti Kanyinga ETHNICITY, INEQUALITY AND PUBLIC SECTOR GOVERNANCE IN KENYA Abdul Raufu Mustapha ETHNICITY, INEQUALITY AND PUBLIC SECTOR GOVERNANCE IN NIGERIA Artis Pabriks IN DEFIANCE OF FATE Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance in Latvia

Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance Series Series Standing Order ISBN 1–4039–4971–9 You can receive future titles in this series as they are published by placing a standing order. Please contact your bookseller or, in case of difﬁculty, write to us at the address below with your name and address, the title of the series and the ISBN quoted above. Customer Services Department, Macmillan Distribution Ltd, Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG21 6XS, England

Representing India Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions Niraja Gopal Jayal

© UNRISD 2006 All rights reserved. No reproduction, copy or transmission of this publication may be made without written permission. No paragraph of this publication may be reproduced, copied or transmitted save with written permission or in accordance with the provisions of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, or under the terms of any licence permitting limited copying issued by the Copyright Licensing Agency, 90 Tottenham Court Road, London W1T 4LP. Any person who does any unauthorized act in relation to this publication may be liable to criminal prosecution and civil claims for damages. The author has asserted her right to be identiﬁed as the author of this work in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. First published 2006 by PALGRAVE MACMILLAN Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG21 6XS and 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10010 Companies and representatives throughout the world PALGRAVE MACMILLAN is the global academic imprint of the Palgrave Macmillan division of St. Martin’s Press, LLC and of Palgrave Macmillan Ltd. Macmillan® is a registered trademark in the United States, United Kingdom and other countries. Palgrave is a registered trademark in the European Union and other countries. ISBN-13: 978–1–4039–8612–2 hardback ISBN-10: 1–4039–8612–6 hardback This book is printed on paper suitable for recycling and made from fully managed and sustained forest sources. A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Jayal, Niraja Gopal. Representing India : ethnic diversity and the governance of public institutions / Niraja Gopal Jayal. p. cm. – (Ethnicity, inequality, and public sector governance) Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 1–4039–8612–6 1. Representative government and representation–India. 2. India–Politics and government–1977– 3. Multiculturalism–India. 4. Ethnicity–India. I. Title. II. Series. JQ231.J385 2006 323.154–dc22

10 15

9 14

8 13

7 12

2005056366

6 11

5 10

4 09

3 08

2 07

1 06

Printed and bound in Great Britain by Antony Rowe Ltd, Chippenham and Eastbourne

For the company of cheerful nieces: Richa, Shruti, Shagun, Mandira Bhavna, Nupur, Poonam, Riecha, Stuti Shivani and Malavika

This page intentionally left blank

Contents List of Tables

viii

List of Abbreviations

xi

Acknowledgements

xiii

Foreword by Thandika Mkandawire

xv

Preface by Niraja Gopal Jayal Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7

xvii

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity Mapping Diversity in India Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance Conclusion

1 15 42 71 89 114 185

Appendix

198

Notes

215

References

222

Index

228

vii

List of Tables Chapter 2 2.1 Ofﬁcial languages in India 2.2 Religions of India and key social indices of the major religious groups 2.3 Percentage distribution of household income by source across population groups 2.4 Scheduled Castes in India: distribution across states 2.5 The Mandal Commission: caste groups as a percentage of India’s population 2.6 Comparative tables of literacy rates incorporating the gender gap and the gap between the general population and SCs and STs (1961–1991) 2.7 Scheduled Tribes in India: distribution across states Chapter 4 4.1 Departmental distribution of staff in the NCSCST 4.2 Service related petitions processed by the NCSCST (1994–1997) Chapter 5 5.1 Vote share and seats: Congress and BJP (1952–2004) 5.2 Electoral performance of pan-Indian, Hindu revivalist and other ethnic parties: share of valid vote 5.3 Social bases of political parties (1996 and 1998) in % 5.4 National, state and registered parties since 1989 (Cumulative seats and vote percentage) 5.5 14th Lok Sabha: principal contenders in various states Chapter 6 6.1 Muslims in the Lok Sabha (1952–1999) 6.2 Reserved seats in Lok Sabha: state and regional summaries 6.3 Caste, class and tribe in the 10th Lok Sabha (1991–1996) 6.4 Caste, class and tribe in the 11th Lok Sabha (1996–1997) 6.5 Caste, class and tribe in the 12th Lok Sabha (1998–1999) 6.6 Caste, class and tribe in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999–2004) 6.7 Caste, class and tribe in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004) viii

18 21 24 29 30

35 39

75 78

95 97 99 107 112

116 117 121 122 124 125 127

List of Tables ix

6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 6.19 6.20 6.21 6.22 6.23

6.24

6.25

6.26

6.27

10th–14th Lok Sabhas: regional conﬁgurations of diversity (caste, class and tribe) Comparison of diversity (caste, class and tribe) by region 10th–14th Lok Sabhas Summary of the representation of Forward Classes, Backward Classes, SCs and STs 10th–14th Lok Sabhas Religion, caste and tribe in the 14th Lok Sabha Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe: 10th–14th Lok Sabhas Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe for each Lok Sabha (10th–14th ) Summary representation of religion, caste and tribe 10th–14th Lok Sabhas The Council of Ministers from 1947 to the present: a comparative overview of cabinet sizes Composition of the Union Cabinet by religious community (1947–1990) Composition of the Union Cabinet by caste (1947–1990) Regional representation in the Union Cabinet (1947–1990) Religious diversity in the Union Cabinet (1990–2005) Composition of the Union Cabinet by caste (1990–2005) Regional representation in the Union Cabinet (1990–2005) Muslim and Christian presence in IAS (direct recruitment + promotees) (1970–2000) Religious diversity of IAS ofﬁcers (at Joint Secretary level or higher in select ministries of the Union Government) Recruitment pattern of candidates belonging to the SC, ST and OBC groups to the Union Civil Services (1981–1999) Recruitment pattern of candidates belonging to the SC, ST and OBC groups to Indian Forest Services (1981–1999) Recruitment pattern of candidates belonging to the SC, ST and OBC groups to the Indian Engineering Services (1981–1999) Religious minorities in the civil service (January 1, 1980)

130 132 134 137 139 142 145 147 152 154 155 157 158 159 164

165

166

169

170 171

x List of Tables

6.28 Representation of SCs and STs in IAS and IPS (January 1, 1983) 6.29 Occupational classiﬁcation of main workers 1961–1991 (all numbers in percentages) 6.30 All India enrolment ﬁgures for SCs and STs at undergraduate, postgraduate, technical and professional education courses, (1977–1978 and 1995–1996) 6.31 Employment proﬁle of SCs and STs in central government 6.32 Representation of SCs and STs in public sector enterprises (January 1, 1996) 6.33 Representation of SCs and STs in public sector banks (January 1, 1996) 6.34 Composition of the teaching staff of 13 central universities (1998–1999) 6.35 Composition of the Congress Working Committee (CWC) (1972–2002) 6.36 Composition of the Bharatiya Janata Party National Executive (1972–2002) 6.37 SCs and STs in the military

171 172

172 173 174 174 174 176 179 183

Appendix Chapter 5 5a Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 9th Lok Sabha (1989) 5b Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 10th Lok Sabha (1991) 5c Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 11th Lok Sabha (1996) 5d Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 12th Lok Sabha (1998) 5e Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999) 5f Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004) Chapter 6 6a Religion, caste and tribe: 10th Lok Sabha 6b Religion, caste and tribe: 11th Lok Sabha 6c Religion, caste and tribe: 12th Lok Sabha 6d Religion, caste and tribe: 13th Lok Sabha

198 199 200 202 203 205 207 209 211 213

List of Abbreviations AGP AIADMK BAMCEF BBM BJD BJP BJS BSP CAG CBR CPM CSDS CWC DGBCW DMK EER FPTP GOI HCR IAS ICS IPS IUML KHAM MBC MIM MP NCRWC NCSCST NDA OBC PR PRI RPI

Asom Gana Parishad All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam Backward and Minorities Classes Employees Federation Bharipa Bahujan Mahasangha Biju Janata Dal Bharatiya Janata Party Bharatiya Jana Sangh Bahujan Samaj Party Comptroller and Auditor-General crude birth rate Communist Party of India (Marxist) Centre for the Study of Developing Studies Congress Working Committee Director-General of Backward Classes Welfare Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam Ever Enrolment Rate ﬁrst-past-the-post Government of India Head Count Ratio Indian Administrative Services Indian Civil Service Indian Police Service Indian Union Muslim League Kshatriya, Harijan (SC), Adivasi (ST) and Muslim Most Backward Castes Majlis-e-Ittehadul Muslimeen Member of Parliament National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes National Democratic Alliance Other Backward Class proportional representation Panchayati Raj Institutions Republican Party of India xi

xii List of Abbreviations

RSS SC ST UPA USPC WPR

Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes United Progressive Alliance Union Public Service Commission Work Participation Rate

Acknowledgements I would like to thank Yusuf Bangura, who led the UNRISD project of which this book is a part, for his untiring and indefatigable efforts in putting together this series of publications. I would particularly like to thank Ravindra Karnena who has worked hard and long on the tables in the book, an area of research rather far removed from his discipline of social anthropology. However, his disciplinary training was usefully deployed in the ofﬁces of political parties where he cheerfully hung about doing forensic work on the caste background of particular politicians. I am immensely grateful to him. I am indebted also to Neera Chandhoke and Philip Oldenburg who read and provided critical opinions on this manuscript. As always, Rakesh and Gayatri have been immensely supportive of my work. All of the above are, needless to say, absolved of all blame for the deﬁciencies of this book.

xiii

xiv Acknowledgements

The author, series editor and publisher of this volume gratefully acknowledge permission to excerpt and reproduce data and tables as listed below. • Table 2.3, p. 24: The National Council of Applied Economic Research, New Delhi for permission to excerpt data from Table 3.5 on pp. 34–5 of India: Human Development Report: A Profile of Indian States in the 1990s by Abusaleh Shariff (ed.). Copyright © National Council of Applied Economic Research, New Delhi. • Table 5.2, p. 97: Oxford University Press, Delhi and the author for permission to excerpt material from Table 1.1 on p. 6 of Ethnicity and Populist Mobilization by Narendra Subramanian. Copyright © Narendra Subramanian and Oxford University Press, Delhi. • Table 5.3, p. 99: Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India and the authors for permission to use excerpts from Table 4.3 on pp. 134–5 of Democracy and Social Change in India: A Cross-Sectional Analysis of the National Electorate by Subrata K. Mitra and V.B. Singh. Copyright © Subrata K. Mitra and V.B. Singh 1999. • Table 6.16, p. 152, Table 6.17, p. 154 and Table 6.18, p. 155: The President, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi for permission to use data from Tables 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of The Indian Cabinet: A Study in Governance by V.A. Pai Panandiker and Ajay Mehra, published by the Centre for Policy Research and Konark Publishers, New Delhi. Copyright © Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi. • Table 6.36, p. 179: C. Hurst & Co., London, Permanent Black, Ranikhet and New Delhi and the author for permission to use some data from Table 13.3 on p. 470, of India’s Social Revolution by Christophe Jaffrelot. Copyright © Christophe Jaffrelot.

Foreword India’s complex ethnic cleavages seem to defy classiﬁcation as a single ethnic structure. The country is home to more than 1600 language groups and six major religions. Followers of the Hindu religion are further divided by a hierarchical caste system. In addition, about 10% of the population has been characterized as tribal. Despite this complexity, India is an established democracy and has registered high growth rates in recent years. These outcomes question notions that link ethnic diversity with low growth and authoritarian rule. A deﬁning characteristic of India’s ethnic complexity is that its cleavages are largely crosscutting rather than reinforcing. For instance, not all Hindus are Hindi speakers and they may be further subdivided into countless castes and tribes. This makes it difﬁcult to mobilize most Indians on a single cleavage, even though the appeal of caste and religious parties has been on the rise. Indeed, until the 1980s, the Congress party, which is a coalition of diverse interests, was able to govern India without building alliances with other parties. Niraja Gopal Jayal’s study suggests that federalism and multilingualism contained conﬂicts based on ethno-linguistic differences. There is relative ethno-regional balance in the composition of India’s public sector. However, two other cleavages – caste and religion – have been politicized in ways that have affected the fragmented nature of the ethnic setting. The discourse on caste divides the society into forward castes on the one hand and backward and scheduled castes on the other, even though there are ﬁve main castes and a large number of sub-categories within each. Afﬁrmative action policies that seek to improve the visibility of lower castes and tribes in the public service have encouraged the proliferation of caste-based parties with an antiBrahmin message. These parties now account for about 15% of the popular vote. Religion has also tended to polarize Indian society, leading to communal violence. Hindus and Muslims account for 94% of the Indian population. Muslims, who are 12% of the population, are more than 100 million strong, making them the second largest Muslim group in the world. This bipolarity in the religious sphere was politicized during colonial rule and in the run-up to independence, resulting in civil war and partition. Right-wing politicians have lately exploited the religious xv

xvi Foreword by Thandika Mkandawire

cleavage. Jayal’s study suggests that the politics of Hindu revivalist parties threaten to convert India into a unipolar state using Hinduism as a vehicle of mobilization. These parties raised their share of the popular vote to more than 20% in the 1990s. They dominated the 1999–2004 government. Jayal’s study highlights the potential and limits of redistributive policies in situations of durable inequalities. Even though underprivileged castes have improved their presence in India’s public institutions as a result of reservation policies, these gains have not sufﬁciently transformed their social status and well being. Individuals of upper caste background still account for a relatively much larger share of parliamentary seats, as well as cabinet and civil service posts. In addition, underprivileged castes are concentrated in the lower levels of the bureaucracy and have been unable to ﬁll reserved vacancies that require technical qualiﬁcations. Parties and MPs that claim to represent underprivileged castes have not been effective in inﬂuencing public policies. Muslims, whose socio-economic status is lower than that of Hindus and who are relatively less represented in parliament, are not entitled to reservation. Jayal evaluates India’s redistributive policies under three important yardsticks: policy outcomes, social outcomes and political outcomes. The relative position of underprivileged groups does not improve on each of these measures, underscoring the need, as she puts it, for ‘much more determined action from both state and civil society’ to tackle social prejudice and material inequalities. UNRISD is grateful to the Deutsche Gesellschaft für Technische Zusammenarbeit (GTZ) and the Ford Foundation for their ﬁnancial support of the research on Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance. As is the case with all UNRISD projects, work on the project would not have been possible without the core funding provided by the governments of Denmark, Finland, Mexico, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Thandika Mkandawire UNRISD Director

Preface This book started life as a long essay and the process by which it was transformed into a book was energetically led by Yusuf Bangura of UNRISD, whose ambition for this project and powers of gentle persuasion have resulted in the series of volumes of which this book is a part, and in a bunch of weary authors of whom too this is one. Being part of a series that has grown out of a multi-country project – albeit one addressing common research questions – has both strengths and limitations. For a start, not all the countries included in the study are comparable in terms of their size and the complexity of their history, society and polity. Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania and even Botswana are clearly not very similar to India. Nevertheless, the choice of countries was informed by the project design to generate comparisons that are contained in Bangura’s own essay in the edited volume Ethnic Inequalities and Public Sector Governance. There is nevertheless the possibility that this volume may be read and viewed as a coherent whole, and as such it has two limitations that need to be prefaced with a caution. Firstly, parts of the book may appear to be rather introductory in nature, which may suit those who are unfamiliar with the complexities of Indian history and society, but will make India-specialists impatient. Secondly, it will possibly not satisfy those who are looking for a narrowly deﬁned focus, rather than for a comprehensive or broad-brush account of the big picture. This is not, it should be clearly stated, a book for those who know Indian society and politics well and are familiar with the debates on representation and identity politics in the Indian context. Even so, this book does seek to contribute something new to these debates. Firstly, it provides new primary data on the composition of the Lok Sabha (lower house) of the Indian Parliament, in terms of caste, religion, tribe and region, from 1991 onwards. This has arguably been the period in which the most tectonic and important shifts have taken place in Indian political processes. Similarly, the book provides new primary data on the Union Cabinet from 1990 onwards. Secondly, while there are more narrowly focused studies of particular groups – such as the dalits – and speciﬁc institutions – such as the electoral system – there is no single study which provides a comprehensive account of representation along the axes of caste, tribe and religion in xvii

xviii Preface by Niraja Gopal Jayal

the way in which this work does. The one dimension that is excluded is that of gender, which was outside the common terms of reference of the project. Finally, there is an attempt to mitigate the boredom of rather basic account of ethnic diversity (Chapter 2) by a discussion (in Chapter 3) of the overlapping nature of social and economic inequalities. This is a distinction frequently forgotten in the Indian academy, as the excitement of debates on multiculturalism has tended to occlude from scholarly vision the mutually compounding nature of cultural with material inequality, for instance, low caste status with low economic status. This book seeks to restore to the debate on ethnic inequality the centrality of the issue of material disadvantage, to suggest that a policy or political solution couched exclusively in the language of ethnicity and cultural identity is inadequate to the task of crafting a more equal society in which all groups – regardless of ethnic origin – enjoy the rights of citizenship in the fullest sense. Niraja Gopal Jayal

INDIA States and Union Territories

JAMMU & KASHMIR Srinagar

N HIMACHAL PRADESH

CHINA (TIBET)

ChandigarhShimla PUNJAB UTTARANCHAL Dehradun HARYANA DELHI

PAKISTAN

UTTAR PRADESH

RAJASTHAN Jaipur

NEP AL

Lucknow

SIKKIM Gangtok

Patna BIHAR

GUJARAT Gandhinagar

DIU DAMAN DADAR & NAGAR HAVELI

Bhopal MADHYA PRADESH

MAHARASHTRA Mumbai (Bombay)

A R A B I Panaji A GOA N S E A

Ranchi JHARKHAND

CHHATTISGARH Raipur ORISSA

Itanagar

BHUTAN

ASSAM Dispur Shillong

MEGHALAYA Agartala WEST TRIPURA BENGAL Calcutta

Bhubaneshwar

NAGALAND Kohima Imphal MANIPUR

Aizawl MIZORAM

MYANMAR

BANGLADESH

Hyderabad ANDHRA PRADESH

KARNATAKA Bangalore Chennai (Madras) MAHE (Pondicherry) TAMILNADU KERALA

LAKSHADWEEP

ARUNACHAL PRADESH

YANAM (Pondicherry)

PONDICHERRY (Puduchchery) KARAIKAL (Pondicherry)

BAY OF BENGAL

Port Blair ANDAMAN & NICOBAR ISLANDS

Thiruvananthapuram

Map not to Scale

Copyright © Compare Infobase Pvt. Ltd. 2003

xix

This page intentionally left blank

1 Representing India: Democracy and Diversity

This volume is part of a multi-country study exploring issues of inclusion, accommodation and cohesion in the way in which public institutions are constituted and managed in multi-ethnic societies. The framework of the project assumes that ethnic difference not merely shapes the identity of a state, but also structures the opportunities of access to institutions and the allocation of resources. The project explores the relationship between various types of diversity and representative opportunities in the governance of the public sector. The focus in on three institutions in particular: national legislatures, cabinets and the bureaucracy. Located in the overarching context of this research project, the present study is speciﬁcally about the Indian experience. In common with the other country-studies, it maps the landscape of ethnic diversity in broad brush-strokes, and provides an account of the institutional design to enhance representation for minorities and groups disadvantaged by virtue of ethnicity. It presents data on patterns of representation in institutions where there are safeguards speciﬁcally designed to guarantee representation, and in those where there are not. It attempts to explain the outcomes and to theorize the general conditions under which representativeness is enhanced. Finally, it also examines the tricky question of whether representation actually leads to better policy outcomes for disadvantaged groups, and reﬂects upon the politics of representation in the form of competitive and imitative ethnic mobilization.

Cultural pluralism, social inequality and the founding vision of citizenship in India Modern Indian nationhood was arguably a creation of the movement for freedom from British colonial rule. The geographical boundaries of 1

2 Representing India

India today bear little resemblance to those of British India, which was both more and less than what India is today: more in the sense that the erstwhile princely states which were outside the territorial jurisdiction of British rule are today part of India, and less in that the territories of modern Pakistan and Bangladesh were, at the time, part of British India. However, India’s vastness and diversity lies not only in its geographical spread but equally in the cultures that inhabit it. British colonial rule had contributed to the shaping of cultural identity, sometimes in divisive ways, and when the sun did ﬁnally set on the British Empire in India, it was partitioned into the two independent nations of India and Pakistan (which was subsequently also partitioned to create Bangladesh). India’s cultural diversity, and the politics of mobilization (along lines of caste and religious community) that it had spawned, with ofﬁcial encouragement in the colonial era, informed the social agenda of the movement for freedom, as also the constitutional design that was proposed for the new republic. The project of the founders of the republic was therefore the creation of a society whose citizens shared a strong sense of national identity despite cultural diversity; the protection of historically disadvantaged ethnic groups; and the management of diversity within a democratic framework. Unlike many nation-states, which are premised on the claim of a unique language, culture or race, the founding idea of India was an idea of the nation-state as intrinsically diverse and plural. There is of course some irony in the fact that while the identity of a nation is constructed on the premise of shared heritable characteristics (such as race, language or ethnicity), it is undermined only moments after the birth of the nation, as the latter embarks on a nation-building project, striving to transcend ‘divisive’ particularistic identities.1 Indeed, Bhikhu Parekh [1994] (2003) has reminded us of the transience of even national identity, as it is born out of interactions between historical experience and potentially endless future constructions and reconstructions. The conundrum between universalism and particularism can be recast and perhaps even resolved by postulating it as a distinction between a national identity deﬁned in civic terms rather than in ethnic terms. (Beiner, 1995:8) In India, though national identity was deﬁned in ‘national-civic’ rather than ‘national-ethnic’ terms, it remained a rather fragile construct, a somewhat complicated ‘national-civic-plural-ethnic’ combination that did not however seem to be chaotic or untidy, much less inconsistent. Thus, the Indian Constitution privileged the conception of universal citizenship, perceived as a critical dimension of the

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity 3

project of ‘nation-building’. At the same time, it consciously sought to accommodate the claims of minorities and disadvantaged groups on the grounds, variously, of protection or compensation for disadvantage, rather than on the grounds that these were distinctive interests that needed special representation in the political system.2 The normative weight, as between the universalist and particularist dimensions of citizenship clearly belongs to the former, with the latter merely facilitating the realization of the background conditions of equality, and so advancing the eventual accomplishment of the universalist ideal. Conﬂicts between these two dimensions were perhaps inevitable, even though the optimism of the time precluded any serious attention to the mechanisms by which these might be resolved. Lloyd and Susanne Rudolph have pithily and correctly summarized this: ‘The contradiction in India’s concept of secularism was its simultaneous commitment to communities and to equal citizenship’. (Rudolph and Rudolph, 1987:178) (emphasis added) The project of Indian modernity – and its approach to cultural diversity – is nowhere better exempliﬁed than in Jawaharlal Nehru’s Discovery of India, which was unarguably the locus classicus of the unity-in-diversity approach. His understanding of communal conﬂict between the Hindus and Muslims was irreproachably Marxist (Nehru, 1989:466–7) and, therefore, poverty, backwardness, caste, region and religion were all viewed as different faces of the same retrograde phenomenon, which could be transcended only by the alliance of science, reason and economic development. Modernization, on this account, would provide an impetus to processes of secularization, and the conﬂict between universalist and particularist citizenship would be negotiated and ultimately resolved on this terrain. The mainstream secular nationalist position of the time echoed Nehru in holding up economic modernization as the answer. Minoo Masani’s Our India – 19533 was a manifesto of the new India as it embarked on the ambitious project of what was then called ‘nationbuilding’. It spoke of the diversity of India in every sphere, from the natural and physical to the economic and social, suggesting that this enormous diversity should be harnessed in the cause of planned economic development, which would lead to enhanced productivity and eventually the conquest of poverty. The new India was to be constructed, rather like the Soviet utopia on which it was modelled, through a variety of economic activities. Cultural differences, however, were cheerfully swept under the carpet, and a centralizing model of political and economic development was assumed to be the appropriate

4 Representing India

instrument through which the idea of India would, willy-nilly, get fashioned. On this view, the primordial identities of caste and language would gradually wither away as economic modernization and its concomitants – widespread literacy, urbanization, modern bureaucratic and managerial structures and social mobility – struck roots. It was, of course, intended that these processes would be facilitated by a strong interventionist state, and complemented by India’s role as a leader of the decolonized and decolonizing nations of the world. Thus, though the Indian Constitution – ‘openly and determinedly secular’ (Galanter, 1984:305) – privileged the conception of universal citizenship, it also consciously sought to accommodate the claims of minorities and ascriptively-deﬁned disadvantaged groups. Instead of adopting an identical strategy of accommodation towards different cultural communities, therefore, the state in independent India has devised different institutional mechanisms for giving recognition to their interests. This is why the constitution makes different policy provisions for different types of ‘differences’, each justiﬁed in terms of some criterion of appropriateness. The constitutional attempt to balance the demands of universalist citizenship with the special needs of communities4 took the form, ﬁrst, of a recognition that, along with equal civil and political rights for all citizens, it is important to secure and guarantee the rights of religious minorities. This was done through guarantees for the freedom of religion, including the freedom to practice and propagate it, as well as through providing for separate personal laws for members of minority communities, alongside a universally applicable criminal law. The promise of equality, secondly, was given greater content through constitutional provisions for afﬁrmative action for the scheduled castes and tribes, both in public employment as well as in the central and state legislatures. Finally, at the macro-institutional level, a federal structure based on linguistic boundaries, was legislated. The overarching framework for all these was a liberal-democratic polity of the parliamentary type, with a multi-party system. The institutions of governance were thus intended to conform to the liberal-individualist conception of equal citizenship, encompassing equal rights for all citizens and upholding the principle of equality before the law. The only signiﬁcant exceptions to this were (a) the recognition of certain categories of rights for which (cultural) communities rather than individuals would be the bearers of rights; and (b) the provisions for compensatory discrimination for historically disadvantaged groups. How were these exceptions justiﬁed? In the nor-

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity 5

mative argument that underpinned the departure from the principle of equality, the underlying assumption in respect of religious minorities was that the democratic principle of equality is an insufﬁcient guarantee for minorities who will, in the presence of a dominant majority, always be insecure in the enjoyment of their cultural rights. In relation to members of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, the normative justiﬁcation was that equality of opportunity would be effectively denied to these groups as they could not, given their histories of marginalization, compete on really equal terms, and hence required special guarantees of access to education and public employment as enabling background conditions of equality. In other words, the reservation of seats in public institutions was not, as it seemed to be, a denial of equality; on the contrary, it was a measure designed to promote effective equality. The separate personal laws as also policies of compensatory discrimination were, it should be mentioned, viewed as interim measures on the path to a society in which greater social equality and processes of secularization would eventually lead to the universalist norms of citizenship becoming ﬁrmly entrenched, and render special provisions redundant. Thus, the long-term objective of a uniform civil code was quietly tucked away along with other good intentions in the chapter on Directive Principles of State Policy, to be realized when secularization processes would make its retrieval less contentious. The provisions for reservations for the scheduled castes and tribes were given an unwarrantedly optimistic ten-year term that has subsequently been extended by Parliament every ten years. As is only too well known, both these have been highly contentious issues in Indian politics in the 1990s. The ﬁrst has created unexpected paradoxes, as when the endorsement of religious personal law by the state, also entails acquiescing in the violation of individual rights and principles of gender justice. Similarly, though policies of afﬁrmative action have been extended to castes previously outside their fold, they have often led to the formation of new elites within the formerly excluded groups and generated imitative patterns of politicization. In recent times, the biggest challenge to this founding vision, based on cultural pluralism, has been the Hindu nationalism of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), which led a coalition government at the centre from 1998–2004. This attempt to create a new unity, itself parasitic upon particularistic interests, also diminishes the currency previously enjoyed by the universalistic conception of citizenship and the commitment to political inclusion.

6 Representing India

Democracy, representation and quotas As we have noted, guaranteed representation, in the form of quotas, is constitutionally provided only to the members of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. Why was such representation assumed to be the optimal way of redressing social inequalities, and why was it not extended to all disadvantaged groups? When the desirability of a legislative body fairly representing all sections of the people in a political community is asserted, the conception of representation that is appealed to is microcosmic representation, as distinct from delegated or symbolic representation.5 In microcosmic representation, the main characteristics of a population should be mirrored in, say, the assembly, so reﬂecting the social composition of the nation in microcosm. (Birch, 1971:39) Further, the role the legislator is expected to play vis-à-vis her/his electors is central to the issue of who can and should represent a people. When James Mill said that ‘The beneﬁts of the representative system are lost in all cases in which the interests of the choosing body are not the same with those of the community’, he was speaking of a political community rather than of an ascriptively deﬁned social group within the larger political community. Today, in the age of universal adult franchise, universally deﬁned rights of political citizenship are widely viewed as insufﬁcient guarantees of the representation of acriptively deﬁned social groups. As such, the question of making special provision for the interests and preferences of minority social groups has assumed great importance. The ﬁrst assumption here is that a community needs to speak for itself and its interests if its potential is to be realized. This is accompanied by the assumption that only members of a particular community are capable of expressing the interests of, and working for the good of, that community and that nobody else can do this. The question of how a legislator can best represent the interests of her constituents ﬁnds varying answers in theories of representation within the liberal tradition. In the Whig theory of representation, for instance, the elected representative deliberates independently on national policies, and is obliged to consult only his own judgement and not, on every issue, the wishes of his constituents. The most famous defence of this position is found in Edmund Burke’s Address to the Electors of Bristol in 1774. Your representative owes you, not his industry only, but his judgement; and he betrays, instead of serving you, if he sacriﬁces it to your opinion.

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity 7

….Parliament is not a congress of ambassadors, from different and hostile interests; which interests each must maintain, as an agent and advocate, against other agents and advocates; but parliament is a deliberative assembly of one nation, with one interest, that of the whole; where, not local purposes, not local prejudices ought to guide, but the general good, resulting from the general reason of the whole. You chose a member indeed; but when you have chosen him, he is not a member of Bristol, but he is a member of parliament. (Burke in Hill, ed. 1975:158) Diametrically opposed to this is the Levellers’ conception of representation, underpinned by a radical notion of popular sovereignty, viewing the political representative as an agent sent to Parliament by his electors to give or withhold their consent to measures of taxation and legislation proposed by the executive. It is evident that safeguarded quotas implicitly uphold the latter conception of the representative, sent to Parliament to represent the particular interests of the group. The denial of quotas to religious minorities was of course underpinned by memories of the divisive colonial institution of separate electorates for Hindus and Muslims, and the creation of the independent state of Pakistan on the basis of religion.

The imperfections of representation: normative and empirical Despite guarantees and safeguards in the form of quotas, representation is attended by two sets of imperfections, which we will here label as normative and empirical. It is possible to identify at least three normative imperfections in the representative ideal. Firstly, and most fundamentally, representation is a compromise with the democratic ideal in its fullest sense, which is perhaps realizable only in a direct democracy. As such, representation is the answer to the question of how to arrive at a practical second-best mechanism for representing the interests and preferences of individual members of a democratic polity. Secondly, representation presumes an identity between the represented and the representative. As we have already noted, the dispute between mandate (the idea that the representative is antecedently bound by the mandate of her/his constituents) and independence (the idea that the representative enjoys a certain independence of mind and judgement in assessing the public interest) remains, perhaps inevitably, unresolved. (Pitkin, 1989:142) But this issue can become contentious when

8 Representing India

we consider the problem of internal minorities such as women belonging to religious groups that are controlled by men and make claims for the rights of cultural community that may work to the detriment of women within those communities. Thirdly, it is widely recognized that individuals have multiple identities, and that one may be black, a woman and a Muslim, all at the same time. Can any one representative represent all these identities? The argument for guarantees of representative opportunities for groups that are likely to be disadvantaged does not however attend to the three normative imperfections listed above. The rationale for safeguarded quotas for representing particular social groups lies in the reality of the way representative institutions actually work: in that they do not ensure adequate policy concern for groups which are marginalized or excluded. It is this political exclusion of some that provides the best justiﬁcation for what Anne Phillips has described as a politics of presence (in which women, ethnic minorities and other excluded groups are guaranteed fair representation) as opposed to a politics of ideas (a political choice between policies and programmes of political parties, rather than on the basis of group concerns and interests). (Phillips, 1996) Thus, a politics of ideas provides a choice between the political programmes of different parties in a democracy; a politics of presence works to represent all shades of opinion and interests through the assured presence in decision-making bodies of all groups in society. It is however important to distinguish between (a) the logic of afﬁrmative action as it aims to provide access – through reservations – to opportunities of education and/or employment, and (b) the logic of quota-based representation which is aimed at providing guaranteed access to the process of decision-making through participation in elected legislative bodies. Unlike afﬁrmative action, which provides access to essentially material goods and opportunities, representation in elected bodies provides those who come in through quotas with a voice in decision-making. As such, it invokes more fully the ideal of citizenship, of participation in the collective deliberation by members of a polity in matters relating to its future. In the Indian case, however, it is arguable that the objective was not microcosmic representation, nor even a politics of presence. The purpose of quotas was the enhancement of the capabilities of the disadvantaged groups through the equalization of background conditions. This is why the eventual phasing out of these was envisaged. In empirical terms, it may be observed that even when representation is guaranteed, the advantages do not always translate into desirable

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity 9

policy outcomes. How can we assess the outcomes of representation? This study makes a case for evaluating at least three types of outcomes: policy outcomes, societal outcomes and political outcomes. The ﬁrst helps us to assess the extent to which quotas have actually expanded access to domains from which such groups were previously excluded, and the extent to which such access has been universalized within groups. Societal outcomes can be assessed in terms of the increased insecurity of minorities and their vulnerability to violence; the generation of resentment among other less disprivileged groups; the fragmentation of civil society; and the fate and future of the project of universal citizenship, nationhood and nation-building. Thirdly, and ﬁnally, political outcomes in terms of patterns of political mobilization, as well as state capacity and state discourse, are important. This study uses these broad categories to frame its conclusions.

Structure of the book Seeking an explanation for the representational outcomes in three institutions, this book examines the role of the constitutional framework; institutional design; laws and policies; and the political process. As such, this study has three major components: an analysis of social cleavages, informed by an understanding of their construction over time, as also the way in which they are shaped by the institutions and policies designed to manage diversity; the ethnic composition of three major public sector institutions, viz. Parliament, the cabinet, and the bureaucracy; and, ﬁnally, the party and electoral systems which mediate the relationship between the ﬁrst two. In Chapter 2, an attempt is made to map ethnic diversity in India in the most basic descriptive terms, and to link the disadvantages associated with ascriptive identities with social and economic deprivation. Chapter 3 speciﬁes and describes the constitutional mechanisms and institutions devised to manage diversity and redress inequalities. It shows how these have evolved in the course of the struggle for national freedom as well as through ethnic conﬂict after independence. The construction of identity forms a necessary part of this narrative, which also helps to nuance the ‘objective’ account of diversity that is provided in Chapter 2. The Indian Constitution provided safeguards for the rights of religious minorities, but guaranteed reservations in education and public employment for only two categories of historically disadvantaged social groups, viz. the Scheduled Castes (SCs) and the Scheduled Tribes (STs). In subsequent decades, these

10 Representing India

provisions were supplemented with additional institutions, laws and policy initiatives speciﬁcally designed to advance the welfare of these groups as well as of religious minorities. These ranged from essentially protective institutions such as the National Minorities Commission and the Commissioner (later National Commission) for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (NCSCST) to promotional initiatives such as rural and tribal development programmes. Most recently, constitutional amendments were enacted to revive the institutions of local selfgovernment, with provisions for reservation for these groups as well as for women. Chapter 4 describes and assesses the performance of some of these institutions. The ﬁrst three chapters thus provide a snapshot account of linguistic, regional, caste and tribal diversity in India, and the institutional mechanisms designed to manage these within a democratic framework. It particularly emphasizes the overlap between what may be called symbolic or cultural inequalities and economic inequalities, to argue that neither the constitutional design, nor subsequent law and policy, have been adequately attentive to this overlap. There have been even fewer attempts to engage in an ongoing stocktaking of the actual distribution of advantages, insofar as these could be expected to address intra-group inequalities. Also, while the constitution and various ofﬁcial commissions have deﬁned backwardness in social and educational terms, the same criteria have not been employed to take cognizance of the existence of backward groups within religious minorities like the Muslims. As far as the speciﬁc set of institutions being examined across countries in this research project is concerned, it is notable that quotas have been institutionalized in the lower house of Parliament (the Lok Sabha) as also in the bureaucracy, but not in the formation of Cabinets. Nevertheless, it has been customary to attend to regional and religious differences in Cabinet-formation, though many would argue that – given that Members of Parliament (MPs) from the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes generally become junior Ministers, but almost never hold important party or cabinet positions6 – this is little more than tokenism. Given these limitations of institutional design and state policy, in what way has the party political process contributed to the representational pattern in public sector institutions? In the constitution of the legislature, it is frequently assumed that the choice of the ﬁrst-past-the-post (FPTP) electoral system generates representational outcomes skewed in favour of majorities. The Indian experience however belies this, to the extent that a more diverse national legislature has actually been achieved despite the FPTP system. This is largely

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity 11

attributable to the emergence, in the 1990s, of smaller parties whose strategies of electoral mobilization are based on social cleavages such as caste. Since 1989, the party system has become increasingly fragmented with the number of national parties remaining more or less constant, while the number of state parties have more than doubled. The carving up of parliament among a large number of parties has also led to another outcome that is generally associated with proportional representation (PR) systems, viz. coalition government. The role of political parties in mobilizing identity has been crucial not just to the processes of identity-formation and construction, but also to the many forms of political conﬂict that have besieged the Indian polity. Whether it was the sons-of-the-soil type of political articulation (as witnessed in Maharashtra and Assam in the 1970s and 1980s respectively, and uncannily resurfacing again today); or the sub-national, occasionally even secessionist, assertions of autonomy (as in Punjab in the 1980s); or the assertions of ‘social (as an euphemism for caste) justice’; all these challenges to the Indian state have been led by political parties of at least regional importance. They have severely tested the ability of the state to accommodate new demands based in ethnicity, with some – such as Kashmir – remaining unresolved to the present. How do political parties express the aspirations of particular social constituencies? In the current situation of a multiplicity of parties and greater political fragmentation of identity, is it more strategic for parties to seek to narrow rather than broad-base their appeal in ethnic terms? In particular, do the national parties work towards greater representation, e.g. in the distribution of tickets to winnable parliamentary seats, and in the formation of party committees and cabinets? Chapter 5 of this study explores in some detail the relationship between the electoral and party systems, on the one hand, and the representational outcomes, on the other. It argues that while, on the surface, the evidence appears to support the hypothesis that in ethnically divided societies, national parties are inevitably forced to broadbase their appeal, the Indian experience suggests some important caveats. For the ﬁrst few decades after independence, the Congress itself – as the single dominant ‘umbrella’ party – represented a coalition of this kind, albeit by encompassing a wide range of diversity within its own fold. For this period, the hypothesis held true, even though there was of course only one dominant party on the political landscape. The erosion of the wide support base of the Congress was accompanied by the emergence of a large number of regional parties,

12 Representing India

many of whom claim to represent particular sections of society, such as the backward castes. The coalition that ruled from 1998–2004 was led by the BJP, whose way of broad-basing its appeal was the exact reverse of the Nehruvian-Congress model. Rather than seeking to build a social coalition on the basis of respect for diversity, it chose to posit an alternative construction of identity: an overarching Hindu identity, which can submerge multiple identities (of, for example, caste and language), to yield a potential jackpot of a four-ﬁfths majority. The party system is arguably going through a transitional phase in which neither of the two so-called national parties is capable of forming a government on its own. The Congress, which once had this ability, has now lost it, partly through organizational attenuation and partly through the gradual loss of sections of its social base. The BJP has not yet developed such a capacity. Consequently, even as both these parties represent themselves as national forces, they are necessarily dependent upon the support of a variety of regional and state-level players that can deliver the seats required to make up a majority. In themselves, they have come to constitute the two poles around which parties may cluster and coalition governments become viable, though the Congress’s ability to lead a coalition is yet to be tested or demonstrated. The imperatives of coalition-building are, therefore, less about representativeness and more about government-formation. To the extent that the governments so formed are broadly representative is an unintended consequence of this imperative. Chapter 5 of the study extrapolates from Election Commission data, combined with recent political history and analysis, to provide an account of and explanation for, the nature of alliances and coalitions that have emerged in the 1990s, and the current transition the party system in the country is undergoing. In Chapter 6, we examine three public sector institutions in some detail, viz. Parliament, the Union Cabinet, the bureaucracy and political party executives, with some additional reﬂections on the judiciary, the military and political party executives. Most of the data in this chapter has been generated especially for this study, to document the shifts in the patterns of representation over time, and to analyse the possible reasons for the slower pace of change in, say, the bureaucracy as compared to the legislature. The composition of the lower house of the Indian Parliament over the last ﬁve terms is discussed through primary data that have involved the proﬁling of approximately 540 members of parliament in each of the last four Lok Sabhas, in addition to the current house, elected in May 2004. Since information

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity 13

about their ethnic backgrounds is not ofﬁcially documented, this exercise has substantially relied upon interviews with expert informants from the various states of India. The data make it clear that this, more than any other sphere of Indian society, has witnessed a broadening of the social base. Though the percentages may not appear to be very dramatic, in real terms the character of Parliament has certainly changed, as many non-elite groups that were not formerly a part of the political process now are. Data on the Union Cabinet were already available from 1947 to 1990. However, the period since 1990 – following increasing backward caste assertions – is a period of more rapid change than the previous four decades, and this is captured in the primary data collected for this latter period, and organized by Prime Ministerial terms. This also coheres with the time-period chosen for the section on Parliament. In methodological terms, it should be clariﬁed that, for this section of the study, one representative Cabinet of each Prime Minister was chosen, with the cabinet size being taken as the average of that Prime Minister’s cabinets at different points in time. On bureaucracy, the only existing diversity data was part of a study (Goyal, 1989) that used the raw data available as on 1 January 1985. In this study, we began our data collection exercise from the year 1975, taking the 10 most important Ministries of the Union Government, in addition to the Prime Minister’s Secretariat (later Ofﬁce) and the Cabinet Secretariat, and identifying all the ofﬁcers of Joint Secretary and above in each of these Ministries for every ﬁve years between 1975 and 1995 (i.e., 1975, 1980, 1985, 1990 and 1995). Those belonging to services other than the Indian Administrative Service (IAS) were excluded, generating a sample of over 100 ofﬁcers in each time-slice, all belonging to the IAS, institutional successor to the so-called heavenborn Indian Civil Service (ICS) of colonial times. The religious and caste diversity data of the higher echelons of the Union Government is supplemented here by ofﬁcial data following the extension of reservation to the other backward classes (OBCs); some data pertaining to the Indian Forest Service, abstracted from ofﬁcial reports; and data on Muslims in the administration from other sources. These data are interpreted to present a broad picture of the ethnic composition of the bureaucracy. There would be little or no disagreement about the fact that the panoply of institutions and policies created to manage diversity have failed to substantively address the disadvantages that mark the condition of the vast majority of these groups. This is only partially

14 Representing India

explained by the fact that elites within these groups have tended to corner the beneﬁts and reproduce them inter-generationally. More alarming is the widely noted fact that despite quotas having provided for their presence in the legislature and the bureaucracy, the policy initiatives for these groups have been woefully inadequate. A more radical argument would, with some justice, blame this failure on the entrenched social hierarchies that underwrite the stranglehold of the upper castes and upper classes (and sometimes these are the same) on Indian society. It will be argued in this book that any explanation for the patterns of representation of ethnic diversity in public sector institutions in India has to be multi-faceted. It must take on board the nature of the institutional design as well as other policy initiatives, their promise and performance. The extent to which these have failed to address the material underpinnings of social and cultural difference may point us to the ﬂaws in institutional design, or to the entrenched character of social hierarchies, and the interaction of both these with the political process, speciﬁcally the role of the party and electoral systems. As such, there is a need to historicize the Indian political and institutional experience, as much as we have noted the importance of historicizing various identity-constructions. This study will highlight the overlap between cultural and material inequalities and argue that any policy strategy which addresses only the cultural and symbolic aspects – through the politics of recognition – is likely to be deﬁcient to the extent that it fails to simultaneously encompass economic inequalities – or the politics of redistribution – as well. Secondly, this work will describe the patterns of representation as they have emerged in three governing institutions – parliament, cabinet and the bureaucracy – in relation both to policies such as compensatory discrimination, and in relation to the political strategies of parties and the electoral system. Finally, the work will evaluate the usefulness of guaranteed political and administrative representation as a strategy for offsetting the effects of social and economic inequalities. It will do so through an examination of its societal and political consequences as well as policy outcomes.

2 Mapping Diversity in India

The President of the Indian republic today is a Tamil-speaking Muslim from southern India, the Prime Minister is a Punjabi-speaking Sikh, and the President of the ruling Congress Party is an Italian-born Catholic. None of this is particularly astonishing in a large country where diversity is almost a cliché, and where, though the boundaries of ethnicities cannot always be very clearly demarcated, claims couched in the vocabulary of ethnicity are regularly made and contested. The cultural diversity of the Indian nation is however not merely a composite of multiple ethnically distinct units. It is rather a product of criss-crossing and overlapping identities based in region, language, religion, sect, caste and tribe. Though India is a crucible of cultural diversities, it deﬁes characterization as an ethnic structure. This is because the identities that have crystallized on the basis of these diversities have historically been invented and re-invented, through negotiation with each other and with political authority. These processes have, in no small measure, shaped our perception and understanding, indeed even our description, of these diversities. This study begins by mapping diversity in India in broad brush-strokes, in terms of linguistic, regional, religious and caste differences, though without losing sight of the fact that these descriptions cannot be seen as objective or deﬁnitive. The discussion of diversities in this chapter must however be prefaced by three caveats. Firstly, it is well established that identities are shifting and ﬂuid, and subject to processes of invention and re-invention, making some of them more politically salient than others at particular points in time. It is in these terms that we may view the recent attempt by the forces of Hindutva, to construct a homogenized Hindu social order, to replace a plural society with one that is unipolar or, at best, bipolar. 15

16 Representing India

The interaction between shifting and ﬂuid identities, processes of political mobilization, and state policy have contributed to ﬁxing and reifying some identities, even as they overwrite and dissolve others. There is moreover a disconcerting lack of permanence about these. Consequently, any description of ethnic structure must be seen as historically contingent with respect to both the past and the future. Secondly, quite apart from the contingency of ethnic identity, there are also many overlaps such that co-religionists of different language groups may have less in common with each other than with other members of the same linguistic, but different religious, community. Thus, a Muslim in Kerala may have more in common with other Malayalam-speakers in his own state than with a Muslim in Bihar. In all likelihood, the two may belong to very different sects and be governed by rather different customary laws. This suggests that social cleavages in India are cross-cutting rather than reinforcing. The social universe of most Indian citizens is composed of multi-layered identities encompassing language, region, caste, religion, as well as the more ‘modern’ secular identities of being an Indian, a woman, or an urban professional. A third important aspect of ethnicity in India is that it frequently overlaps with other forms of disadvantage. Caste inequality is frequently – though not invariably – accompanied by economic deprivation, which makes it that much more difﬁcult to address through policy initiatives. Traditional and historical forms of social inequality thus co-exist with, and are reinforced by, inequalities arising out of the sphere of production and economic activity. Alongside its description of ethnic diversity in India, this study provides some illustrations of the widely acknowledged overlap between, say, social marginalization and material disadvantage in terms of income levels as well as human development indicators. While identity is not a primordial given, and is subject to construction by political actors, the convergence between social and economic disadvantage cautions us against adopting a purely constructivist position and so dismissing the problem as a political artefact. The mobilization of identity for regional autonomy or for greater representation in governing institutions cannot be dismissed as altogether invalid simply because it has become an instrument of politics. The diversity of Indian society is very real and the imperative of making the structures of governance reﬂect this diversity was recognized by the Congress Party before independence1 and given formal expression in the Constitution of India in 1950. If the practice of the last half-century

Mapping Diversity in India 17

belies this expectation, it also begs the question of what explains the actual representational outcomes. This chapter attempts to map ethnic diversity in India in the most basic descriptive terms, even at the risk of some over-simpliﬁcation. It does so along the four main axes of language, religion, caste and tribe, and keeping in view the major contestations around these categories. More importantly, and following from the discussion (in Chapter 1) of how the politics of recognition have often tended to eclipse the politics of redistribution, this chapter also emphasizes the importance of linking the disadvantages associated with ascriptive identities with social and economic deprivation.

Language Unsurprisingly, given the size of the country, India manifests immense linguistic diversity. The main source for data on languages is the Census of India, which determines the number of speakers of a particular language, on the basis of the language reported by individuals as their ‘mother tongue’. In 1961, the Census recorded a total of 1652 languages, of which it identiﬁed 197 as dominant languages. The 1981 Census recorded 106 dominant languages, with the drop in number signifying not the sudden disappearance of languages but the decision to record only those that were reported by more than 10,000 speakers as their ‘mother tongue’. All of these 106 languages do not possess the status of an ofﬁcial language. The Eighth Schedule of the Constitution lists the 18 languages accorded recognition as ‘ofﬁcial’ languages. The term ofﬁcial language is distinct from ‘national’ language, and merely denotes the language in which the State conducts transactions. The original Eighth Schedule listed 14 ofﬁcial languages, and was later expanded to include four others, including Sindhi, Manipuri, Konkani and Nepali. Among the ‘unwritten’ criteria for including a language in the Eighth Schedule are the following: that the language should have a literary tradition of its own, and preferably a separate script; or that it should have a sufﬁcient number of speakers, preferably in a geographically contiguous area; or that it should be a classical language which is a root language for other modern languages. Sometimes, a language may gain admittance as the main language of a newly created state. It was in this way that Manipuri and Konkani entered the Eighth Schedule, as the languages of the states of Manipur and Goa respectively. Nepali or Gorkhali was given this status as a way of making political concessions to the large

18 Representing India

number of Nepalese people in India. However, there remain many languages which are spoken by over a million people but are not included in the Schedule, though claims have been made – and even protest movements mounted – for their inclusion. Examples of these are Dogri (spoken in parts of Jammu and Himachal Pradesh), Bhili and Gondi (languages of tribal peoples) and many others. The languages spoken by the people of India belong to ﬁve linguistic families: Indo-Aryan, Dravidian, Austro-Asiatic, Tibeto-Burman and Andamanese. The Indo-Aryan languages include Hindi, Bengali, Marathi, Gujarati, Oriya, Punjabi and Assamese, while the Dravidian languages include Tamil, Telegu, Kannada and Malayalam. The ofﬁcial languages, along with the number and percentage of their speakers, are indicated in Table 2.1 based on the Census of 1991.2 This does not include the state of Jammu and Kashmir. It is important to note that these ﬁgures do not include those who speak English (estimated at 2.5%, but an ever-increasing number). Further, on December 23, 2003, Parliament enacted the Constitutional (One Hundredth) Amendment bill, approving the inclusion of Maithili,3 Table 2.1

Ofﬁcial languages in India

Hindi Bengali Telugu Marathi Tamil Urdu Gujarati Kannada Malayalam Oriya Punjabi Assamese Sindhi Nepali Konkani Manipuri Kashmiri Sanskrit Other Languages Total: Source: Census of India, 1991.

Number

Percentage

337,272,114 69,595,738 66,017,615 62,481,681 53,006,368 43,406,932 40,673,814 32,753,676 30,377,176 28,061,313 23,378,744 13,079,696 2,122,848 2,076,645 1,760,607 1,270,216 56,693 49,736 31,142,376 838,583,988

40.22% 8.30% 7.87% 7.45% 6.32% 5.18% 4.85% 3.91% 3.62% 3.35% 2.79% 1.56% 0.25% 0.25% 0.21% 0.15% 0.01% 0.01% 3.71% 100.00%

Mapping Diversity in India 19

Dogri and two tribal languages, Bodo and Santhali, in the Eighth Schedule, taking the number of ofﬁcial languages in the country to 22. The inclusion of Bodo was part of the memorandum of settlement between the Bodos,4 the Government of Assam and the Central Government. Santhali was included because it was widely spoken by another tribal group in the north-east. In the debate on the bill, the Deputy Prime Minister stated that the government proposed to bring a comprehensive legislation to include more languages in the Schedule, as there were 35 more such demands pending, many of which were from various dialects of Hindi such as Rajasthani, Bhojpuri and Braj Bhasha. (The Hindu, December 23, 2003) Though the Constitution does not specify any particular privileges, the status of an Eighth Schedule language is much coveted, as it carries with it the privilege of simultaneous translation facilities in parliamentary proceedings; the possibility of taking the civil service examinations in the language; the allocation of central government funding for developing the language and its literature; the eligibility to compete for literary and ﬁlm awards; the right to submit a representation for the redressal of a grievance to the state; and so forth. (Singh, 2003:743) Despite the privileges granted to the ofﬁcial languages, however, there are some constitutional provisions which inhibit their implementation. Article 348, for instance, stipulates that, until the Parliament by law so provides, the language of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts shall be English. It will also be the language of Parliament, in that all legislation shall be enacted in English, as will orders, rules, regulations and bye-laws. Finally, ordinances promulgated by the President or the Governor of a state will also be in English. The next article stipulates that no such change may be contemplated for a period of 15 years (from the enactment of the Constitution) and even then only if the President is convinced of the need for such a change. At the same time, the Constitution states that it shall be ‘the duty of the Union to promote the spread of the Hindi language, to develop it so that it may serve as a medium of expression for all the elements of the composite culture of India…’ (Article 351) As we shall see, the issue of Hindi being given the status of a ‘national’ language has been a politically contentious one, that can now with reasonable conﬁdence be declared dead. In the recent parliamentary debate on the inclusion of four new languages into the Eighth Schedule, for example, the Deputy Prime Minister (a BJP hardliner) said that English would retain its current status because ‘National unity is more important than the language issue’. (The Hindu, December 23, 2003)

20 Representing India

It has been argued that Eighth Schedule status gives a language clout, for Out of the 1650 languages spoken in India, only a handful dominate the language scene because the schedule empowers 18 languages in terms of access to recognition, prestige, education, judiciary, administration, trade, commerce, national communication networks, and access to funds for development. (Chandhoke, forthcoming:34) Four articles of the Constitution protect the rights of minorities to preserve their distinct language, script or culture (Article 29); to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice (Article 30); to make representations for the redress of grievances to the state or central government in any language (Article 350); and to receive instruction in their mother-tongue at the level of primary education (Article 350A). According to Article 347 of the Constitution, if the President is ‘satisﬁed that a substantial proportion of the population of a State desire the use of any language spoken by them to be recognised by that State, (he may) direct that such language shall also be ofﬁcially recognised by that State or any part thereof for such purpose as he may specify’. This provision makes it possible for certain districts within states to have an additional ‘ofﬁcial’ language apart from the ofﬁcial language of the state. Ofﬁcial rules and notices can be issued in the speciﬁed language, even though it is a minority language, so long as its speakers constitute 15–20% of the population at the tehsil/municipality level, or 60% of the population of a district. The Constitution also establishes a Commissioner for Linguistic Minorities which functions as a watchdog for the rights of linguistic minorities. Speakers of a language listed in Eighth Schedule, who form a minority in a particular state, can thus exercise their right to be educated in their mother-tongue at primary school, and appeal against discrimination in this respect. It is, above all, the federal organization of the polity, with states based on language, that represents the institutional recognition of linguistic diversity.

Religion According to the 2001 Census (see Table 2.2), 80.5% of India’s population is Hindu. The remaining 19.5% is divided between Muslims (13.4%), Christians (2.3%), Sikhs (1.9%), with the Buddhists, Jains, Jews, Zoroastrians and others constituting less than 1% each. All the

Mapping Diversity in India 21 Table 2.2 groups

Religions of India and key social indices of the major religious

Religion

1. Hindus 2. Muslims 3. Christians 4. Sikhs 5. Buddhists 6. Jains 7. Others ALL INDIA

Population

Proportion

827,578,868 138,188,240 24,080,016 19,215,730 7,955,207 4,225,053 6,639,626 1,028,610,328

80.5 13.4 2.3 1.9 0.8 0.4 0.6 –

Sex Sex Ratio ratio 931 936 1009 893 953 940 992 933

925 950 964 786 942 870 976 927

Literacy Rate (0–6) 65.1 59.1 80.3 69.4 72.7 94.1 47.0 64.8

Female Work Literacy Participation Rate Rate 53.2 50.1 76.2 63.1 61.7 90.6 33.2 53.7

40.4 31.3 39.7 37.7 40.6 32.9 48.4 –

Source: Abstracted from the Census of India, 2001.

world’s major religions have a presence and following in India. Of these, Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism and Sikhism are ‘Indic’ religions which took birth here, while the others – Christianity, Islam, Judaism and Zoroastrianism – came from outside. The category of ‘Others’ includes those professing the Jewish or Zoroastrian faiths. It should be noted that the category of the Hindu as employed in the Census is an artefact. It includes the dalits (formerly untouchable castes) who have for centuries been excluded from, or subsisted on the margins of, mainstream caste-deﬁned Hindu society. It is arguable that if these groups were excluded from the category of Hindu, the proportion of Hindus in the total population of the country may come down to two-thirds from its present four-ﬁfths. Similarly, tribal people are often counted as Hindus. Colonial ethnographers described them as practising ‘animism’, but many of them today practise folk Hinduism or Christianity. Despite recent attempts to construct a Hindu political identity, Hindu society has been and continues to be highly fragmented – and internally competitive – along lines of caste, sect, ritual and social practices, class, region and language. In terms of both doctrine and practice, Hinduism has been described as ‘a federation of faiths which has a horizontal as well as vertical distribution, rather than a single homogeneous religion. Not only do the religious beliefs and practices of Hindus vary from one cultural region of the country to another (say, between Bengal and Maharashtra), Hindu castes in each area are also characterized by similar differences.’ (Madan, 2003:775) Hindus are spread all over the country and outnumber people of all other religions in most states, with the exception of Arunachal Pradesh

22 Representing India

(where they represent 37% of the population), Punjab (34%), Meghalaya (15%), Nagaland (10%), and Mizoram (5%) (and 5% also in the Union Territory of Lakshadweep). In all these states, as indeed they would be in Jammu and Kashmir, Hindus are the principal minority. The only other religious community with a similar spread are the Muslims. The second largest religious community in the country, the Muslims – at 13.4% of the Indian population – account for two-thirds of all the religious minorities taken together. This is despite the fact that, at the time of the partition of India, the Muslims accounted for 24% of the country’s population, exactly double of what it is today. While the 1991 Census was not conducted in the state of Jammu and Kashmir, in the 1981 Census, the Muslims accounted for 64% of the population of the state. They also account for 94% of the Union Territory of Lakshadweep. Muslims are the main minority in the states of Assam, West Bengal, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and Kerala, in all of which their proportion in the population ranges between 15%–28%. They are also the chief minority – though with smaller proportions – in the states of Rajasthan, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, Haryana and Delhi, in all of which states their number exceeds one million. (Muslim India 227, November 2001) The differentiation and heterogeneity noted in the case of the Hindus is characteristic of Indian Muslims too. Though just three states (Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal) account for more than half the population of Muslims in India, there are Muslim communities in many regions and, which is more important, there is considerable variation between them in terms of region, culture and language, making it difﬁcult to speak in terms of Muslims in India as a monolithic or homogeneous category. Christians form the majority community in three states, all of which are located in north-east India: Nagaland (where they represent 88% of the population), Mizoram (86%) and Meghalaya (65%). They happen to be the biggest minority in the states of Manipur, Goa, Daman and Diu, the Union Territory of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. They are also internally differentiated, with about half of the approximately 20 million Christians – i.e., over 9 million – being Roman Catholic, and about eight million being Protestant (belonging to a variety of churches). (Larson, 1997:23) Of the other religions of India, Sikhs form the majority in the state of Punjab (63%), and are the principal minority in the neighbouring state of Haryana (6%) and in the Union Territory of Chandigarh (20%), which also happens to be the shared capital of these two states.

Mapping Diversity in India 23

Buddhists predominate only in the district of Ladakh – in the state of Jammu and Kashmir – where they account for three-quarters of the population, but have a signiﬁcant presence also in Sikkim (27%), Arunachal Pradesh (13%), and Mizoram (8%). Jains are concentrated in Rajasthan, Delhi and in the southern coastal states. The category of ‘Other Persuasions’, which includes the Zoroastrians and the Jews, accounts for less than 0.4% of India’s population. The Zoroastrians – better known as the Parsis – are mostly located in the urbanized areas of Maharashtra and Gujarat. The Zoroastrian population of the world is estimated to number 120,000, and four-ﬁfths of these live in India. The Jewish people in India are located in Calcutta (the so-called Baghdadi Jews); Cochin (the Cochin Jews); and Bombay (the Bene Israel Jews). In 1947, there were estimated to be about 25,000 Jews in India, and many are now believed to have left for Israel. (Larson, 1997:29–30) It is also important to remember that none of these religions is practised in a uniform or undifferentiated way across the country. Each has witnessed signiﬁcant reform movements over the centuries; and each has conﬂicting theological schools and is characterized by internal sectarian differences. Above all, the way in which boundaries between people professing different faiths are experienced and transcended in everyday life can be very different from the scripturally given boundaries. People have, over centuries, learnt to live together separately. Many of the Indic religions are found also in the neighbouring states of Nepal (which is a Hindu state, both in terms of the faith professed by the majority of its population, as well as in terms of being a declared Hindu state), and Sri Lanka (Buddhism and Hinduism). Bangladesh and Pakistan are primarily Muslim, but also have Hindu, Christian and Buddhist minorities. Other than the agitation for a separate Sikh state of Khalistan in the 1980s, conﬂicts around religion in India have, for the most part, centered around the relationship between Hindus and Muslims. In Chapter 3, we shall examine the politicization of religious identity in colonial India leading up to the Partition; the constitutional protections for religious minorities after independence; and the nature of communal strife up to the present. Here, however, it is important to take note of the fact that large sections of the Muslim community in India suffer from social, educational and economic deprivation. The most recent and 55th all-India survey of the National Sample Survey Organisation (1999–2000) has shown that Muslims in India suffer substantially more than Hindus from economic deprivation. The difference between Hindus and Muslims in per capita income shows a

24 Representing India

percentage difference of 18.52%: while the per capita income of Hindus (Rs. 4514) is marginally higher than the all-India average (Rs. 4485), that of Muslims is considerably lower (Rs. 3678). Likewise, the literacy rate for Hindus is 53.5%, just marginally lower than the allIndia ﬁgure (53.5%), while that of Muslims is 49.4%. Similar differences are found in relation to access to civic amenities such as electricity and piped water. The access of Hindus to electricity is 43.2%, that of Muslims just 30%; likewise, 25.3% Hindus have access to piped water, while only 19.4% of Muslims do. (Razzack and Gumber, 2000:35–6) Likewise, the average consumption expenditure for each member of a family in rural India was less than Rs. 300 a month for 29% of Muslims, as opposed to 26% for Hindus. In urban areas, the divide was more marked, with 40% of Muslims belonging to the bottom 20%, as opposed to 22% for Hindus. Given that one-third of Muslims in India live in the urban areas, this clearly shows that poverty among Muslims is considerably higher than among Hindus. The India Human Development Report’s comparison of the various religious groups in terms of the percentage distribution of household income by source is revealing (Table 2.3). Compared to Hindus, Christians and other minorities, Muslims manifest the lowest share of income from agriculture, but double the share from artisanship and petty trade and business. However, their share of income from salaried and qualiﬁed professional work is the lowest. (ibid.:36) Unsurprisingly, then, Muslims constitute the poorest of all population groups, with the exception of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. Their Head Count Ratio (HCR) is 43%, as opposed to

Table 2.3 Percentage distribution of household income by source across population groups Agr/ Artisan/ Petty Org Allied Ind Trd/Small Trd activity Work Bus. Bus Hindus Muslims Christians Other Minorities

56.1 44.1 46.3 60.3

Source: Shariff (1999:35).

4.3 8.3 2.9 3.1

4.6 9.9 4.1 3.7

1.8 2.9 1.9 0.6

Salaried Qualiﬁed Agr Nonempl profess. wage Agr wage 16.4 14.7 23.5 17.6

0.5 0.8 0.4 0.8

8.0 7.7 9.4 5.2

6.2 3.8 3.1 1.7

Mapping Diversity in India 25

that of the Hindus (39%), Christians (27%) and other minorities (34%). (ibid.:45) The Work Participation Rate (WPR) for Muslims is below that of Hindus. A study of ﬁve states (Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal, Kerala and Maharashtra) has shown that the WPR for Muslims is below not only that of the Hindus, but also below the state average in all these states. The female WPR is lowest among Muslims: only 10%, as compared to 17% among Hindus and 25% among Christians, not to speak of 23% for SCs and 28% for STs. (ibid.: 85) Thus, while the differential between the all-India average male WPR (51.9%) and male Muslims’ WPR (48.0%) is only 3.9%, that between the female all-India average (18.4%) and the all-India Muslims female WPR (9.6%) is 8.8%. (Razzack and Gumber, 2000:29) Cultivation of land is an important indicator of status in rural India. The data show that access to land is harder for Muslims, and 51% of them are actually cultivating little or no land, the corresponding ﬁgure for Hindus being 40%. In urban areas, only 27% of Muslim families had one person in regular salaried employment, 52% being selfemployed and 15% working as casual labour. Hindus manifest lower rates of casual and seasonal employment. Unemployment rates for Muslims are high in both rural and urban areas, as are illiteracy rates. The all-India Muslim literacy rate is 49.5%, with the corresponding ﬁgure for Hindus being 53.3%. The Ever Enrolment Rate (EER) in education for Muslims is, at 61.6%, among the lowest, almost as low as that for SCs and STs. A Hindu child – especially boy – is considerably more likely to go on to college than his Muslim counterpart. The highest EERs, by contrast, are recorded by Christians at 91.3%, followed by Hindus at 72%. (ibid.:108–9) Consequently, Muslim (male and female together) levels of literacy at almost 50%, can be unfavourably compared with Christians at 81%, though they are somewhat higher than those for the STs and SCs at about 40%. Within this, gender disparities are also fairly high for all religious groups except the Christians. Turning to health indicators, we ﬁnd that the crude birth rate (CBR) – generally associated with poverty and landless labour – is high for poor households and Muslims, and lowest for Christians. Immunization levels are also low among Muslims and STs.

Caste Caste is frequently taken to be the deﬁning characteristic of Indian society. However, the way in which caste comes to be deﬁned and acted upon by public policy is rather different from the way in which

26 Representing India

caste has, historically and socially, been experienced. This explains the rather curious phenomenon – observed and commented upon in recent years – that while the importance of caste in social interaction is markedly on the decline, its signiﬁcance as a basis for political mobilization has dramatically increased. Any account of caste, therefore, must be sensitive to its sociological and political construction, both during colonial rule and after. The recognition of constructedness should not, however, lead us to believe that caste is purely an orientalist ﬁction. Indeed, those who have suffered, and continue to suffer, the indignities and oppressions of lower caste status would testify strongly to the contrary. It is a very real form of social inequality, both symbolic and material, encoded in the deeply inegalitarian and hierarchical structures of the Hindu social order. For the limited purpose of this exercise, the vast topic of caste must necessarily be circumscribed, and it is proposed to do this by providing only a brief and descriptive introduction to an extremely complex subject, along with some recent data on existing socio-economic inequalities, which illustrate the overlap between caste and material disadvantage in Indian society. It must be kept in mind that any description of caste in India that speaks to contemporary reality is already the product of more than a century of processes of identityformation, political negotiation, and ofﬁcial construction. These processes provide the context for understanding the interaction between caste categories and ofﬁcial policies, in particular the constitutional mechanisms and state policies of independent India designed to redress caste inequality. They also provide us with the tools with which to analyse and assess the failure of state policies to improve the social and economic welfare of disadvantaged caste groups. The following pages must therefore be read in conjunction with the section on caste in Chapter 3, in which a historical account of caste in the colonial period is followed by an account of the ‘ofﬁcial’ discourse on caste in independent India. This is then elaborated in terms of policy strategies for the amelioration of caste disadvantages, with a focus on two groups, viz. the Scheduled Castes and the so-called Other Backward Classes (OBCs). The dimension of caste representation in the institutions of governance is, of course, addressed in subsequent chapters which deal speciﬁcally with these institutions. Caste is the central principle of stratiﬁcation in the Hindu ritual and social order, in which castes are social groups mutually ranked within a single hierarchy. This enormously complex structure can, at the risk of oversimpliﬁcation, be described as a hierarchy consisting of the

Mapping Diversity in India 27

Brahmans at the top and the Dalits/Harijans/Scheduled Castes5 at the bottom. Implicit in this ranking is a certain occupational association, so that – in descending order – the Brahmans signify the priestly class; the Kshatriyas are the rulers and warriors; the Vaishyas are engaged in production and wealth-creation (including agriculture, commerce and trade); and ﬁnally the Shudras serve the superior castes. At the bottom of this social hierarchy, and outside this four-fold varna ranking, lie the various Untouchable castes, now called dalits. Notions of purity and pollution are central to this ranking, as the so-called untouchables were traditionally assigned the tasks of ritual cleaning and the removing of polluting substances. This apart, the link between caste status and actual occupation has – even in times past, let alone in the present – been an abstract and under-determined one. Every Hindu is born into a caste, signiﬁed by particular names that, at least locally, if not more generally, serve to identify the caste of the individual. The English term ‘caste’ tends to blur the important distinction between the concepts of varna and jati, though in some usages varna appears as an equivalent of caste and jati as an equivalent of subcaste. The distinction is, however, important, because all the varna categories are highly differentiated internally, and the reference-group for members of a particular caste would generally be a more local jati, an endogamous unit with its own traditions and rules as to individual conduct. Caste acquires different meanings in different contexts: dining, marrying, forming a political association, and so forth. Hence, the meaning of caste can be extremely localized in one situation (as in relation to kin group or endogamous group), but refer to a much broader cluster in another (such as political organization). Some anthropologists argue that the jati afﬁliation is the concrete one experienced in everyday social practice, as in deciding which groups an individual may marry into, while the varna afﬁliation is more symbolic. As we shall see, the political mobilization of caste has attempted to transcend this distinction at some moments, and self-consciously evoke it at others. Technically, the term caste applies only to the Hindu population of India, though in real terms caste practices have inﬁltrated Sikhism, and even Christianity as practised in India. There are estimated to be 2000–3000 castes/sub-castes (jatis) in India today, the size of each ranging between 5000–15,000, and though they are arranged in a broad four-fold hierarchy (varna), there are relationships of interdependence between subordinate and superordinate castes, important local and regional variations that subvert the hierarchy, and some mobility between the designated compartments. However, what

28 Representing India

has remained relatively constant over centuries has been the social and economic condition of the groups at the bottom of the caste hierarchy, once called the ‘untouchables’ because of their low ritual standing in Hindu society and the ‘unclean’ occupations (sweeping, scavenging, leather-working, etc.) to which they were condemned. The 2001 Census records the population of ‘scheduled castes’ as 166,635,700 or 16.2% of India’s population. Their regional distribution is as follows (see Table 2.4). As Table 2.4 shows, the state with the highest proportion – 28.9% – of Scheduled Castes is Punjab, while many of the largely tribal states of north-east India – such as Mizoram, Nagaland, and Arunachal Pradesh – have less than 0.1% Scheduled Castes. These ﬁgures also make evident the diversity among the Scheduled Castes themselves. As Mendelsohn and Vicziany write, ‘the Untouchables are not a people of any single ethnic or cultural identity. They speak the language of their region….And crucially, Untouchables are divided into castes which are organised on a regional basis; they know little or nothing of comparable castes in other regions.’ (1998:9) Since data on caste has not been gathered after the Census of 1931, there is no reliable data available on the non-Scheduled Caste and nonScheduled Tribe population, including the OBCs. In the early 1950s, the Backward Classes were ofﬁcially believed to constitute 31.8% of India’s population. The most recent valid data on this is that contained in the report of the Mandal Commission itself, which indicates that there are 3248 communities in the OBC category, accounting for 52% of India’s population (Table 2.5). In any case, it is important to remember that none of these categories has been ﬁxed for any length of time even in the last 50 years, as different ‘communities’ have mobilized to be ‘listed’. An interesting aspect of the Mandal Commission Report is that, while it admits the existence of castes – especially backward castes – or caste-like entities within the non-Hindu religious of India, it treats caste as intrinsic only to Hinduism. It is this ‘ofﬁcial’ doctrine that has excluded – from the purview of reservation policies – the Sikh ‘untouchables’ or those dalits who, led by Ambedkar, converted and continue to convert en masse to Buddhism (also known as the neoBuddhists). This is because it is presumed that other religions, such as Buddhism, Christianity, Islam and Sikhism are essentially egalitarian, and that only Hindus practice untouchability. As such, all Scheduled Castes are assumed to be Hindus, and any such individual converting to, say, Christianity or Islam is no longer entitled to the beneﬁts that accrue from being a Scheduled Caste.

Mapping Diversity in India 29 Table 2.4

Scheduled Castes in India: distribution across states

S.No. State/ Union Territory

India 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35.

Jammu & Kashmir Himachal Pradesh Punjab Chandigarh Uttaranchal Haryana Delhi Rajasthan Uttar Pradesh Bihar Sikkim Arunachal Pradesh Nagaland Manipur Mizoram Tripura Meghalaya Assam West Bengal Jharkhand Orissa Chhattisgarh Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Maharashtra Andhra Pradesh Karnataka Goa Lakshadweep Kerala Tamil Nadu Pondicherry Andaman & Nicobar Islands

Source: Census of India 2001.

Total population

Scheduled Castes population

%6

%7

1,028,610,328

166,635,700

16.2

100.00

10,143,700 6,077,900 24,358,999 900,635 8,489,349 21,144,564 13,850,507 56,507,188 166,197,921 82,998,509 540,851 1,097,968 1,990,036 2,166,788 888,573 3,199,203 2,318,822 26,655,528 80,176,197 26,945,829 36,804,660 20,833,803 60,348,023 50,671,017 158,204 220,490 96,878,627 76,210,007 52,850,562 1,347,668 60,650 31,841,374 62,405,679 974,345 356,152

770,155 1,502,170 7,028,723 157,597 1,517,186 4,091,110 2,343,255 9,694,462 35,148,377 13,048,608 27,165 6,188 – 60,037 272 555,724 11,139 1,825,949 18,452,555 3,189,320 6,082,063 2,418,722 9,155,177 3,592,715 4,838 4,104 9,881,656 12,339,496 8,563,930 23,791 – 3,123,941 11,857,504 157,771

7.6 24.7 28.9 17.5 17.9 19.3 16.9 17.2 21.1 15.7 5.0 0.6 0.0 2.8 0.0 17.4 0.5 6.9 23.0 11.8 16.5 11.6 15.2 7.1 3.1 1.9 10.2 16.2 16.2 1.8 0.0 9.8 19.0 16.2 –0.0

0.46 0.90 4.22 0.09 0.91 2.46 1.41 5.82 21.09 7.83 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.04 0.00 0.33 0.01 1.10 11.07 1.91 3.65 1.45 5.49 2.15 0.00 0.00 5.93 7.41 5.14 0.01 0.00 1.87 7.12 0.09 0.00

30 Representing India Table 2.5 The Mandal Commission: caste groups as a percentage of India’s population Caste groups

% of India’s population

Forward Hindu Castes and Communities

17.58%

Backward Hindu Castes and Communities

43.70%

Scheduled Castes

15.05%

Scheduled Tribes

7.51%

Non-Hindu Communities (including backwards)

16.16% (52% of these, or 8.40% of the total population, were identiﬁed as backwards among the non-Hindu communities)

Total

100%

Source: Government of India, 1980a:56

A Presidential Order of 1950 invoked Article 341 of the Constitution to say that ‘no person who professes a religion different from Hinduism shall be deemed to be a member of a Scheduled Caste’. In 1956, the Sikh religion was brought within the purview of this Order, thus providing reservations for Mazhabi and Ramdasia Sikhs. The Buddhist Scheduled Castes were likewise brought on par with Hindus in 1990. (Ghosh, 1997:149) This essentially leaves the so-called Scheduled Castes within the two biggest minority religions – Islam and Christianity – outside the purview of reservation policy. If a Scheduled Caste converts to Christianity or Islam, s/he is automatically deprived of that status. However, if the convert happens to be a Scheduled Tribe person, s/he continues to be eligible for the beneﬁts of reservation, because this is based on ethnicity rather than religion. Thus, the so-called Dalit Muslims and Dalit Christians remain excluded. In recent years, there have been appeals, including from the National Commission for Minorities, to amend the Presidential Order of 1950 such that the criterion for deciding the issue of SCs is not religion. The Dalit Muslims are critical of the fact that the largely ‘upper-caste’ Muslim leadership – comprising Sayyads, Shaikhs, and Pathans – do not endorse their claims, and ask for a quota for an undifferentiated Muslim community. Dalit Christians are those who converted from their previously untouchable status to the Christian faith. They comprise 60% (of 16 million) of the total Christian population of India, and are clearly economically backward, many of them being landless, with an average annual income of Rs. 903, and a high illiteracy rate of 65%. (ibid.:153)

Mapping Diversity in India 31

The Dalit Christians, too, have been demanding inclusion in the list of Scheduled Castes, but without success. In the mid-1990s, this demand was voiced more strongly, leading to many political parties incorporating it into their manifestoes in the 1996 elections. The United Front (UF) government that came to power had made a similar promise, but was unable to proceed in the face of BJP opposition. Some reconversions to Hinduism are believed to have resulted, chieﬂy for access to the status of SC. (ibid.:154) The category of OBCs, as we have seen, has been more accommodative and ﬂexible. In 1971, for instance, the Backward Classes Reservation Commission in the southern state of Kerala recommended reservation for backward classes in professional colleges in the following proportions: Ezhavas (9%), Muslims (8%), Latin Catholics (2%), Other Backward Christians (1%), and Other Backward Hindus (5%). (Galanter, 1984:467) There are many non-Hindu groups, including those of Muslims, that are internally differentiated, endogamous and hierarchically ranked. The ranking generally remains the same as that of the caste before conversion. Among the two most well-known of such groups are the Meos in Rajasthan and Haryana, who are technically Muslims, but regard themselves as Rajputs, and follow rituals based on the distinction between purity and pollution. The Syrian Christians of Kerala claim descent from originally Brahman converts and have even been known to practise untouchability. The Sikhs are also conscious of caste, such that a marriage between, say, a jat Sikh (essentially belonging to a backward caste) and a mazhabi Sikh (a lower caste convert to Sikhism), would be virtually unthinkable. The technical question that is often raised is, of course, whether such internal hierarchical rankings should properly be called castes. This has also become a political and policy question in recent years, as with the Dalit Christian claim to reservations, which implicitly privileges their dalitness over their Christianness. There are similarly Muslim communities of aristocratic descent who also look down upon the low-caste converts to Islam. It has been argued that a sociology of Indian Muslims cannot be based exclusively on a study of religious values. The adoption of the practice of endogamy has imparted to Islam in India the distinct imprint of Hinduism, and indeed that the framework of caste domination is retained in Indian Islam. The caste system serves not only to mark rank among the nonAshraf, it serves also the Ashraf themselves, originally the conquerors and now the dominant, giving them the satisfaction that

32 Representing India

they continue to dominate lower levels. It allows the creation of a ‘barrier’ between themselves and local converts. (Gaborieau [1993] 2003:303–4) But, even as it creates distinctions within the society of Indian Muslims, it is also this that enables Hindus and Muslims ‘to co-exist and co-operate because at bottom they constitute one single society’. (ibid.:309) Indeed, a recent account of Muslims in Bihar society and politics speaks of the ‘forwards’ and ‘backwards’ among this community, and provides detailed data on the composition of various boards and committees of community organizations to show the overwhelming preponderance of the ‘forwards’. (Anwar, 2001:137) The Muslim members of the Legislative Assemblies from 1937 to 1995 are listed with their party afﬁliation and caste (the term used is jati), to show that upper class/caste Muslims predominate. In the state assembly (Vidhan Sabha) election of 1995, for example, the Congress Party put up 42 Muslim candidates, of whom only 13 belonged to the lower ‘castes’. Similarly, of the 24 candidates put up by the ostensibly more ‘backwards’-oriented Samata Party there were only ﬁve belonging to these groups. (ibid.:257–8) In all Bihar Assembly elections in independent India, between 1952 and 1995, there were a total of 245 Muslim candidates who won the election. Of these, 197 belonged to the Shaikh, Sayyad and Pathan jatis. The backward Muslims, on the other hand, got barely 19.2% of the seats. (ibid.:170–1) Anwar’s contention therefore is that Muslim society is divided into backwards and forwards in approximately the same proportion as Muslims and Hindus in India, i.e. 80:20. (ibid.:169) This is partly on account of the Partition, in which it was mostly the upper class Muslims who migrated to Pakistan. Claims for reservation have long been made by and on behalf of some of these groups. In 1939, Abdul Qaiyum Ansari of the Bihar Provincial Jamiat-ul-Momineen, for instance, wrote to Jawaharlal Nehru asking for reservation for the Momin community. In his reply, Nehru wrote: …I entirely agree with you in your remark that certain upper class groups among the Muslims have more or less dominated the Muslims in India, much to the disadvantage of the others. This applies even more so to the Hindus, as you well know, where some upper class groups have dominated vast numbers of other people. The problem is essentially similar in both cases. This dom-

Mapping Diversity in India 33

ination has been cultural, educational etc. but essentially it has been economic. (quoted in Anwar, 2001:229–30) As a secular modernizer, Nehru was convinced that ‘the kind of reservation we have today has not done us much good’ (ibid.:231), but – after independence – accepted the necessity of some reservation for the most socio-economically deprived groups in Indian society, for a limited period of time, to provide them with the background conditions of equality. Indeed, despite the fact that reservation policies have been in place for almost six decades, the Scheduled Castes (and Scheduled Tribes) remain worse-off than most other social groups in terms of social and economic characteristics. Many of the Scheduled Castes are agricultural labourers or unskilled workers,8 and hence it is not surprising that the proportion of the poor in these groups is also higher. The Human Development Report for India, produced by the National Council for Applied Economic Research, shows that the Scheduled Castes have a household income of Rs. 17,465 or 68% of the all-India mean household income. The per capita income of the Scheduled Castes stands at Rs. 3237, well below the national average of Rs. 4485, and 72% of the all India mean per capita income. Indeed, both total household incomes as well as per capita incomes are lowest among the Scheduled Castes, followed by the Scheduled Tribes. (Shariff, 1999:29–30) The proportion of SC and ST households in the lowest income category is over 70%, compared to only 50% of all Hindu households. (ibid.:32) The poverty parameters show that both the incidence of poverty, as also as its intensity, are higher among the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes as compared to the national average. The HCR9 is 50 for the Scheduled Castes, as compared with 39 for rural India as a whole. The Sen Index10 is as high as 0.24 among SCs, as well as STs, in comparison with only 0.18 for the rural population as a whole. The chief source of household income for the Scheduled Castes is agriculture and allied activities. However, ownership of land is lowest among the SCs than any other social group. Ownership of land is highest among Hindus (70%), lower among Muslims (57%), but lowest among SCs (only 47%). The same disparity is found in the ownership of durables such as television sets, radios and bicycles. Thus 37.7% of the SCs are dependent on agricultural and allied activities, while another 19.7% are dependent on an agricultural wage, a total of 57.4%.

34 Representing India

(ibid.:35) In 1991, only 19% of SCs lived in urban areas as compared to 29% for the general population. (Visaria and Visaria, 2003:200) On most human development indices, the Scheduled Castes fall far below the national average. Their literacy rate is 41.5% as against the Indian average of 53.5%. Comparing it to other disadvantaged social groups and minorities, we observe that only the literacy rate for the Scheduled Tribes is lower, while the Muslims (at 49.4%), and the Christians (at 80.8%) are higher. However, compared to 1971 – when the literacy rate in these groups was only 15% – it is a substantial increase. (Mendelsohn and Vicziany, 1998:35) Like other landless wage earners, the Scheduled Tribes and the Muslims have very low levels of school enrolment. The enrolment rate of the Scheduled Castes is only 62.5%, compared to 72% for the Hindus. The gender disparity in literacy is also high: only about 25% of women belonging to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are literate as opposed to 50% of men, and only about 50% of women in the other social groups are literate, as compared with about 75% of men belonging to these groups. The National Sample Survey data indicate that the WPR of women is also higher in the SCs than any other social group with the exception of the Scheduled Tribes. The higher levels of poverty in this group are accompanied by higher levels of mortality and morbidity, but also by higher levels of fertility (lower age of marriage and lower prevalence of contraception). (Visaria and Visaria, 2003:199) A comparative view of some important forms of deprivation is also revealing. Majumdar and Subramanian’s Capability Failure Ratio (drawing upon the capabilities approach of Amartya Sen) seeks to correct conventional measures of poverty by looking at the inter-group disparities within the distribution of particular forms of deprivation. Their all-India data measuring levels of educational deprivation for 1981 show that rural women belonging to the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes have an educational deprivation level of 0.937 as compared to 0.783 for rural women not belonging to these groups. The gap is even more marked among men in the rural areas: those belonging to the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes have an educational deprivation level of 0.717 (it is worth noting that this is slightly lower than rural women not belonging to these groups) while other men have educational deprivation levels of 0.458. The pattern for men and women in urban areas are very similar. (Majumdar and Subramanian, 2001:116) Thus, levels of educational deprivation are highest among rural female scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and lowest among urban males who do not belong to these social groups. The gender gap

Mapping Diversity in India 35 Table 2.6 Comparative tables of literacy rates incorporating the gender gap and the gap between the general population and SCs and STs (1961–1991) Year

1961 1971 1981 1991

Total Population

Scheduled castes

Scheduled Tribes

Male

Female Total Male

Female Total Gap

Male

Female Total

Gap

34.44 39.45 65.50 64.13

12.95 18.72 29.85 39.29

3.29 6.44 10.93 23.76

13.83 17.63 24.52 40.65

3.16 4.85 8.05 18.19

15.48 18.08 27.32 22.60

24.02 29.46 43.67 52.21

16.96 22.36 31.12 49.91

10.27 14.68 21.38 37.41

13.75 14.79 22.29 14.80

8.54 11.39 16.35 29.60

Source: Fourth Report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (1998)

in literacy, as well as the gap between the general population and these groups, is further illuminated by data provided by the NCSCST. The additional signiﬁcance of Table 2.6 is that it underscores the fact that the gap has not signiﬁcantly diminished over a 40-year period. The infant mortality rates show similar trends, with infants being less ‘wasted’ in non-SC/ST communities than they are in SC/ST groups. Thus, Majumdar and Subramaniam show that the number of deaths of children under the age of one year (per 1000 live births) is 121.4 for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes living in the rural areas, as opposed to 110 for people not belonging to these groups. It is correspondingly high in the urban areas, with 88.9 deaths per 1000 live births for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, as opposed to 62.5 for others living in urban areas. (Majumdar and Subramanian, 2001:121) The Income-Poverty Ratios, ﬁnally, also suggest that the headcount indices of poverty are of a consistently higher magnitude among the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes than the others. This is true across the Indian states, as well as for India as a whole. Thus, the headcount ratio of poverty for rural citizens of the SC and ST groups is 59.86 (39.99 for all other groups); and for those members of these groups living in urban areas, it is 55.34 (as opposed to 39.21 for others). (Majumdar and Subramanian, 2001:125) Given social indicators like these, what can we deduce about the success or otherwise of programmes and policies of compensatory discrimination? Have they completely failed to redress the social inequalities of caste? A recent study of the representation of some disadvantaged social groups in the middle class suggests that the middle class has today expanded to include members of lower castes as well as of religious minorities. On the basis of indicators such as level of education; whitecollar employment; ownership of house (made of brick and cement) and

36 Representing India

of other assets; and self-identiﬁcation as middle class, the study shows that the domination of the upper castes in the middle class persists, though it has been reduced over the last 50 years. Members of the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes and the OBCs have also entered the middle class. These groups, together with Muslims, account for 75% of the sample population, and for half of the middle class population surveyed. They account for 56% among the high school educated; 47% among white-collar workers; and over 50% among asset owners. These are clearly indicators of social mobility, showing also that low ritual status has not obstructed the entry of these groups into the middle class, nor proved a hindrance in the way of their acquiring a self-identiﬁcation as middle class individuals. (Sheth, 2002:228) Despite the cumulative historical inequality that characterizes their social position, the dalits have also begun to enter the middle class, albeit to a smaller extent than many other groups. Close to 12% have received higher education; almost 10% have white-collar jobs; and almost 21% own houses and other assets. These are, in all likelihood, attributable to the policies of afﬁrmative action. However, it is notable that only 9% of these dalits identify themselves as being middle class. By comparison, the backward castes – much more numerous as well as heterogeneous – remain largely tied to their traditional occupation of agriculture, and are underrepresented on every indicator, including ownership of assets. This does not however prevent them from possessing a middle class self-identiﬁcation in larger numbers. Tribals likewise are under-represented in white-collar employment, while Muslims occupy middle-class positions more or less in accordance with their proportion in the population. (Sheth, 2002:226)11 On the whole, then, Sheth’s study suggests that while caste continues to be consequential in Indian society, its role in political mobilization and as the basis for political representation has far outstripped its role as the signiﬁer of ritual hierarchy. By setting up the colonial state as the arbiter of caste, colonial rule actually facilitated the creation of translocal caste identities, and eventually the forging of horizontal linkages and federative associations for representation and reservations. Even the quintessentially ‘modern’ discourses of rights, equality and justice were fairly early on, he argues, appropriated by and attached to caste identity. The ‘umbrella’ character of the Congress as the party of social consensus managed to combine nationalist ideology with caste politics without any apparent contradiction. Its central leadership – and therefore that of the Union government – was substantially upper caste (and

Mapping Diversity in India 37

upper class). Indeed, so complete was the fusion between caste and class that it was not clear whether the source of privilege was the westernization and English education of these elites, or their ritual superiority as upper castes. This leadership was vertically linked in a collaborative relationship with regional elites whose dominance derived from their status as intermediate or backward castes. These groups were instrumental in procuring votes for the Congress essentially through networks of patron-client relationships in the countryside. It was only with the decline of Congress hegemony, and the recognition of their numerical strength, that these latter groups began to mobilize, no longer as factions under the Congress umbrella, but independently, as interest groups and even political parties. The distinction between interests and identity was now conclusively blurred. (ibid.:217–21) As a result, Sheth argues, ‘the ritual hierarchy of closed status groups is being transformed into a relatively more open and ﬂuid hierarchy among the new social groups’. (ibid.:223)

Tribe The category of ‘tribe’, it has been contended, is wholly a colonial construction, as opposed to that of caste which, apart from its particular construction by the colonial state, was also experienced as a way of life. Ofﬁcial colonial ethnography initially used the terms of tribe and caste interchangeably, even synonymously. In the last census of the nineteenth century, the social groups today described as tribes were labelled as ‘forest tribes’, suggesting that their distinctive characteristic was that they were forest-dwellers. (Xaxa, 2003:375) In the censuses of the early twentieth century, animism was believed to be the deﬁning characteristic of the tribe, and among the labels used were ‘hill and forest tribes’ and ‘primitive tribes’. In administrative discourse as well as anthropological writings, there was a general assumption that tribes were deﬁnable as self-contained and self-governing endogamous societies, with distinct linguistic and cultural boundaries, and non-monetized economies, generally living in isolation in hill or forest regions. But this ideal-type came to be questioned fairly early, as did the view that tribes represented a stage of evolution that was ‘primitive’. (Beteille, 1977) The British in India ostensibly sought to protect these groups by a policy of territorial insulation, in enclaves called Excluded Areas and Partially Excluded Areas, where the general law did not apply and the executive was entrusted with powers to make orders of a protective nature. The Government of India (GOI) Act of 1935 was the ﬁrst legal

38 Representing India

instrument that provided for representation for these groups in the Provincial Legislatures, to which end a list of Backward Tribes was announced in 1936 for all provinces excluding Bengal and the Punjab. This duality of control – representation in the legislatures along with substantively executive control over designated areas where there was a concentration of the tribal population – was maintained in the Indian Constitution of 1950. As in the case of Scheduled Castes, the President speciﬁes, after due consultation with the governors of the states, which tribal communities will be on the list of Scheduled Tribes for each state. The President also has the power to alter/de-schedule the Scheduled Areas. (Galanter, 1984:148) The ofﬁcial deﬁnition of tribe has thus prevailed over that of the anthropologist, with the result that the term tribe merely describes the particular groups listed as Scheduled Tribes in the Constitution. Shortly after independence, in 1950, additions were made to the pre-existing lists of the 1930s, and the President promulgated an amended list of Scheduled Areas and of Scheduled Tribes. The contingent nature of these inclusions is well illustrated by the fact that some groups which had been previously listed as Scheduled Castes were now moved to the list of Scheduled Tribes. In 1956, following the 1951 census, this list was expanded by about a million tribespeople, on the grounds that they had been mistakenly omitted earlier. In 1976 again, another three million people were added to the list. (Galanter, 1984:149) Meanwhile, in 1951, the Commissioner for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes initiated an ofﬁcial search for the deﬁnitive criteria for identifying the characteristics of tribes, and the state governments were asked to make suggestions. The criteria so generated included physical/racial features, religion, language, occupation, ecology and extent of cultural exposure. Some of these criteria have also been deployed by The People of India project, the most recent such exercise, undertaken by the Anthropological Survey of India, which enumerates 461 tribal communities, of whom 174 are subgroups. (Xaxa, 2003:379) The assumption that tribes in India have lived without interaction with other social groups, and that caste and tribe represent two wholly distinct orders governed by different sets of principles, has now been interrogated by research showing the ‘age-old linkages – political, economic, and social – between tribal and non-tribal groups.’ (ibid.:384) The issue of deﬁnitional criteria thus remains unresolved, repeatedly confounded by the unpredictability of the empirical, which calls into question the neat boundedness of categories and suggesting overlaps and hybridities instead. The Census of 1991, for instance, showed that

Mapping Diversity in India 39

while many tribals reported as their religion the traditional form practised in their community, an equal number reported themselves as Hindu, Muslim or Christian. Even more surprising was the fact that more tribal people stated the language of the state to which they belonged as their language, instead of their dialect. (Stuligross and Varshney, 2002:445–6) Unlike the other categories of religion and caste, and much more than language, the Scheduled Tribes of India are geographically concentrated in three regions of India: the north-east, eastern India and central India. Approximately 90% of tribals are to be found in 9 states of the country. In 1961, more than one-third of the ST population lived in the Scheduled Areas (where they formed less than two-thirds of the population); and further, more than half of the STs lived in parliamentary constituencies where they formed a majority of the population. The Census of 2001 records the population of Scheduled Tribes in India as 84,326,240, which forms 8.2% of India’s population as a whole. Their geographical spread is as follows: Table 2.7

Scheduled Tribes in India: distribution across states

S.No. State/ Union Territory

India 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Jammu & Kashmir Himachal Pradesh Punjab Chandigarh Uttaranchal Haryana Delhi Rajasthan Uttar Pradesh Bihar Sikkim Arunachal Pradesh Nagaland Manipur Mizoram Tripura Meghalaya Assam West Bengal

Total population

Scheduled tribes population

%12

%13

1,028,610,328

84,326,240

8.2

100.00

10,143,700 6,077,900 24,358,999 900,635 8,489,349 21,144,564 13,850,507 56,507,188 166,197,921 82,998,509 540,851 1,097,968 1,990,036 2,166,788 888,573 3,199,203 2,318,822 26,655,528 80,176,197

1,105,979 244,587 – – 256,129 – – 7,097,706 107,963 758,351 111,405 705,158 1,774,026 741,141 839,310 993,426 1,992,862 3,308,570 4,406,794

10.9 4.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.1 0.9 20.6 64.2 89.1 34.2 94.5 31.1 85.9 12.4 5.5

1.31 0.29 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.00 8.42 0.13 0.90 0.13 0.84 2.10 0.88 1.00 1.18 2.36 3.92 5.23

40 Representing India Table 2.7

Scheduled Tribes in India: distribution across states – continued

S.No. State/ Union Territory

Total population

Scheduled tribes population

India 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35.

Jharkhand Orissa Chhattisgarh Madhya Pradesh Gujarat Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Maharashtra Andhra Pradesh Karnataka Goa Lakshadweep Kerala Tamil Nadu Pondicherry Andaman & Nicobar Islands

%12

%13

1,028,610,328

84,326,240

8.2

100.00

26,945,829 36,804,660 20,833,803 60,348,023 50,671,017 158,204 220,490 96,878,627 76,210,007 52,850,562 1,347,668 60,650 31,841,374 62,405,679 974,345 356,152

7,087,068 8,145,081 6,616,596 12,233,474 7,481,160 4,838 137,225 8,577,276 5,024,104 3,463,986 566 57,321 364,189 651,321 – 29,469

26.3 22.1 31.8 20.3 14.8 8.8 62.2 8.9 6.6 6.6 0.0 94.5 1.1 1.0 0.0 8.3

8.40 9.66 7.85 14.50 8.87 0.01 0.16 10.17 5.96 4.11 0.00 0.07 0.43 0.77 0.00 0.03

Source: Census of India (2001)

In terms of social and economic characteristics, the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are worse-off than most other social groups, with a higher proportion of the poor. The Human Development Report for India shows that the Scheduled Tribes have a household income of Rs. 19,556 which is 76% of the national average. The per capita income of the Scheduled Tribes stands at Rs. 3504, well below the national average of Rs. 4485, and 78% of it. Indeed, both total household incomes as well as per capita incomes are lowest among the Scheduled Castes, followed by the Scheduled Tribes. (Shariff, 1999:29–30) The poverty parameters show that both the incidence of poverty, as well as its intensity, are higher among the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes as compared to the national average. The HCR is about 50 among these groups, as compared with 39 for rural India as a whole. The Sen Index is as high as 0.24 among STs and SCs in comparison with only 0.18 for the rural population as a whole. The source of household income for the Scheduled Tribes is mainly agriculture and allied activities. Thus 55.6% of the STs are dependent on agricultural and allied activities, while another 11.7% are depen-

Mapping Diversity in India 41

dent on an agricultural wage. Together, the total of 67.3% exceeds the corresponding ﬁgure for the Scheduled Castes, which stands at 57.4% (37.7% on agriculture and allied activities, and 19.7% on agricultural wages). (ibid.:35) Levels of urbanization are also lower, with only 7% of STs living in urban areas in 1991, as compared to 29% for the general population. (Visaria and Visaria, 2003:200) On most human development indices, the Scheduled Tribes fall far below the national average. The literacy rate is 39.3% as against the Indian average of 53.5%. Comparing it to other disadvantaged social groups and minorities, we observe that the literacy rate for the Scheduled Castes is 41.5%, the Muslims 49.4%, and the Christians 80.8%. Not surprisingly, the Scheduled Tribes have the lowest enrolment rate of 60.3%, compared to 72% for the Hindus. The gender disparity in literacy is also high: only a quarter of women belonging to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are literate, as compared to approximately half of women in the other social groups. Health data also show a higher Morbidity Prevalence Rate among Scheduled Tribes, including a high incidence of diarrhoea, fever and tuberculosis. Unsurprisingly, because this tends to be correlated with levels of literacy and general levels of village development, immunization levels are also low among these groups. (Shariff: Ch.7) In this chapter, we have sought to emphasize the overlapping and reinforcing character of cultural and symbolic inequalities, on the one hand, and material or economic inequalities, on the other. The next chapter presents a description of the institutions designed, both by the constitution and in subsequent policy initiatives, to manage diversity and redress inequalities. It will attempt to show that the institutional design has been rather less sensitive to material inequalities than to symbolic ones, which may account for the persistence of economic deprivation linked to ethnic status and also perhaps explain the vulnerability of such groups to political mobilization.

3 Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics

The introductory chapter of this volume showed how, in the founding vision of the Indian republic, different institutional strategies were deployed to ameliorate different types of social disadvantage. This chapter describes and reviews the institutions and mechanisms provided for in the constitutional design to deal with the diversities of language, religion, caste and tribe discussed in the previous chapter. It also attempts a broad synoptic survey of the political articulation of conﬂicts around these cleavages, by instantiating a select number of important conﬂicts of this kind, and examining the way in which they have been managed by state agencies and the polity.

Language The settlement of the language question in the Constituent Assembly has its roots in two controversies in colonial India, the ﬁrst of which related to the English language as a medium of instruction, and the second to the relationship between the Indian languages, most notably Hindi and Urdu. It was during the Viceroyalty of Lord Curzon in the ﬁrst decade of the twentieth century that the policy decision was made to allow the mother-tongue to be the language of instruction for primary school children. However, English was to be introduced at the middle-school level to prepare children for High School, at which level the education would be wholly in English. The National Education Movement, sponsored by the Congress, also endorsed the idea that while the learning of English would be compulsory, it was important for students to be versed in the language and literary traditions of their mother-tongues. Nevertheless, English continued to be the language of advantage. (Singh, 2003:744) 42

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 43

The second controversy was that of the relative status of Hindi and Urdu, and the scripts – Devanagari and Persian-Arabic respectively – in which they are written. It was because the Hindi-Urdu controversy got associated with the communal polarization between Hindus and Muslims that this issue acquired such political signiﬁcance. Among the issues at stake were the following: whether Sanskritized (and therefore written in the Devanagari script) Hindi should displace English as the ofﬁcial language of the new nation, or whether Hindustani, the mix of Hindi and Urdu commonly spoken across north India, should be written in both Devanagari and the Persian-Arabic script, and adopted as the ofﬁcial language. With the Partition of India, the presumed (though ﬂawed) association between the Muslim community and the Urdu language was broken. Now the chief issue before the Constituent Assembly was that of determining whether India – with all its linguistic diversity – needed a single national/ofﬁcial language, and whether this could be Hindi or English or something else. For a nationalist movement that had just achieved hardwon freedom, to accept English was clearly difﬁcult, partly, as Alok Rai has argued ‘due to reasons of prestige, signiﬁcantly bruised by the colonial encounter’, but partly also because freedom and democracy would have little meaning for the millions of poor and unlettered Indians if it were to make sense only to the English-educated. (Rai, 2001:106) Hindi had the advantage of being spoken by a large number of Indians, and understood by many more. However, the designation of Hindi as a national language was resisted by those who came from areas where Hindi was not spoken. They were willing to accept Hindi as an ofﬁcial language, but not as a national language. This was therefore enacted prospectively, so that it would be implemented only after 15 years, till which time English would be retained as the ofﬁcial language. In the states, however, the governments could use the main regional language – as speciﬁed in the Eighth Schedule – as the ofﬁcial language for administrative purposes. Linguistic diversity in independent India has been politically contentious in chieﬂy two types of situations: ﬁrst, when it was proposed that Hindi (spoken by 40% of the population) be designated as the ofﬁcial or ‘national’ language for the country as a whole; and second, in the reorganization of the states of the federation on the basis of language. The Congress Party had, fairly early in the national movement, begun to visualize a future and free India in terms of linguistic states, on the premise that language corresponded with particular types of culture, literature and tradition that could be identiﬁed in territorially bounded terms. Indeed, the Congress organization itself was based on such a

44 Representing India

proto-federal principle. In 1908, Bihar – which was a part of the Bengal Presidency – was given the status of a ‘province’ within the Congress party, and in 1917, the Sindh and Andhra units – which were part of the Bombay and the Madras Presidencies respectively – were awarded similar status. In 1920, at the Nagpur session of the Congress, Gandhi declared his support for linguistically based states. Consequently, the Congress party was organized into 21 units based on language. In 1928, the Motilal Nehru Report reiterated the importance of the linguistic basis of states, and this became one of the central principles that informed the future vision of the national movement. (Chandhoke, forthcoming) After independence, the demand for separate states for Tamil, Telegu and Kannada speakers was fuelled by the overlap between language and caste. For instance, realizing that they were marginal players in the politics of the predominantly Tamil Madras Presidency, the Teleguspeaking Kamma and Reddy castes demanded a separate state of Andhra Pradesh. A well-known Gandhian, Sri Potti Sriramulu went on a fast unto death for a separate Andhra state in 1952, and as Nehru hesitated – for fear of a hostile Tamil response – Sriramulu died. Language riots followed, as did the Prime Minister’s announcement of the formation of a separate state. For similar reasons, the Kannada-speaking Lingayat and Vokkaliga castes (land-owning, and often dominant, castes) demanded the separate state of Karnataka. At stake were the aspirations of these groups for better access to education, jobs and power, which the formation of the separate states was expected to fulﬁl. It is no accident that the Kammas and Reddys have dominated the political scene in Andhra Pradesh ever since, while the Lingayats and Vokkaligas have been dominant in Karnataka politics. For precisely the same reason, other groups resisted the formation of linguistic states. Political mobilization on the question of linguistic provinces contributed to the formation of the States Reorganisation Commission in 1953, which resulted in the Seventh Amendment to the Constitution (1956), and the formation of the ﬁrst set of linguistic states. The creation of Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra and Gujarat all belong to this period. A decade later, the bilingual state of Punjab was also bifurcated on the basis of language, split into the states of Punjabi-speaking Punjab and Hindi-speaking Haryana, with some mountain areas being transferred to Himachal Pradesh (upgraded now from a Union Territory to a full-ﬂedged state). The movement for a Punjabi Suba (state) ostensibly invoked language as the basis of its demand for a separate state, but it

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 45

was clear that religious identity was very much at stake. The Hindus of Punjab insisted that the Punjabi language was merely a dialect of Hindi, and had encouraged their co-religionists in the state to report Hindi as their mother tongue in the Censuses of 1951 and 1961. Various compromise formulae of bilingualism were attempted but failed. The States’ Reorganization Commission also rejected the demand for a Punjabi Suba, on the grounds that the ‘majority’ were opposed to it. (Singh, 2000:90–1) Eventually, it was a series of political circumstances – both regional as well as national – that culminated in the bifurcation of the existing state of Punjab in 1966. The subsequent creation of states has been based on broadly ethnic factors – in some cases correlated with developmental neglect – but not on language per se. This is as true of the north-east, as it is of the most recently created states of Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh (created on the basis of tribal identity) and of Uttaranchal (based on the distinctive culture of the hill regions of Uttar Pradesh, from which this state was carved out). Arguably the most violent agitation on the issue of language has been that in Tamil Nadu in the 1960s. As we have seen, the issue of designating Hindi as the national language was contested in the national movement and hotly debated in the Constituent Assembly, which decided to make Hindi the ofﬁcial language but deferred its implementation to a later date (1965). The ﬁrst anti-Hindi agitation had taken place as early as the 1930s in Tamil Nadu. The suggestion of the Congress leadership that the use of Hindi should be encouraged for purposes of inter-state communications and trade, was viewed as the imposition of Hindi, and stoked the ﬁres of Tamil nationalism. This helped to focus Dravidianist mobilization not against ethnic outsiders (who accounted for less than 10% of the state’s population), but against the state and central governments. It also paved the way for Dravidian populism,1 which combined an anti-Brahmanical project with a Tamil nationalist one. (Subramanian, 1999:128–9) The violent anti-Hindi protests in Tamil Nadu were eventually resolved in 1967 by an amendment to the Ofﬁcial Languages Act, which provided that both Hindi and English would be used in Parliament; and that the Union Government would use Hindi only when communicating with the governments of Hindi-speaking states and English with the others. Language policy was also placed within the jurisdiction of states, with the constitutional protection for minority languages guaranteeing such protection for linguistic minorities within states where the majority speaks a different language.

46 Representing India

Apart from playing a role in communal politics (as the Hindi-Urdu controversy did in colonial India) and in regionalist demands (as in Punjab and Tamil Nadu), language has also been politically used to further nativist agendas. The state of Assam in eastern India witnessed immigration on a large scale from what was then East Bengal (later East Pakistan, and now Bangladesh) from the 1930s onwards. These immigrants, both Hindu and Muslim, were Bengali speakers, though they sometimes reported their mother tongue differently from one census to the next, to be protected against sons-of-the-soil politics. Thus, an increasing number began to report Assamese as their mother tongue rather than Bengali. This explains the extraordinary ﬁgure of 149.5% growth in the Assamese speaking population of the state between the Censuses of 1931 and 1951, while in the next decade the growth rate was 36.5%. (Ghosh, 1996:61–2) Bengalis also dominated employment in both the public and the private sectors. In the early 1980s, following the inﬂux in the previous decade of a large number of migrants from Bangladesh (consequent upon its war of liberation), the Assamese began to express fears of being swamped, numerically and therefore politically and culturally, by the Bengali migrants. There was bloody conﬂict, which ended only with the Assam Accord signed between Rajiv Gandhi’s government at the Centre and the leaders of the Assam movement. This leadership of the Asom Gana Parishad (AGP), dominated by the Assamese Hindus, rode to power in the 1985 elections. This was a conﬂict in which language became the instrument and the basis of ethnic political mobilization for control over developmental resources, political and administrative control, and employment. Essentially, however, the conﬂict was over economic and political resources. (Das Gupta, 1991; Baruah, 1999) Effectively, as Paul Brass (1992:154) has argued, the languages of India are arranged in ‘a hierarchy of ofﬁcial status’, with Hindi and English (as ofﬁcial languages of the Union of India) at the top; the Eighth Schedule languages of the linguistically organized states next; the Eighth Schedule languages – such as Sanskrit or Sindhi – which do not have a territorial home below these; and, at the bottom of the hierarchy, the dozen or more ofﬁcially unrecognized languages but spoken by more than a million people each. Linguistic identities in India were negotiated over more than half a century, through processes of political assertion and mobilization. This should not, however, blind us to the fact that state response to such mobilization has depended on its strength and potential for violent conﬂict. Some movements for statehood based on language – such as the

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 47

Maithili movement – failed to accomplish their objectives, while many others which held out credible threats of violence succeeded. Despite this, it would be correct to say that the organization of the Indian polity as a federation, based on linguistic states, has substantially resolved and settled the issue of linguistic diversity. The management of linguistic diversity has indeed been among the more successful experiments of institutional engineering in the history of modern India.

Religion The politicization of religious identity in India, as well as the role of the state in its manipulation, suppression or fomentation, cannot be understood without taking a few steps back into history. In the late nineteenth century, the Aligarh movement,2 under the leadership of Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, aimed at empowering the Muslim community through religious and educational reform, especially modern western education. Syed Ahmad Khan was, however, a nationalist who believed that the destiny of Indian Muslims was Indian, but that the community would stand to gain from being loyal to the British rulers. The Government of India Act of 1909 provided for separate electorates for the Muslims, a decision that was to have far-reaching, profound and enduring consequences. As Mushirul Hasan writes: Separate electorates, along with reservations and weightages, gave birth to a sense of Muslims being a religio-political entity in the colonial image – of being uniﬁed, cohesive and segregated from the Hindus. They were homogenised like ‘castes’ and ‘tribes’ and suitably accommodated within political schemes and bureaucratic designs. Self-styled leaders were emboldened to represent an ‘objectively’ deﬁned community and contend with others for patronage, employment and political assignments. In this way separate electorates created space for reinforcing religious identities, a process which was, both in conception and articulation, profoundly divisive….The ideological contours of the future Pakistan were thus delineated by British opinion and policy-makers long before Jinnah burst upon the political scene with his insistence on having a Muslim nation. (Hasan, 1997:35) The space offered by the structures of governance for the articulation of the communitarian interests of Muslims was entrenched in subsequent

48 Representing India

reform legislation as well, especially in the GOI Acts of 1919 and 1935. Political safeguards in the form of separate electorates for communal representation were all along resented by the Congress Party which viewed these as a manifestation of the British policy of ‘divide and rule’. Recent research has demonstrated the construction of communalism in the colonial period, a process in which the colonial state played no small role. (Pandey, 1990: Ch.2) As the Indian struggle for independence approached its climax, the Muslim League’s claim for a separate nationstate of Pakistan became more insistent, and eventually the Mountbatten plan, announced in March 1947, provided for the division of India into the two independent states of India and Pakistan. At independence, the secular forces in the Congress were in the ascendant, but the formulation of the Constitution took place in the context of a bitter and violent Partition. The Constituent Assembly was faced with the difﬁcult task of balancing the interests of groups and communities, on the one hand, with the claims of equal citizenship of a secular modern state, on the other. The concept of secularism that was adopted reﬂects this contradiction, which has been attributed to its ‘simultaneous commitment to communities and to equal citizenship’ (Rudolph and Rudolph, 1987:38–9). In the nationalist view, separate electorates were the divisive legacy of the colonial period. The Constitution-makers therefore abandoned the provisions (in the GOI Act of 1935) for separate electorates and reserved seats for Muslims, Christians and Sikhs. However, a set of cultural rights for minority religious communities was enshrined in the chapter on Fundamental Rights. The chief ideological legacy that is embodied in the chapter on Fundamental Rights in the Indian Constitution is that of the Motilal Nehru Report of 1928, which in turn drew heavily upon the American and European constitutions. In particular, the Nehru Report expressed the importance of giving protection to minorities, providing for the right to freedom of conscience and the free profession and practice of religion. Article 25 of the Constitution provides that ‘all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion’. While this article emphasizes the practice of religious freedom by individuals, the next article highlights the establishment of institutions. Article 26 thus is about the right of every religious denomination to ‘(a) establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes; (b) to manage its own affairs in matters of religion; (c) to own and acquire movable and immovable property; and (d) to administer such property in accordance with law’.

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 49

(Article 26) Article 27 follows this up with the freedom of the citizen in regard to religious worship or religious instruction at an educational institution. It stipulates that religious instruction cannot be provided at any educational institution funded wholly by the State. In institutions recognized by the state, or receiving aid from it, citizens are free not to take part in any religious instruction or worship. It is the provisions of Articles 29 and 30 that give minorities protection for their distinctive culture/language/script, and the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice. A huge amount of case law has been generated around Article 30, especially in relation to the quantum of reservation of places for members of the minority that has established in the educational institution. On the whole, however, the effort of the constitution-makers was to lay the foundations of a secular and pluralistic society, in which the interests of diverse castes, religious communities, and linguistic communities could be reconciled. Though the Constituent Assembly decided that the criminal law of the land would apply to all citizens equally, it was decided to allow religious minorities to follow their separate personal laws in matters relating to marriage, divorce, inheritance, and so on. For Hindus, some standardization and uniformization of personal law was attempted in the Hindu Code Bill of 1950. However, conservative opposition to the Bill eventually led to the passage of a discrete set of bills (e.g., separate bills relating to inheritance, marriage and divorce, etc.), while the proposed comprehensive legislation was dropped. The long-term objective of a common civil code for members of all religious communities was placed in the non-justiciable Directive Principles of State Policy, Article 44 of which provides that the State ‘shall endeavour to secure for the citizens a uniform civil code throughout the territory of India’. This has been a contentious issue in Indian politics since the enactment in 1986 of a law on the right of Muslim women to maintenance after divorce. Feminists have also been in favour of a uniform civil code as this would enhance the prospects of gender justice. However, with the right-wing BJP insisting on a Uniform Civil Code for quite different anti-minority reasons, feminists have backtracked. Family law reform has also been occasionally contentious in relation to Christians, but nowhere more than with respect to the Muslim community. (cf. Parashar, 1992) The Minorities Commission was established by a Government resolution in 1978, but was a non-statutory body until 14 years later, when a National Commission for Minorities Act was passed in 1992, and

50 Representing India

appointments were made to the Commission. The stated function of this Commission is to evaluate the progress of the development of minorities all over India; to monitor the working of the constitutional and legal safeguards provided to minorities; to look into speciﬁc complaints regarding the deprivation of rights or any discriminatory practices; to undertake research into the socio-economic and educational development of minorities; and so forth. (The National Commission for Minorities Act, 1992:4) The Commission has been forthright in its condemnation of communal violence, as in Gujarat but is limited by its chieﬂy monitoring and advisory role. The Commission has, in its recent functioning, apparently upset the minorities more than it has allayed their anxieties. Its proposal for an inter-faith dialogue between the extreme Hindu right, on the one hand, and the Christians and Muslims, on the other, has provoked angry reactions from bodies like the All India Christian Council and community newspapers like The Milli Gazette, which have even demanded that it be disbanded. The central problem appears to be its lack of teeth, as also the lack of credibility of its members and chairperson, who are government appointees. Even where recommendations are made in good faith, they are rarely implemented. At least a few hundred thousand pages have been written on the nature of Indian secularism, and the relationship between religion and the state that is envisaged in the Indian constitution and law. Some have tried to show that the state’s approach has been one of benign disposition towards, but equidistance from, all religions, while others have argued that the Indian state effectively practices multi-theocratic secularism. Competing notions of secularism are also perceived to be at work: the Nehruvian idea of dharma nirpekshata (the separation of religion and politics, and state neutrality) vs the Gandhian concept of sarva dharma sambhava (the principle of equal respect for all religions). This historical and theoretical debate is, apart from being irrelevant here, also irresolvable. The important point to be noted is that political parties and leadership have consistently manipulated religious identity for political purposes. Hasan’s contention about the role of the colonial state (cited above) can easily apply to independent India as well. In the following paragraphs, we shall attend to three issues: ﬁrst, the Shah Bano judgement and its aftermath, which illustrates the issue of gender in relation to religion; the question of Urdu, which highlights the interplay of language and religion; and ﬁnally, and most importantly, the issue of Hindu-Muslim relations and communal violence. In all these cases, we will observe the role of politics and the State.

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 51

Shah Bano In 1985, the Supreme Court delivered a judgement in the case of Shah Bano v. Mohammed Ahmed Khan which has had a lasting impact on the national debate on religion and politics. Shah Bano was, at the time, a seventy-three year old divorcee, who had received a paltry maintenance allowance of Rs. 179.20 (less than $5) per month from the High Court of Madhya Pradesh. It was against this decision that her former husband, Mohammed Ahmed Khan, appealed to the Supreme Court. In doing so, he argued that he had paid her an allowance for the three lunar months after he had pronounced an oral divorce,3 and that under Muslim Personal Law, he was obliged to do no more. Indeed, it was his case that Section 125 of the Criminal Procedure Code (being criminal, and not civil law, and therefore uniformly applicable to all citizens), under which he had been instructed to provide maintenance, conﬂicted with his rights under Muslim Personal Law. The Supreme Court was being asked – and not for the ﬁrst time – to pronounce on this conﬂict. It upheld the judgement of the High Court, quoting profusely from Islamic texts to show why Khan must pay maintenance to his divorced wife. It also made a reference to Article 44 of the Constitution, and the importance of a common civil code, arguing that if communities would not bring about reform, it was the duty of courts to do so. (Engineer, 1987: 23–34) This judgement was widely acclaimed, but there was some mobilization around the counter-view that the Supreme Court had meddled with something that was outside its ken, viz. the right of a minority community to determine its own personal laws. The loss of some parliamentary seats in a series of by-elections in December 1985 alerted the Congress to the political potential of this judgement, and caused it to swiftly renege on its earlier position of hailing the judgement. Indeed, Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi – after a series of consultations with the Muslim ulema, but disregarding completely the many representations from Muslim women and progressive community leaders – introduced a legislation, the Muslim Women’s (Protection of Rights in Divorce) Bill, which was subsequently passed. This Act, which Mushirul Hasan has described as ‘a signiﬁcant and reckless departure from the informal consensus established by Nehru on non-intervention in matters of faith’ (Hasan, 1997:277), removed Muslim women divorcees from the purview of Section 125, thereby – for the ﬁrst time – limiting the universal and uniform application of the criminal law of the land. Even as the rights of cultural community – the ostensible rationale of this legislation – were thus recognized, a sharp blow was simultaneously dealt to

52 Representing India

the cause of gender justice. By privileging the Muslim woman’s community identity over that of gender, the secular interests of Muslim women were sacriﬁced at the altar of the Muslim leadership’s right to control community affairs. The Muslim female citizen was doubly disadvantaged: both as a member of a minority religious community (vis-à-vis the predominantly Hindu majority) and as a woman (vis-à-vis Muslim men, the state and even other women in society).4 Urdu The Urdu language is the mother tongue of over 40 million Indians according to the Census of 1991. Though it has been identiﬁed with the Muslim minority, it is worth entering two caveats. The ﬁrst is that only Muslims in north India speak Urdu, while Muslims in other regions of India speak the relevant regional language. In the states of Assam, West Bengal, Kerala and Jammu and Kashmir, which have a concentration of Muslim population, the majority of Muslims speak the relevant regional language. Even in the northern states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, Urdu speakers are limited to the small upper strata/castes of the population, while the vast majority of Muslims speak local Hindustani dialects. (Alam, 2003:4884) Secondly, prior to independence, Urdu was the language of upper-class everyday life in north India, regardless of religion. It was customary for primary education in undivided Punjab, Uttar Pradesh (then the United Provinces) and Bihar to be conducted almost entirely in Urdu. This despite the fact that Urdu (the word comes from the Turkish ortu, meaning military camp) is itself seen as a hybrid of Persian-Arabic and Hindi, a patois of the bazaars and the cantonment. In the course of the 19th and 20th centuries, however, Urdu had increasingly modelled itself on the Persian literary tradition, and evolved its own very distinguished literary tradition, particularly strong in poetry. Salil Mishra (2003) has traced the evolution, through the 19th century, of the ‘normative association’ of Hindi with Hinduism, and that of Urdu with Islam. His work demonstrates the cultural roots of this increasing identiﬁcation between linguistic and religious identity. As the demand for a separate Muslim nation came to be articulated in the 1940s, Urdu was declared to be the language of the new Muslim nation. This had the peculiar consequence of Urdu being imposed as the ofﬁcial language on Pakistan in which, in 1947, Urdu was the mother-tongue of only 4% of the population. Even after the creation of the separate Bengali-speaking nation of Bangladesh in 1971, this proportion had risen to only 8%, with Urdu being ranked, in

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 53

terms of number of speakers, the ﬁfth language of Pakistan. (Mishra, 2003:21–2) In the Constituent Assembly, Muslim members pleaded for Hindustani – in either the Devanagari or the Urdu script, or with Devanagari as its primary and Urdu as its second script – to be made the ‘lingua franca’ of India. As Maulana Azad argued, the language spoken in north India effectively had three different names – Hindi, Urdu, Hindustani – and therefore Hindustani would be an appropriate compromise, avoiding the Persian-Arabic extreme of Urdu, on the one hand, and of Sanskritized Hindi, on the other. (Noorani, 2003:294–5) Gandhi too had always been in favour of Hindustani, the language he spoke as he travelled across India. The lack of acceptance of his proposal led to Azad’s resignation from the Drafting Committee. It was clear that the fuss over Urdu was actually an expression of hostility against the Muslims. Today, Urdu is the ofﬁcial language of only one state in India, the Muslim-majority state of Jammu and Kashmir. In October 1947, the state government of the then United Provinces (now Uttar Pradesh) decided to make Hindi – written in the Devanagari script – the state language. In 1989, an attempt to make Urdu the second ofﬁcial language of the state sparked off some episodes of communal violence in the name of language riots. (Chandhoke, forthcoming:43) Concern is periodically expressed for the decline in the circulation of Urdu newspapers and journals, though in certain districts of some southern states, Urdu is an ofﬁcial language. Hasan has noted that even the defenders of Urdu abandoned its cause after being co-opted by the establishment, and were satisﬁed by the trivial sops of Urdu academies, literary awards and other forms of ofﬁcial cultural patronage. (Hasan, 1997:278) The policy neglect of the Urdu language is inextricably linked with its supposed identiﬁcation with the largest minority community in the country, and has therefore been a casualty of communal politics. Communal violence The history of independent India is replete with instances of communal violence, from the bloody partition of 1947 to the brutal killing of Muslims in Gujarat in 2002. Ashutosh Varshney’s study of HinduMuslim riots between 1950–1995, based on a compilation of newspaper reports, suggests that there has been a rising curve of violence since the mid to late 1970s, which peaked with the destruction of the Babri Masjid at Ayodhya in December 1992. However, after this peak of

54 Representing India

1992–93, Varshney argues that the next two years witnessed a decline. His analysis of this data reinforces the commonly held view that communal riots are an essentially urban phenomenon. In the 46-year period under study, only 4% of the reported deaths were in rural areas. In terms of regional spread, contrary to the popular impression that Uttar Pradesh is the state most greatly afﬂicted by communal violence, it appears that Gujarat, Bihar and Maharashtra have higher per capita rates of death in communal incidents. (Varshney, 2002:95–7) In explanatory terms, Varshney rejects both essentialist/primordialist as well as instrumentalist theories of ethnic conﬂict, to argue instead that ‘civil society is the missing variable’. (ibid.:39) As such, associational civic engagement – through business organizations, trades unions, professional associations and political parties – can promote inter-ethnic peace in urban settings. Varshney demonstrates this by contrasting three pairs of Indian cities, each pair having one city that has experienced communal violence and another that has not. It could however be argued that, despite the compelling nature of Varshney’s evidence, he has underplayed the role of the state. The Gujarat riots of 1992, which Varshney has claimed lend further credence to his thesis, actually show more starkly than at any previous point in Indian history the unabashed and blatant participation of the state in the pogrom in which almost 1000 Muslims were brutally murdered, while their homes and shops were looted and burnt. It is true that the silence of local civil society was palpable,5 but it is also the case that state agencies, state ofﬁcials, the state machinery and even the head of the administration, the Chief Minister, were implicated in this violence. The victims found it difﬁcult, if not impossible, to even ﬁle cases against their perpetrators at the police station, or claims for compensation with the administration. The complicity of political parties and administration is vividly illustrated in a recent work by Paul Brass (2003) on Hindu-Muslim violence in Aligarh, undoubtedly one of India’s most riot-prone cities. Viewing riots as theatrical productions in which many actors participate, and which manifest phases of rehearsal, of staging and of interpretation, Brass makes three important points. First, that ‘there is a direct causal link between riots and electoral/political competition’, as demonstrated by the fact that riots commonly ‘precede elections and intensify political competition’. (2003: 33–4) Secondly, Brass argues, riots are ‘functionally useful to a wide array of individuals, groups, parties and the state authorities’ (ibid.:34), as they provide political beneﬁts. Finally, it is his contention that riots involve mass participation in the

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 55

way they are enacted and this feeds on a discourse of Hindu-Muslim communalism ‘that has corrupted history, penetrated memory, and contributes in the present to the production and perpetuation of communal violence in the country’. (ibid.) The state and political parties have indeed played an important role in the construction of minority identity, in the creation of majoritarian discourses and politics, and even in brutal violence against minority groups. The marginality of minorities in governance structures is only partly a function of these, but partly also the result of the socioeconomic inequalities that mark the condition of at least the largest minority group, the Muslims. As a prelude to discussing the levels of social and economic deprivation that obtain among the Muslims, let us take stock of political and voting behaviour among the Muslims. The collapse of the Muslim League in the immediate post-Partition period did see a rush of Muslims towards the Congress. The Congress Party has historically projected itself as the protector of minorities, the guarantor of minority rights and a secular state. It is no surprise therefore that, till very recently, the Congress was the party most favoured by the Muslim voters. Lloyd and Susanne Rudolph have, however, argued that since the shifts in Muslim voting patterns from 1977 to 1984 parallel the regional and national outcomes in these elections, this raises ‘the question of whether the minorities’ purported support for Congress results more from a special relationship based on Congress’s commitment to equal citizenship and secular values or from a perception of Congress as the dominant party and as such the likely winner and prospective governing party’. (Rudolph and Rudolph, 1987:187) In fact, there is a distinct similarity in the voting behaviour of Muslims, the scheduled castes and the scheduled tribes. However, the thesis that there is ‘a special relationship’ between the Congress and the Muslim voters, while it may have held true till Nehru’s time, is of doubtful validity from the early 1960s onwards. In the 207 parliamentary constituencies which have Muslim populations of 10% or more, the Rudolphs found that in three consecutive elections – 1977, 1980 and 1984 – the Congress received a lower percentage of votes in these constituencies, than in others. Further, in 1977 and 1980, it won a lower proportion of seats in Muslim constituencies than it did overall. (ibid.:194) As such, there is little evidence to support the thesis of ‘a special relationship’ between the Congress and the Muslims. Indeed, a recent study argues that it is the Congress that must take the blame for the under-representation of Muslims, because the percentage of Muslim nominations by the party has been consistently

56 Representing India

low. In the ﬁrst ﬁve Lok Sabha elections (1952–1971), the Congress nominations for Muslims remained between 4.29% and 5.74%. In these elections, Muslim candidates belonging to the Congress managed to win even in constituencies where the Muslim population was only between 3% and 18%. (Ansari, 2003:134) It was in the 1977 (postEmergency) election that the Congress, for the ﬁrst time, nominated 7.52% Muslim candidates. It is, however, interesting to observe that in this particular election, the Muslim vote conformed to the general pattern and went against even Muslim candidates if they were Congress nominees. (ibid.:18) In the next two general elections (1980 and 1984), the number of Muslims elected reached their highest number. Both these elections saw a massive pro-Congress wave which was echoed in the Muslim vote. Beginning with the 1989 election, there has been a downward curve of Muslim representation, repeated in 1991, 1996 and 1998. These elections have seen a spread of the Muslim vote, with – in 1998 – the 28 Muslim MPs representing 12 different parties. The corresponding ﬁgure was 6 parties in 1991 and for 7 parties in 1996. In the 1996 election – which, not unimportantly, was the ﬁrst parliamentary election after the demolition of the Babri Masjid – the Congress lost Muslim support by just four percentage points, from 38% in 1991 to 34% in 1996. In the parliamentary elections of 1998 and 1999, it appeared that the Muslim anger had subsided and there was a return to the Congress, signalled by an increase in the Muslim vote for the Congress, to 43% in 1998 and 50% in 1999. (Yadav, 2003:65) The 13th Lok Sabha, elected in 1999, had 32 Muslim MPs, up from 28 in each of the previous three Lok Sabhas, and representing 11 different parties. In the current – fourteenth – Lok Sabha, elected in 2004, the number of Muslims MPs is 35, of which 25 were elected from constituencies with a Muslim population higher than 15%. Ten out of these 35 MPs are from the Congress Party and the rest are from 10 other parties.6 The vacuum of political leadership has been a genuine problem for the Muslim community, which has therefore been held hostage by a small set of mostly conservative leaders. Every major political party – including even the BJP – does have a token Muslim or two in the upper echelons of the party leadership. These individuals, however, are objects of criticism on two counts. Firstly, it is argued, they are seeking personal success, and so prefer to attach themselves to the major political parties from which they can obtain beneﬁts such as ministerial ofﬁce. Less dishonourably, it is argued that some of them prefer to project themselves as possessing broad-based appeal, and do not wish

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 57

to be seen as only Muslim leaders. Secondly, though they win elections from Muslim-majority constituencies, and hence on the basis of their Muslim identity, these politicians choose to let the mainstream parties beneﬁt from this. The potential for translating their electoral victory into empowerment for the community is thus lost. Muslim politicians in the Congress, the BJP, the Samajwadi Party and the Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) alike have been blamed for dissipating the potential of the Muslim vote in this manner. Further, there are mainly two political parties claiming to represent the Muslims, both of which are essentially regional parties in south India. The ﬁrst of these is the Indian Union Muslim League (IUML), which is predominantly a Kerala-based party, that has been in alliance with the Kerala Congress for many years, and part of the United Democratic Front (Congress-led coalition) governments in that state. Its electoral base is in the Muslim-majority constituencies of Kerala. The second party is the Majlis-e-Ittehadul Muslimeen (MIM) of Andhra Pradesh. As regional parties, the IUML and the MIM convened, in 1998, a meeting to push for the formation of a national political party of Muslims. In 1999, a number of Muslim organizations put forward a ‘Muslim agenda’ for the general elections, urging the secular national parties – evidently without success – to give them greater representation. (Noorani, 2003:279–82) Despite some recent discussion on the desirability of PR, however, the major concerns reﬂected by the public pronouncements of Muslim social organizations and political parties are unsurprisingly centered around the issue of the Ayodhya dispute and the security of Muslim citizens’ lives and property in the face of communal violence. In the last few years, the question of quotas – especially for Muslims belonging to the backward classes/lower castes has also become more prominent. Of course, this may presage divisions within the Muslim community, which has long – and sociologically incorrectly – been viewed by politicians as a monolith. Some leaders, such as Syed Shahabuddin, argue that the entire Muslim community in India forms a backward class and should be recognized as a Backward Class eligible for reservation. Others – such as the All India Muslim OBC Organisation – believe that Muslim society in India is divided according to castes. These positions clearly represent conﬂicts of interest, as those Muslim groups that have already received ofﬁcial recognition as OBCs, would obviously like to keep the ‘upper caste’ Muslims out of the lists to prevent a shrinking of the pie for those whom they believe to be truly deserving. The All India Muslim OBC Organisation is, however,

58 Representing India

demanding Scheduled Caste status for Muslim Dalits. (Jenkins, 2003:115–17)

Caste Historically, the stratiﬁcatory system of caste has, despite its apparently static inﬂexibility, been dynamic, ﬂuid and changing. Colonial rule and the condition of modernity – political and economic – have been instrumental in transforming it beyond all recognition. The manner in which castes have been enumerated would make little sense to a visitor from some ancient time, well-versed in the textual and ritualistic aspects of caste. British colonial rule treated caste as ‘the institutional keystone of Indian society’. (Fuller, 2003:481) Beginning with the ﬁrst decennial all-India census of 1871, the census became the main instrument of gathering information about the ‘caste system’ and classifying it. These exercises of data-collection also fed into the organization of, for instance, the British Army in India, whose regiments (e.g., the Jat regiment or the Sikh regiment) were caste/community based, depending on the colonial state’s stereotyping of certain communities as ‘martial races’. The measurement of castes and sub-castes according to size and number in the census contributed to the ‘ﬁxing’ of caste identities in ways hitherto unknown. With their identities so ﬁxed, caste groups began to form caste associations, some of which would periodically petition the colonial government to reconsider their ranking in the hierarchy! The arbiters of the caste system were thus no longer part of the ritual order, but rather external to it. Thus was a pre-existing set of social relationships shaped and moulded by the British rulers of India, which, even as it reinforced the Brahmanical principle of the hierarchy, gave it added ‘secular’ legitimacy, and imparted to it a certain ﬁxity and inﬂexibility. In their attempt to fashion a modern, secular and egalitarian nation, the Indian nationalists condemned the evils of caste and caste practices, and advocated social reform and the ‘uplift’ of the untouchable castes, which were then called the Depressed Classes. From the 1920s onwards, under Gandhi’s leadership, the struggle for freedom also incorporated the issue of social equality for the untouchables, rechristened by Gandhi as Harijans (or children of God). In particular, Gandhi fought against the ‘sin’ of untouchability, and advocated the ‘upliftment’ of this section of society. Sharply critical of the Gandhian view was the more radical rejection of Brahmanical Hinduism articulated by Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, ‘untouch-

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 59

able’ lawyer, educated at Columbia University, who later became the President of India’s Constituent Assembly. In 1909, when the Muslims were granted communal electorates in the Morley-Minto Reforms, the Depressed Classes also became conscious of the politics of numbers. The caste Hindus were keen that they should be counted as Hindus, while the Muslims argued that they should not. (Pai, 2002b:4) In the Government of India Act of 1919, the Depressed Classes were given representation – albeit as non-ofﬁcial nominated members – in the Central Legislative Assembly as well as the Provincial Legislatures. This legislation was the ﬁrst ofﬁcial recognition of the status of the Depressed Classes as a distinct and disadvantaged group. In different parts of the country, there was a proliferation of caste associations, caste conferences and a widespread expression of anti-Brahman sentiment, fuelled by the resentment against the Brahmin monopoly over public employment. The Justice Movement launched in 1915–16 in the Madras Presidency, for instance, pointed to the Brahman predominance in education, public services and politics. Despite accounting for only 3.2% of the population of the province, Brahmans held 55% of the positions of deputy collector and 72% of munsif posts in 1912. (Sarkar, 1998:159) A similar situation prevailed in the princely state of Mysore in southern India. The 1920s thus saw demands being made, in different parts of the country, for reservations in education and public employment, and for special representation in the various legislative bodies. The designation of some groups as ‘backward’ has its origins in such demands, such that, in 1921, Mysore state deﬁned every single community except Brahmans as backward and provided them with educational reservations. The absence of such a movement in the United Provinces (now Uttar Pradesh) is explained by the inﬂuence, in this region, of the Congress and Gandhi, who used the language of ‘upliftment’ rather than the more radical Ambedkarite idea of mobilization. The devolution of powers to elected governments in the provinces, and the three-fold increase in the size of the Indian electorate, both mandated by the GOI Act of 1935, gave a new salience to the question of community identity. Ambedkar’s demand for separate electorates for the untouchables had already generated new fears among the (mostly caste Hindu) nationalists, since the backward classes represented between 15 and 20% of the population, not a proportion to be scoffed at in the electoral arithmetic. This was particularly the case in Bengal and the Punjab, in both of which the Hindu and Muslim populations were fairly evenly balanced in terms of numbers. The compromise

60 Representing India

formula arrived at in the Poona Pact was to keep Hindus and the Depressed Classes in the same electorates, but reserve a proportion of seats in the assemblies for candidates belonging to the latter group. This arrangement was formalized in the Communal Award of 1932, whereby a ﬁxed number of seats in every provincial legislature were to be reserved for members of the Depressed Classes, as well as of the religious minorities. This was clearly an important precursor to the provisions of the Constitution of independent India, as was the procedure of creating Schedules for tribes and castes deserving of such reservation. Initiated in 1936, this task of ‘scheduling’ attempted to identify and list every depressed community in every province, and the initial list contained 400 untouchable groups apart from many tribes. This is the origin of the terms Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. (Bayly, 1999:260–3) The term ‘backward classes’ has its own distinctive genealogy, and has its origins in the dissensions within the anti-Brahman movements of the early twentieth century (especially in Madras and Bombay), in which members of low ranking, but ‘clean’ (as opposed to the ‘Untouchable’) castes, adopted the term Backwards as self-description, to distinguish themselves from the ‘Forward’ or higher-ranking non-Brahman groups who largely controlled these movements and organizations. (Bayly, 1999:241n) Galanter provides a list of ten different denotations of the term ‘backward classes’, ranging from its usage as a synonym for the Scheduled Castes to a term covering all communities other than the most advanced. (1984:155) Effectively, the term Backward castes has today come to denote caste groups – such as the Sudras – that are low in the caste hierarchy, though not as low as the dalits. Sometimes, this becomes virtually a residual category, excluding only the Brahmans and the dalit castes. As we have seen, some states like Mysore deﬁned every single community except Brahmans as backward. By 1950, the all-India Backward Classes Federation had been formed, and four years later there were at least 14 organizations demanding reservations for these groups, both at the regional and the national levels. Indeed, long before this category became politically salient throughout India, governments in the southern states had promulgated lists of the OBCs, members of whom would be eligible for reservations. In Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, the reservations thus covered almost 75% of the states’ population. The Constitution drafted for the newly independent nation-state sought to enact a universalistic conception of citizenship. This is delineated especially in the chapter on the Fundamental Rights of citizens,

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 61

which has two articles that speciﬁcally mention caste. The ﬁrst of these is Article 15, which prohibits the State from discriminating between citizens ‘on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth’. In apparent recognition of the practice of untouchability, Clause 2 of Article 15 goes further to list a number of sites in which such discrimination may be practised (by private individuals and groups) and is therefore forbidden. These include access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment, as well as wells, tanks, roads, bathing ghats and places of public resort which are either wholly or partially funded by the State. The last clause of this Article speciﬁes that, notwithstanding these prohibitions, the State may make special provision for ‘the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes of citizens or for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes’. Article 17 explicitly abolishes untouchability, and forbids its practice in any form, stating that it shall be an offence punishable under law. In the chapter on the Directive Principles of State Policy, ﬁnally, Article 46 of the Constitution enjoins the state to ‘promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections of the people, and, in particular, of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, and…protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation.’ (The Constitution of India) It has been argued that the law, politics and government of the young Republic embodied a curious irony in the zealous promotion of the idea of a modern, casteless India, along with the recognition of caste as a social reality and the need therefore to remove the disabilities attached to it. (Bayly, 1999:266) The Constitution, it could be argued, similarly expresses a paradox in that, even as it legislates out of existence the practice of untouchability and discrimination on grounds of caste, it simultaneously recognizes and seeks to redress the special disadvantages arising out of caste oppression.7 While the idea of separate electorates was emphatically rejected for religious minorities, as well as for the Scheduled Castes and Tribes, in recognition of the history of inequality and injustice suffered by the latter, an elaborate set of protective measures was devised. These included, above all, reservation of seats in legislatures, government service and academic institutions. The Constitution thus provides for reservation of seats in proportion to their numbers for the Scheduled Castes (and Scheduled Tribes) in the lower House of Parliament, the Lok Sabha, as well as the lower houses of the Legislative Assemblies or Vidhan Sabhas in the States.8 There are no reservations in the Rajya Sabha (the upper house of Parliament), or in the upper houses in those

62 Representing India

States that have them. This quota does not, however, constitute a separate electorate. In a separate electorate, a particular group is represented by a legislator chosen by an electorate that is composed solely of members of that group. Thus, both the electorate and the candidate belong to the same community. In a reserved seat, by contrast, the candidates must belong to the particular social group, but the electorate is a mix of all the social groups that happen to live within the area of the constituency.9 A number of ordinary laws attempt to strengthen the constitutional intention of encouraging the political participation of disadvantaged groups. They do so by, for example, requiring smaller election deposits from members of these groups. The Constitution makers had envisaged a time limit of ten years for these reservation policies, but they have been routinely extended every ten years since the enactment of the Constitution. Members of these groups can, of course, contest elections from an unreserved constituency. As we shall see later in this study, only a small number have actually succeeded in getting so elected. This underscores the critical importance of the quota in enabling the presence of the Scheduled Castes in legislative bodies, as does the fact that, in the absence of any reservation of positions in the ministry or committees of parliament, the levels of representation are rather low. Reservations are also provided for – in accordance with their proportion in the population – in government employment at all levels, and in State-funded educational institutions, especially in admission to medical and engineering colleges. Quotas are sometimes provided for in housing, allotment of land, and other such coveted but scarce goods. Since the passage of the 73rd and 74th constitutional amendments in 1992, one-third of seats in the bodies of local governance – both urban and rural – are reserved for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. This encompasses three levels of panchayats – the village or gram panchayat, the intermediate block or mandal panchayat, and the district-level Zilla Parishad. The signiﬁcance of these quotas is to be understood in the context of the revitalization, by constitutional amendment, of institutions of local governance by devolving powers to them that they did not formerly possess. It is another matter that the experience has not everywhere added up to effective decentralization. These constitutional provisions are buttressed by a wealth of statutory provisions that are not, like the ones mentioned above, of the ‘compensatory discrimination’ type, but rather intended to secure equal – as opposed to preferential – treatment of citizens. Most promi-

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 63

nent among these are the Protection of Civil Rights Act and the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, designed to protect members of these groups from violence and the indignity of untouchability. There are also a host of other laws seeking to regulate money lending, prevent the transfer of land from tribals to others, and to protect these groups from economic exploitation. While there was no constitutional provision of reservations of any kind for the OBCs, two articles of the Constitution make a mention of the term ‘backward classes’. The ﬁrst is Article 16(4) which mandates the State to make ‘special provision for the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes of citizens or for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.’ This makes it quite clear that the two were not interchangeable terms. However, no further speciﬁcation of ‘backward classes’ was made, except for the qualiﬁers of social and educational backwardness. The Constitution also envisaged the establishment of a Backward Classes Commission, to ‘investigate the conditions of backward classes’ (Article 340). In 1953, the GOI appointed an 11-member Commission, headed by Kaka Kalelkar (and therefore better known as the Kaka Kalelkar Report) which laboured for two years to produce an exhaustive ‘master list’ of all those groups which were neither untouchables nor tribals. It was then estimated that such groups (mainly backward castes) comprised 31.81% of India’s population. (GOI, 1955: 14–15) If, to this ﬁgure, were added the approximately 14% Scheduled Castes and 6% Scheduled Tribes (the percentages estimated at the time) already entitled to reservations, it seemed that over half the Indian population would be eligible for reservations. Everyone who did not belong to any of these three groups – for whom an argument of preferential treatment could be made – belonged, by default, to a Forward community. The decades of the 1970s and 1980s witnessed an increasing political assertiveness on the part of the backward castes in rural India, partly due to their increasing economic power. The programme of land reform, though far from adequate, did have the effect of breaking down the large landholdings of the upper castes, and so beneﬁting the tenant-cultivators, many of whom belonged to the middle castes (sometimes also referred to as ‘middle peasants’, but broadly, backwards). Most of these were farming communities, whose economic interests included the continuation of the subsidies – especially free electricity and the non-taxation of the agricultural sector – that had been provided to create an agricultural surplus. The Green Revolution increased not only their prosperity, but also their political stakes.

64 Representing India

The exact content and meaning of the term OBC has been differently speciﬁed in different states, and is partly a product of the particular circumstances of the competition for recognition. The term OBC does not therefore signify a homogeneous social group. Splits between upper and lower backward castes have occurred in many states historically, and new categories – such as, most recently, the Most Backward Castes (MBCs) in Uttar Pradesh – continue to emerge. Even in Karnataka, in the 1970s, there was intense competition between the two dominant castes (both backwards) for the inclusion of their own, and the exclusion of the other, from the list of OBCs. In some cases, such groups would emphasize economic backwardness as a criterion in order to exclude rivals; but, where convenient, common culture and social customs would be highlighted.10 In Tamil Nadu, the Dravid Munnetra Kazhagam, which led backward caste politics in the 1950s, initially emphasized ‘race’. But when it realized that this may entail alliances with the former untouchable castes, it shifted the emphasis to language, which created the possibilities of a common culture – and therefore political accommodation – between the party and upper caste Tamils, including Brahmans. (Shah, 2002b: 398) In what was clearly a reﬂection of the new political importance of these groups, several state governments set up Backward Classes Commissions (in the southern states, this had occurred as early as the 1960s) which collected a mass of data on such communities. The Backward Classes Commission of 1978–80 – better known by the name of its Chairman, B.P. Mandal, as the Mandal Commission – raised the banner of reserved quotas for the OBCs. In several states in southern India, as we earlier remarked, these were already in place. Here, state politics also reﬂected the importance of the caste conﬁguration in electoral arithmetic. In states where such quotas were implemented in the 1980s, such as Gujarat, caste violence had erupted, and through the 1980s, the recommendations of the Mandal Commission were not acted upon by the Central Government. It was only in 1990 that the government of V.P. Singh – an erstwhile Congress politician who had quit a Cabinet Ministership in Rajiv Gandhi’s government on the issue of corruption – ofﬁcially accepted the Mandal report. Apart from triggering off controversy and even violence (including the self-immolation of some upper caste students who feared that their prospects of acquiring an education or a job were endangered by such reservations), the Mandal reform also facilitated the emergence of new political parties claiming to represent the backward castes, such as the Samajwadi Party in Uttar Pradesh and the

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 65

Rashtriya Janata Dal in Bihar. India has, in the 1990s, witnessed a greater regionalization of politics, in which the salience of backward caste parties in the states has been notable. In the era of coalition governments, this has also meant a greater voice for these parties in the formation of ministries at the Central level. The Mandal Commission’s operative deﬁnition of the term ‘backward classes’ was in terms of backward castes. Concluding a discussion of the inequalities and oppressions contained in the hierarchical structure of Hindu society, the Commission asked in anguish, Will it be too much to say that in the traditional Indian society social backwardness was a direct consequence of caste status and, further, that various other types of backwardness ﬂowed directly from this crippling handicap? (Government of India, 1980a:17) The Mandal Commission laid down 11 indicators or criteria for determining social and educational backwardness, grouped according to three broad categories of social, educational and economic. In each of these, the term used was ‘castes/classes’. (ibid.:52) It was now clear that – as in all the provincial usages for the past several decades – the term backward class was merely a euphemism for caste, and indeed the Commission stated that ‘the classes, castes or communities identiﬁed as backward as a result of this survey belong to Hindu religion only.’ (ibid.:54) It did nevertheless examine the question of OBCs among non-Hindu communities, especially Muslims, Christians and Sikhs, and – because these religions were, in its words, ‘totally egalitarian’ – decided to evolve other criteria for identifying non-Hindu OBCs. In all, the Mandal Commission argued that the OBCs – 43.70% Hindu, and the remaining Muslims, Christians, Sikhs and Buddhists, excluding scheduled castes and tribes among them – constituted approximately 52% of India’s population. In terms of quotas, the Mandal Commission recommended a reservation of 27% of positions in public employment and educational institutions for the OBCs, in addition to the 22% already designated for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes together (15% + 7% respectively). This takes the total reservation to 49%. In 1992, the Supreme Court, in a landmark judgement (Indra Sawhney vs. Union of India), held that ‘caste can be and quite often is a class in India’, and if the caste in question happens to be socially backward, it is a backward class. (Frontline, December 18, 1992) However, the judgement

66 Representing India

held that reservations could not exceed the ‘reasonable limit’ of 50%, and therefore the Mandal Commission’s recommendation of 27% reservation was endorsed, as it kept the total proportion of reserved seats at 49%. The implications of this judgement for the states has been a central issue in state politics, since Karnataka has had 68%, Tamil Nadu 69%, and Bihar was clamouring for reservation to the extent of 80%. These developments have substantially recast politics in the states, with the occasional joining of forces between the parties claiming to represent the backwards and the dalits, especially when ranged against the forces of Hindu nationalism represented by the upper-caste BJP. Reservations have indeed become the stuff of political mobilization and competitive electoral politics.11 In the state of Uttar Pradesh, for instance, the 1990s saw electoral alliances being forged and broken between the BSP, claiming to represent the dalits, and the Samajwadi Party, claiming to represent the backwards. These two parties have been seen as rivals and competitors rather than allies and collaborators, given the difference in their social base. Hence, their alliance was always a matter of some surprise. And yet, the fact that in the past few years, the BSP has made common electoral cause with the upper-caste BJP is even more astonishing. The realpolitik explanation is probably the most credible, as the objective of democratic politics becomes not so much representation as the seizing of state power, whatever mode of opportunistic politics that may entail. The most recent example of this is the current promise by the Central Government to provide reservations for economically backward members of the upper castes. A decision to this effect was taken by the Union Cabinet on June 5, 2003, which has been advised that this would require a constitutional amendment. This announcement came in response to a promise made by the Congress government in the state of Rajasthan to include upper castes within the purview of state-level reservations. Some important states, including Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Delhi were, at the time, on the verge of going to the polls, and the move was clearly a sign of the competitive populism that has marked the politics of reservations. Subsequently, after the national election of 2004, the demand for extending reservations to the private sector was also made, and there is currently some debate about whether corporations should be obliged to follow the path of reservations (which some criticize as undesirable and others as unimplementable) or the North American path of encouraging diversity.

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 67

Meanwhile, a number of Muslim OBC organizations have also emerged in the course of the last decade, some of which are conﬁned to the state of Bihar. They are also broadly ‘Mandalist’ in their orientation, and have been demanding that all backward communities among the Muslims be included in the state and central lists of OBCs and SCs. Some of these organizations are also seeking to forge alliances across the religious divide, as between dalit and OBC groups belonging to both the Muslim and Hindu communities. (Alam, 2003:4885) These are trends, it must be said, that are only just beginning to be noted in scholarly circles, and have not yet entered public discourse. The politicization of caste, thus, has given this ritual category a secular orientation ﬁrst noticed in the work of Susanne and Lloyd Rudolph (1967) as well as that of Rajni Kothari and others in 1970. (Kothari, 1970) The assumption that castes vote en bloc for the particular political party they see as their authentic representative has however been empirically interrogated. Sometimes, castes identify with a particular political party not only because its leaders are caste-fellows, but also because it raises issues that they perceive as important. One such example of a party identiﬁcation that fuses interest and identity is the support base of the Lok Dal in Uttar Pradesh, widely perceived to be a party of the Jat community (a backward caste). However, the fact that Jats vote for the Lok Dal is not solely attributable to the fact that its leaders are Jats, but also to the fact that the Lok Dal has been representing the interests of farmers, which is what most Jats in Uttar Pradesh happen to be. Likewise, middle-class voters from the Scheduled Castes have been known to vote for the BJP, while the poorer voters from these castes invariably vote for the BSP. (Shah, 2002a:24)

Tribe The policy debate on tribals in India after independence centred around the core question of whether they ought to be left in their state of isolation or assimilated. The anthropologist Verrier Elwin was seen to be associated with the isolationist camp,12 while the sociologist G.S. Ghurye was an assimilationist who believed that to redress the backwardness of the tribes they had to be brought into the mainstream. The earliest policy statement on the subject was arguably Nehru’s enunciation of the pancha shila (or ﬁve principles) doctrine, in which he argued that people should be allowed to develop along the lines of their own genius without any imposition from the outside; organize their own adminis-

68 Representing India

tration and development; and, above all, that their land and forest rights must be respected. (Furer-Haimendorf, 1967:217) Despite Nehru’s principles, however, a two-fold policy was followed towards the tribes. On the one hand, the policy envisaged protective measures for tribal culture, but on the other, tribal areas became subjects of ofﬁcial development, sometimes in the name of the national interest, and at other times in the name of tribal development itself. The pursuit of development in independent India has entailed consequences for tribal society that express a striking continuity with colonial practices of undermining the tribal dependence on the forest, which had customarily taken the form of usufructuary rights or collective ownership. British rule in India witnessed the process of large-scale alienation of tribal land (often through deceitful methods) and the introduction of the alien institution of private property. Though the state in independent India ofﬁcially disallowed the alienation and sale of tribal land, it nevertheless continued this process, by the takeover of land ostensibly for public purposes, e.g. development projects. As a result, tribal areas have witnessed intensely extractive exploitation for mineral resources; and the construction of infrastructural projects such as dams and power projects, displacing large numbers of tribals. This has contributed to the uprooting and consequent impoverishment of tribal communities as they are thrown at the mercy of a highly exploitative labour market which they are compelled to enter as unskilled labour. Tribal movements have also emerged, to which the attitude of the state has been sometimes appropriative, and at other times repressive. On the whole, however, there has been a tendency for the central political leadership to either divide such movements, or to try and co-opt tribal leadership through the politics of patronage. (Brass, 1992:183) In recent times, tribal movements for autonomy have actually succeeded in their demand for separate statehood – the creation of Jharkhand and Chhattisgarh states – and therefore control over the rich mineral resources of their regions. Policy measures for the Scheduled Tribes can be divided into broadly four categories. (i)

The ﬁrst of these are frequently called ‘protective’ measures, but are perhaps more accurately described as developmental measures, as they seek to address the problem of the material development of these groups. Until the mid-1970s, the state approach towards the protection of tribal interests took the form of welfare mea-

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and Politics 69

sures, in the areas of the economy, education, health and communication. From the Fifth Five Year Plan onwards, there was a discernible shift in emphasis towards development. This shift from the language of welfare to that of development ushered in a phase of development projects located in speciﬁc areas identiﬁed for the purpose, with a large amount of money being poured into these. In real terms, however, studies show that the development outcomes have been poor, as much of the spending has been concentrated on infrastructure. The exposure to modern education – especially due to the efforts of Christian missionaries in north-east India – has however facilitated some social mobility, and the creation of a small tribal middle-class. Most of this is accounted for by jobs in the government and public sector, as tribal people are much less visible in the ﬁeld of business. (ii) This brings us then to the second component of the policy strategy for tribals, which consisted of provisions for compensatory discrimination or reservation – mandated by the Constitution – of places in legislatures (both Parliament and the State assemblies), state-funded institutions of higher education and public employment at all levels. They enjoy a quota in accordance with their proportion in the population. This is in a sense the most important component of the policy approach to the tribal question, and its outcomes will be assessed later. (iii) Thirdly, there are the macro-institutional structures designed to manage the speciﬁcity of the tribal situation. Six states together account for 70.83% of India’s tribal population: Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Bihar, Orissa, Gujarat and Rajasthan. These ﬁgures are from the 1991 census, and would doubtless undergo a change when the ﬁgures of the 2001 census are released, as two states in central India based on tribal identity – Chhattisgarh and Jharkhand – were carved out of Madhya Pradesh and Bihar respectively in the intervening years. The states of the north-east, including Assam, account for just 12.01% of India’s tribal population, and without Assam for just 7.7%. The signiﬁcance of these states is not that the majority of tribes in India live here, but that the populations of these states are overwhelmingly tribal. Thus, tribes constitute 94.75% of the population of Mizoram; 83.53% of the population of Meghalaya; and 87.70% of the population of Nagaland. Some of these states – Meghalaya, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh – actually arose out of the institutional innovation of Autonomous

70 Representing India

(iv)

District Councils, devised to facilitate the participation of the people in determining developmental priorities. These Councils, which still exist in parts of West Bengal, Bihar and Jammu and Kashmir, possess powers of law-making, revenue extraction, as well as judicial and developmental powers. The fourth policy strategy could be described as remedial, as it seeks to provide avenues by which aggrieved members of these groups may approach state institutions. The NCSCST was speciﬁcally established for this purpose, and has recently been bifurcated to create a new Commission exclusively for the Scheduled Tribes. This has been done primarily in response to the complaint that the Commission was functioning mainly as a grievance-redressal mechanism for the Scheduled Castes, and that the inclusion of the Scheduled Tribes was purely nominal.

The inadequacy of these policy measures can be judged partly by looking at the socio-economic data on the Scheduled Tribes in Chapter 2 – which provides clear evidence of persistent deprivation – and partly by an assessment of the performance of other institutions created for managing diversity, such as the NCSCST (recently bifurcated into two separate commissions for these two groups) and the new institutions for local self-governance, which provide for quotas for their representation. It is to an examination and evaluation of these that we turn in the next chapter.

4 Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable

Apart from the other safeguards intended to protect members of disadvantaged groups – such as reservations in legislative bodies, public employment and public education – which have been discussed in the previous chapter, the Constitution of India also made provision for a watchdog institution, originally called the Special Ofﬁcer for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, to oversee the implementation of these safeguards. In 1990, this was redesigned, by constitutional amendment, as the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, a constitutionally mandated body designed to protect the interests of these groups. The NCSCST was intended to monitor, on a regular and ongoing basis, the implementation of the various provisions – social, economic, educational and political, provided in the Constitution for members of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. Similar institutions were subsequently set up for religious minorities and backward castes, the National Commission for Minorities (1992) and the National Commission for Backward Classes (1993), respectively. In this chapter, we examine the functioning of the NCSCST as an institution entrusted with the task of submitting to Parliament an annual report on the implementation of the safeguards constitutionally provided for these two groups. A second institutional innovation was signalled by the 73rd and 74th Constitution Amendment Acts (1993), which launched an ambitious experiment for decentralizing power to the local level (both rural and urban), combined with its democratization through reservations for marginalized groups in Indian society, including women. In rural areas, this was to be achieved through the mandatory creation of, and regular elections to, a three-tier system1 of local government from the level of the village to the district. A central feature of these 71

72 Representing India

Amendments was the mandatory reservation of one-third of all seats, at every level, including the position of the Chairperson, for women; and reservation, in proportion to their presence in the population, for members of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. The states were given the latitude to decide whether they wished to extend the reservation provisions to members of the OBCs, which several states did. The intention was to provide opportunities for direct and enhanced representation at the local level, and to especially empower disadvantaged social groups, including women, to have a voice in local politics. This chapter examines the performance of these institutions over the period of approximately a decade since they came into existence in this form.

The National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes2 The creation of this institution was mandated by the Constitution to ‘investigate and monitor all matters relating to the safeguards provided for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes…’ (Article 338) in both constitutional and ordinary law. In terms of the distinction frequently made between the institutional orientations of protection or promotion, it could be said that the NCSCST is predominantly a protective institution, albeit one that is supposed to monitor the progress of, and advise on, promotional policy initiatives emanating from other state agencies. Of course, it must be noted that neither the responsibility of promoting the welfare of the scheduled castes and tribes, nor that of protecting them against a variety of injustices, has been vested exclusively in this institution. Despite the fact that it enjoys constitutional status, moreover, the recommendations of the Commission are advisory rather than mandatory. This watchdog body to monitor the constitutional safeguards was arguably an institutional innovation. On November 18, 1950 an ofﬁce of the Commissioner for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes was created, and the ﬁrst appointment to this ofﬁce was made. By 1965, the institution had grown substantially, with 17 regional ofﬁces across the country. Two years later, these were reorganized in the form of ﬁve zonal ofﬁces, delinked from the Commissioner’s ofﬁce, and afﬁliated to the newly created ofﬁce of the Directorate General of Backward Classes Welfare (DGBCW) in the Department of Social Welfare of the GOI. With the regional organizations reporting to the Department of Social Welfare, the Commissioner’s ofﬁce was now deprived of access to the ﬁeld organ-

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 73

ization through which it could collect information on the working of the safeguards. Meanwhile, programmes for the Scheduled Castes and Tribes remained low on the list of governmental priorities. They were poorly designed and weakly implemented. The Commissioner’s ofﬁce was poorly resourced. In terms of stafﬁng, for instance, it had in 1977, precisely two Research Ofﬁcers and two Investigators. As such, it possessed neither the capacity to generate its own data nor the authority to compel other government agencies to provide it. (Galanter, 1984:70) In the meantime, Parliament had set up its own Joint Parliamentary Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in 1968. This 30-member Committee, with 20 members from the Lok Sabha and 10 from the Rajya Sabha, was given investigative powers which, at this stage, the Commissioner’s ofﬁce did not possess. Unlike the Commission, the Parliamentary Committee has had an uninterrupted record of functioning since 1968, and has presented to Parliament as many as 479 Reports on a wide range of subjects.3 The Janata Party government that came to power after the Emergency had, in its election manifesto, made a commitment to bring about a socio-economic revolution. Barely two months into ofﬁce, and partly in response to evidence of rising atrocities against dalits, it announced that it would set up an umbrella civil rights commission that could protect the minorities, backward classes, scheduled castes and scheduled tribes against discrimination and inequality. Six months later, there was speculation that the government was planning to set up two commissions – one for religious minorities and the other for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes – instead of a single commission on civil rights. The commission for minorities was appointed in January 1978, while for the Scheduled Castes and Tribes, a constitutional amendment was proposed to merge the extant Commissioner’s ofﬁce with a new, broad-based, multi-member body that would serve as the main constitutional authority to look into issues concerning the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. Before the amendment was introduced, however, the Union Government created, by a resolution of the Ministry of Home Affairs, a Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, consisting of a chairperson and four members, including the Special Ofﬁcer appointed under Article 338. The mandate of this body was to investigate the implementation of safeguards – especially in respect of job reservations – and the laws pertaining to social disabilities. The ﬁrst Commission under this dispensation was set up in August 1978. The ﬁeld ofﬁces of the erstwhile Commissioner for Scheduled Castes and

74 Representing India

Scheduled Tribes, which had been transferred to the DGBCW in 1967, were brought under this Commission constituted through an administrative decision. In August 1978,4 the GOI introduced the Constitution (Forty Sixth Amendment) Bill in the Lok Sabha. This bill was debated in May 1979 but it could not get enacted for want of the requisite two-thirds majority. (Austin, 1999:451) The GOI, however, did not nullify the 1978 home ministry resolution and the two organizations – the one brought into being by the Constitution and other through the resolution – co-existed till 1992. The functions of these two organizations overlapped considerably, and so in July 1987 the Government of India began the task of demarcating more precisely their operational domains. As part of this move, the ofﬁce of the Commission was reinvented as the NCSCST-87 through a resolution of the Ministry of Social Welfare. In this new version, the Commission’s ofﬁce became more of a think tank for welfare policy, while the Commissioner’s ofﬁce retained exclusive rights over its original domain, namely, the monitoring of the working of the safeguards provided for SCs and STs in the Constitution. While it is difﬁcult to prove that it was the radical nature of the 28th and 29th Reports of the Commissioner (B.D. Sharma) that provoked yet another reorganization, it is the case that these reports were highly critical of government policy – including the issue of the displacement of tribals in the Narmada Valley, and the impact of forest laws on the relationship of tribals to the forest – and as such extremely inconvenient. Thus, this arrangement was once again revised, paving the way for the creation – this time by constitutional amendment – of the NCSCST in its present incarnation. The Commission was constituted to give effect to the Constitution (Sixty Fifth Amendment) Act, 1990 and came into being on 12 March 1992, in the process merging the old Commissioner’s ofﬁce and the old National Commission’s ofﬁce. In this post-1992 form, there have been three Commissions so far, with the fourth having been recently appointed. In 2002, the Government announced its decision to have two separate Commissions for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. As we have seen, the administrative rationale of establishing a single commission for both groups was not premised on any presumption of likeness between them, but simply by virtue of their being the two categories of groups – as distinct from religious minorities – that were eligible for compensatory discrimination. The administrative rationale for separation is equally mysterious, but far from likely to be a belated recognition of sociological difference. The politics of bifurcation are less

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 75

difﬁcult to decipher. In a democracy, the pressure to homogenize and consolidate votes creates the imperative – for, say, the BSP – to link the Dalit-Bahujan samaj, in an inclusive conception of the SCs, STs, OBCs and Minorities. For others, who stand to gain from a separate electoral constituency of tribals, it makes good political sense to oppose such a move. The Scheduled Tribes themselves have been arguing that their problems are distinct, and that their relative isolation has prevented them from availing of the opportunities available, allowing the SCs to march ahead of them in education and employment. In organizational terms, the Commission’s headquarters are located in New Delhi, and its ﬁeld organization of 16 state ofﬁces is spread across the country. At headquarters, the Commission is organized into four departments: (a) personnel and administration, (b) the atrocities and protection of civil rights wing, (c) the service safeguards wing, and (d) the economic and social development wing (see Table 4.1). While each of these departments has assistant directors, deputy directors and research ofﬁcers, the largest number of staff at headquarters is engaged in the personnel and administration wing. Of the more functional wings, it is the services safeguards wing that is substantially better staffed, while the atrocities and protection of civil rights wing has the smallest number of personnel. This clearly indicates both the priority given to these issues within the Commission, as well as its institutional capacity for handling them. Turning to the mandate of the Commission, we ﬁnd that its animating spirit is contained in the Preamble to the Indian Constitution, and the articles in Parts III and IV providing for social safeguards (abolition of untouchability, child labour, trafﬁc in human beings, and temple entry); economic safeguards (preventing the alienation of land in the Scheduled Areas); educational and cultural safeguards (reservations, and the right to preserve distinct cultures); political safeguards (reservation in legislatures); and service safeguards (reservations in public employment and for purposes of promotion). Table 4.1

Departmental distribution of staff in the NCSCST

Personnel and Administration

29

Atrocities and Protection of Civil Rights Wing (APCR) 8

Service Safeguards Wing (SSW)

Economic and Social Development Wing (ESDW)

Total

19

11

67

76 Representing India

The Constitution further speciﬁes the duties of the Commission, and gives it both the responsibility and the mandate to act on particular issues. According to these provisions, it is the responsibility of the Commission to • investigate and monitor all matters relating to the safeguards provided for the SCs and STs in the constitution and any other law in force at the moment; • evaluate the working of such safeguards; • inquire into speciﬁc complaints pertaining to the deprivation of rights and safeguards to these sections; • participate and advise in the planning process and evaluate the progress of development of these communities; • submit reports ‘annually and at such times as the commission may deem ﬁt’ to the President on the working of safeguards, with appropriate and speciﬁc recommendations addressed to the various state governments and the Union government. This listing of the Commission’s duties is thus quite speciﬁc about its role, even as it gives the Commission a fair degree of autonomy as well as space for interpreting its ﬁeld of action. It indicates the proactive role envisaged for the Commission in the amendment, combining the investigative, monitoring, evaluative, advisory and remedial roles of the Commission in matters relating to the SCs and STs. In its investigative role, the Commission has unlimited power to investigate any matter relating to the safeguards, protection, welfare and development of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, as also speciﬁc complaints. The Commission possesses the powers of a civil court to summon and enforce attendance of any individual, including ofﬁcials, and to ask for testimony on oath, documents, public records, and evidence on afﬁdavits. Only matters that are already sub judice cannot be investigated. These provisions do sometimes lead to turf wars between the Commission’s central team/ﬁeld ofﬁces and the local administration, on which the former depend for administrative and logistical support. In its advisory capacity, the NCSCST is supposed to interact with state governments as well as with the Planning Commission. Though it is mandatory for the state governments to consult the Commission, this does not in fact happen on a routine basis. The Commission’s interface with the Planning Commission generally takes place through a variety of committees and working groups on matters relating to the

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 77

SCs and STs. The Commission is empowered to undertake research and commission studies to evaluate the implementation and impact of various government projects for the SCs and STs. The Commission has so far prepared four such ‘Special Reports’, three of which are statespeciﬁc (and therefore sent to the respective state governments), while one is the report on Services Safeguards, submitted in January 1998, and tabled in Parliament in the same year. (NCSCST, 1998) In its monitoring role, the Commission is supposed to ensure that all the provisions are being followed everywhere and at all times. It can ask any public authority for a report, or ask state ofﬁces to collect data on speciﬁc subjects. This is an extremely important activity, especially as it relates to atrocities against dalits, and enables intervention in such cases outside of the sluggish legal process. When an atrocity is reported, or even taking suo moto cognizance of an atrocity, the Commission contacts the law enforcement and administrative machinery of the state to ensure that the Prevention of Atrocities Act, 1989 is adhered to. It monitors every stage of this process, from the mandatory visit of the District Magistrate to the scene of the crime, through the appointment of special public prosecutors, to the last details of the handling of the case. It also determines whether adequate medical assistance and the mandatory compensation have been provided. Monitoring thus is not just about collecting data, but is actually intended to be a potent instrument of intervention. In some special cases, which are not strictly covered by the law, the Commission can resort to non-formal action in its capacity as the ‘protector’ of the interests of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. This provision is sometimes used to, for instance, protect couples entering into an inter-caste marriage, from social hostility and threats of violence. Finally, the Commission is supposed to prepare an Annual Report, which is submitted to the President of India, and then placed before both Houses of Parliament, along with an Action Taken Report on the Commission’s recommendations, or – in the case of non-compliance – reasons for not accepting its recommendations. In sum, therefore, the Commission is designed to function as a watchdog institution that monitors the executive wing on behalf of the legislative wing of the state, while remaining autonomous of both. The Government is technically responsible to Parliament regarding its actions/inaction on the recommendations of the NCSCST. In design, the NCSCST was intended to be rather like the Comptroller and Auditor-General (CAG) of India or the Election Commission, similarly appointed by the President of India. The Election Commission enjoys

78 Representing India

considerable autonomy within its own area of functioning, while the CAG has power over the various departments of the executive, which it can hold accountable in certain respects. The Commission lacks the autonomy enjoyed by the former, as well as the control exercised by the latter. As an institution which monitors the functioning of state agencies with respect to the interests of certain disadvantaged social groups, the NCSCST was designed to be roughly analogous to the CAG, though in a somewhat more limited sphere. In its actual performance of this role, the Commission has been circumscribed not merely as a result of institutional design, but also by its own predisposition to be self-limiting. Of the four core areas of the Commission’s functioning – viz. service safeguards, education, economic development and atrocities – the SSW is arguably the most active. In the ﬁrst year (1992–93), a total of 8858 petitions were received by the Commission; followed by 5220 in 1994–96 and 3388 in 1996–97 (Table 4.2). These complaints relate mostly to promotions, transfers to insigniﬁcant positions or distant places, harassment or discrimination at work, the institution of disciplinary proceedings on ﬂimsy grounds, unfair departmental inquiries, adverse entries in annual conﬁdential reports, delayed retirement beneﬁts, and so forth. The SSW has the largest workload and, as we have seen, the largest workforce of all the functional departments of the Commission. In this area of its functioning, the Commission’s inquiries into complaints are on the whole effective, and its recommendations speciﬁc, pointing out exactly where the violations are occurring and the measures that should be taken to improve the situation. As such, it functions as a fairly effective mechanism for the redressal of grievances, and almost a Table 4.2

Service related petitions processed by the NCSCST (1994–97)

S.No.

Nature of complaint

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Appointments Promotion Transfer Harassment and discrimination Others (disciplinary cases, cases relating to adverse conﬁdential reports, appointments on companionate grounds etc.) Total

1994–96

1996–97

1375 1480 485 940

723 873 292 606

940 5220

894 3388

Source: National Commission on Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes: Fourth Report (1998):186

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 79

form of endorsed unionization. Of course, this means that the wing caters primarily to the needs of the new elites of the SC and ST groups, created as a result of policies of compensatory discrimination, and hence works for those who have already overcome certain barriers and gained access. In the bureaucracy, there is a stark shortfall of 5% and 2.5% at the Class I and II level positions, while an overwhelming 44.34% of the sweepers in government service are still from among the SCs. Any temptation to conclude that the NCSCST may be pre-occupied with redressing service-related grievances for this group of employees is however not sustained, because in 1994, the Central Government set up a separate National Commission for Safai Karamcharis (cleaning personnel). While the Commission is reasonably active in redressing complaints on reservations in educational institutions, curiously enough, economic development is the least contentious area of the Commission’s functioning. The Commission routinely chronicles the tribal sub-plans, and monitors the various poverty alleviation programmes being administered by the central and state governments. More recently, it has turned its attention to the question of rehabilitation for the tribes, in Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra, displaced by large irrigation projects. However, the Commission’s recommendations for the regularization and rationalization of land records, the streamlining of land revenue administration, the enforcement of ceiling legislations and tenancy reforms, are neither heeded nor translated into policy. One of the most important areas of the Commission’s functioning is that of atrocities against dalits. The NCSCST collects and comments on data relating to cases under the Civil Rights Act and the Prevention of Atrocities Act, and its reports suggest a rising graph of atrocities and violence against these groups in the 1990s. When an atrocity comes to its notice, whether through a petition or through a media report, the Commission can ask the relevant state ofﬁce to pursue it; or Commission member(s) may hold an on-the-spot inquiry, and remain in the area where it was committed to pressurize the district administration to act effectively. However, even though the Commission has extensive powers of investigation and inquiry in this area and can ﬁx responsibility and recommend action, these recommendations are not binding. In the fairly extensive constellation of laws, policies and institutions relating to the Scheduled Castes (and, until recently, the Scheduled Tribes), the NCSCST appears to have been a marginal presence so far.

80 Representing India

Of all its ancestors and relatives since 1950, the NCSCST possesses the most wide-ranging set of powers. As a consultative body, it enjoys the status of the pre-eminent agency that advises the President, Parliament, the Union Government, the State governments and the Planning Commission on all matters relating to the Scheduled Castes and, until recently, the Scheduled Tribes. However, several factors diminish its effectiveness. Beginning with the internal factors, the Commission has, by choosing to interpret its constitutional mandate narrowly, laid itself open to the charge of elite bias. The fact that it is both most energetic and most effective in the area of service-related safeguards speaks for itself. Since the Commission, for the most part, acts on complaints, and it is the more upwardly mobile sections within these groups that are articulate and capable of mounting claims, it could be said to have been less than sensitive to the exclusions engendered by the lack of education or information, and has not used its powers of suo moto cognizance actively enough. The Commission’s competence in settling servicerelated grievances is clouded over by its inability to reduce the incidence of atrocities and violence against dalits, or to effectively ﬁght the persistent scourge of untouchability. This predisposition to confront only the lesser challenge is apparent also in the readiness of the Commission to suggest ways of streamlining procedures or ensuring fairness in the implementation of reservations and development schemes, or even statutory changes. It appears reluctant, however, to play a role in making a stronger normatively informed case for fundamental change, or even a frank and sharp analysis of social realities. The Commission’s stand on the land question is perhaps the only exception to this. In its reports, the Commission has systematically presented statistics to show that the Scheduled Castes constitute the vast majority of wage labourers in the agricultural workforce. It has repeatedly highlighted questions of land reform, land records, the alienation of tribal land, and the need for streamlining land revenue administration. In all this, the Commission has clearly sought to go beyond its role as protector, to advance the welfare of disadvantaged social groups. It has, however, failed to bring about any concrete change in these areas, if only because the ostensible – and weakly articulated – consensus on such issues results in politically correct homilies rather than in concrete policy. An important constraint is the underlying tension between the Commission’s constitutional obligation of monitoring the working of

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 81

safeguards, on the one hand, and its functioning as a body that redresses complaints of violations of safeguards, on the other. It is sometimes argued that the Commission is a paper tiger and should be given more teeth. However, to give the Commission additional powers, in criminal investigation for instance, would require it to follow the prevailing rules regarding evidence and procedures. Quite apart from the dubious consequences of creating a parallel judicial system, these may actually retard the effectiveness of the Commission, by rendering it vulnerable to litigation in the form of appeals to higher judicial bodies, thereby nullifying its operational effectiveness and, what is more, diluting its moral authority and stature. Indeed, such a Commission would be so inundated with legislation that it may be unable to perform its monitoring role. The Commission – as constituted in 1992 – is supposed to prepare an Annual Report for presentation to Parliament. The last such report tabled in Parliament was the Fourth Report of 1998. The Fifth and Sixth Reports were prepared and submitted to the President two years ago, but have not yet been tabled in Parliament. Such delays are usually on account of the requirement that the Action Taken Report be submitted along with the main report. This means that the President circulates the Report to all the Ministries and Departments which are mentioned in it, and it is only when they have all explained their actions, or justiﬁed their inaction, that the Report can be presented in Parliament. The Constitution does not ﬁx any period within which the Report must be discussed in Parliament. There is usually a gap of two years between the Report being submitted to the President, and it being tabled in Parliament. Even when Reports are tabled in Parliament, they are frequently not discussed. Perhaps the most singular handicap that afﬂicts the Commission is, however, the fact that its decisions are not binding, but recommendatory. Though this is not explicitly stated in the Constitution (as amended), Article 338, with all its sub-clauses, is deeply ambiguous on this issue. It gives the Commission quasi-judicial powers of investigation, but does not mention the form in which the Commission’s judgement of a particular issue would be delivered and implemented. It makes it incumbent upon the Central and state governments to consult the Commission, but does not state that its advice would be binding. In practice, it appears that as and when the Commission is effective, it is its moral authority that is important, if not decisive. The Commission itself has registered this frustration in its Reports (Fourth Report, 1998:247).

82 Representing India

Democratic decentralization: the new Panchayati Raj Institutions5 In 1992, the Government of India enacted the 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments, reviving and re-inventing the Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) which had languished for neglect, ceasing to exist in some parts of the country, and becoming captives of dominant local interests in others. The enactment of these amendments was not, however, the result of a popular struggle for democratization. It was substantially inspired by the disappointment over the failure of development programmes, and the perception that these would be able to perform better with local participation which would help to better identify local needs as well as deserving beneﬁciaries. The 73rd and 74th amendments gave constitutional status to the PRIs and to the urban local bodies respectively. A panchayat was deﬁned as ‘an institution of self-government…for the rural areas’. A new Schedule was added to the constitution, which lists the subjects on which powers may be devolved to the panchayats. The Act required that the states should pass conformity legislations within a speciﬁed timeperiod, and made some provisions mandatory and binding on the states. The mandatory provisions pertained primarily to the structure of the PRIs and the reservation quotas within them. Depending on size, every state would – according to these provisions – have a two- or three-tier system of panchayats, at the base of which would be the Gram Sabha (or Village Assembly), consisting of all members of the community above the age of 18. The lowest tier is the Gram Panchayat (Village Panchayat), above it is the Block or Mandal Panchayat (known by different names in different parts of the country), and above that the Zilla Parishad (or District Panchayat). Elections to the panchayats at every level are ﬁlled by direct election from territorial constituencies in the panchayat area, and the panchayat has a ﬁve year term. In the directly elected seats of members in all panchayats, there is reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in proportion to their total population in a panchayat area, and one-third of these seats are reserved for women belonging to these groups. All panchayats have to have not less than one-third of their seats reserved for women. Again, the ofﬁces of Chairpersons in the panchayats at all levels are also reserved for the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and women (as decided by the state legislature), so long as not less than one-third of the chairpersonships are reserved for women. Similarly,

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 83

there is a reservation in the ofﬁces of the Chairperson in panchayats at all levels for members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in proportion to their population in a state. The provisions left to the discretion of the state legislatures were concerned with the question of additional reservation for the OBCs, as also with the all-important question of the powers to be devolved to the panchayats. State legislatures were empowered to reserve seats – both as members and as chairpersons – for the backward classes. They were also empowered to give panchayats the authority to levy and collect taxes, and to furnish them with such powers as would be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government. The most important aspect of the discretionary provisions is the speciﬁcation of the powers and functions of the panchayats, deﬁned in Article 243-G: Subject to the provisions of the Constitution, the Legislature of a State may, by law, endow the Panchayats with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of selfgovernment and such law may contain provisions for the devolution of powers and responsibilities upon Panchayats at the appropriate level, subject to such conditions as may be speciﬁed therein, with respect to – (a) the preparation of plans for economic development and social justice (b) the implementation of schemes for economic development and social justice as may be entrusted to them including those in relation to the matters listed in the Eleventh Schedule. (emphasis added) The Eleventh Schedule lists 29 subjects as a reference for the state legislatures when deciding the devolution of powers in their conformity legislations. These relate to agriculture; land improvement, land reform and land consolidation; minor irrigation, water management and watershed development; animal husbandry, dairy, poultry, and ﬁsheries; social forestry and farm forestry; minor forest produce; smallscale industries; drinking water; fuel and fodder; basic infrastructure like roads and bridges; rural electriﬁcation; education, including primary and secondary schools, as well as technical training, vocational education, and adult and non-formal education; primary health centres, dispensaries and hospitals; cultural activities, markets, fairs and festivals; family welfare and social welfare, including welfare of the

84 Representing India

Scheduled Castes and Tribes; poverty alleviation programmes; the public distribution system; and the maintenance of community assets. By April 1994, all the states had completed the process of enacting conformity legislations. All states have, of course, provided for reservation for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in accordance with their proportion in the total population of the area. All states have also provided for reservation of not less than one-third of the seats in the Gram Panchayat for women. Reservation for the backward classes, though discretionary, is provided for by Bihar, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Haryana, Rajasthan, Himachal Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Goa. There are, however, variations in the percentage of seats reserved for the backward classes: one-tenth in Gujarat, one-third in Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, and 27% in Maharashtra. While structures undoubtedly predispose institutions to evolve in particular ways, the most stringent test of any exercise in democratic decentralization is the actual powers and functions that are devolved to democratic institutions at the local level, which must enjoy autonomy in the exercise of these. The relevant article of the Constitution describes panchayats as institutions of self-government, but if the scope of self-government is externally deﬁned and circumscribed, the institutions will be limited in this role. Article 243(G) itself provides for such circumscription, as it permits the states to endow the panchayats with powers, without actually making it imperative for them to do so. Democratization of power, unaccompanied by real decentralization of powers and functions, is self-defeating. Moreover, even if local bodies possess powers and functions, but do not enjoy the administrative or ﬁnancial control to give effect to these, the outcomes will again be less than satisfactory. An examination of the powers and functions actually devolved makes evident the fact that the implications of the constitutional amendment were perhaps more radical in reservation provisions than in the powers and functions which were left to the states to determine and ﬁnance. In fact, only three conformity acts – those of West Bengal, Bihar and Tripura – state that they aim to endow panchayats with powers and functions that can enable them to work as institutions of selfgovernment. The Haryana Act speciﬁcally states that the objective of the panchayat institutions is to administer rural areas better. With the maintenance of law and order remaining in the hands of the state government, and with it police and judicial powers (except in a few states where nyaya panchayats have been constituted), the devolved func-

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 85

tions generally include those relating to the planning and implementation of some selected development programmes. There continues to exist duality of control in development, with the elected bodies only paralleling the existing state structures. The absence of adequate ﬁnancial provision, moreover, makes difﬁcult the performance of even the few developmental functions that have been devolved. Most of the conformity acts in the states give gram panchayats the power to levy taxes on rural property; non-motorized vehicles; profession, trades and callings. Another source of revenue for panchayats is the fee for water, lighting and conservancy services, to provide for public facilities. Some money is also raised by tax-sharing – most commonly, land revenue and stamp duty – between the state governments and the panchayats. However, the main source of income for the panchayats remains the grants provided by the government, especially through special schemes like the Integrated Rural Development Scheme or the Jawahar Rozgar Yojana. These are usually in the nature of tied funds, and are attached to schemes imposed from above, instead of being made available for plans evolved at the local level. These structural limitations notwithstanding, the experience of reservations in these institutions has been mixed. In an early survey of 100 members in seven panchayat bodies in Shahpur block of Muzaffarnagar district, G.K. Lieten (1996) argued that though the 1995 elections have brought about a numerical preponderance of agricultural labourers and small peasants, the new panchayats continued to function rather like the earlier ones: with large numbers of nominal or ‘namesake’6 members, extensive corruption in development works, rigging of elections through the ‘capture’ of polling booths, and an agenda that is devoid of social concerns because it reﬂects only the interests of the dominant local elite, represented by the pradhan. Lieten saw in this conﬁrmation of Ambedkar’s cynicism about panchayats, as inappropriate instruments of rural development or of transforming landed power relations. Regarding the representation of women, Lieten wrote Some of the women even did not know that they were a member. Once or twice the pradhan had dispatched a document for signing, but they did not know what it was for. Without being derogatory towards women in general, the impression is that women stand a better chance of becoming a member of the panchayat if they are illiterate, frail of body and of mind and rather old. The women who at least knew that they were panchayat members very rarely went to the meetings. If they did, then they only did so in order to put their

86 Representing India

thumb impression or to sign and then came back. The usual procedure, however, is for the pradhan to send the document to be signed to their house. This procedure, as a matter of fact, applies not only to the women, but to most of the male members as well. (emphases added) (Lieten, 1996:2701) Another study by Sudha Pai in the same region provides a more nuanced understanding of the phenomenon of surrogate representation, though her survey of three villages in the green revolution area of Daurala block in Meerut district echoes Lieten’s in some respects. Like Lieten, she records the changed social composition of the new panchayats, with their predominance of lower castes and shows that the pradhanis who have been elected to the panchayats after 1995 are ‘namesake’ members. Their perception of the panchayat as a government organization does not encourage them to see their participation as necessary. Indeed, Pai found that ‘interviewing them for understanding the working of the panchayat was of little use as they are ignorant of local affairs’. (Pai, 1998:1009) In each of Pai’s villages, the 1995 election brought a dalit woman to the post of pradhan. Since these are also Ambedkar villages, their grants for development schemes were doubled for a two-year period, and channelized through the panchayat. This has enabled a great deal of developmental work to take place, and vested the pradhans with tremendous powers of patronage. However, Pai found that it is the husbands of the pradhanis – locally described as the pradhans – who take all the decisions. The pradhanis have never attended any meeting or made any decision about allocation of funds to individuals or schemes. They merely sign on the papers sent to their house after the decision has been made. (Pai, 1998:1010) Yet, the mere fact of having been elected to the post of pradhan has provoked the realization, among these women, of the need to acquire an education or at least literacy skills. Inspired by the example of Mayawati, the dalit woman who became Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh, they are keen that the girls in the village attend school regularly. This phenomenon may be called proto-empowerment. Though it is apparent that discrimination is more pronounced in the case of women, panchayat representatives belonging to the scheduled

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable 87

castes and tribes are victims of discrimination and exclusion, irrespective of gender. In 1994, Manulal, a dalit panch in Barbatpur village (Raisen district, Madhya Pradesh) was beaten up, simply because he did not provide the whereabouts of his brother who had had a quarrel with a young thakur (upper caste) while playing dice. In another case, in Chhatarpur district (Madhya Pradesh), Sarman Ahirbar, a dalit who won the election to the post of upa-sarpanch (deputy head) against a rival yadav (backward caste) candidate (though with the support of a high-caste sarpanch) was tortured thus: They tied Sarman’s hands with a stick in the cross position and poured molasses on his head. The sweet molasses attracted black ants and he was viciously bitten. To add insult to injury, he was paraded around the village for an hour. Helpless and humiliated, Sarman thought he would die. No one came to his rescue. Later, an old man intervened ﬁrmly, and he was released. (Matthew and Nayak, 1996:1768) P. Sainath’s survey of several of the 104 dalit-led panchayats of Tikamgarh in the Bundelkhand region of Madhya Pradesh, shows how, after the ﬁrst year, dalit sarpanches are regularly ousted by a variety of methods: rigged suspensions, manipulated votes of no-conﬁdence, or forcing them into expensive litigation. Where there are two scheduled caste groups in a village, the upper castes support and prop up the smaller one, so that they can retain their control over the panchayat. The fact that all this invariably takes place only after the ﬁrst twelve months have elapsed – because the rules disallow no-conﬁdence motions in the ﬁrst year – is clearly not a coincidence. (Sainath, 1998) Thus, despite the reservation of seats for women and members of the scheduled castes, it is clear that the domination of the upper-castes endures. In intra-family disputes and similar conﬂicts, it is the uppercaste leaders that village folk tend to approach, rather than the gram panchayat. These castes also tend to inﬂuence the choice of candidates for elections, as well as voting behaviour. Hence, to expect panchayat institutions to work in a way that is insulated from the inequalities of local society may be utopian, but is it also utopian to expect that, in the long run, these institutions will themselves become mechanisms for assertions by these marginalized groups? The two cases examined in this chapter – a constitutional body intended to promote the welfare of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and empowered to inquire into atrocities committed against

88 Representing India

people belonging to these groups; and an initiative for the decentralization of political power to the local level which provides for quotas for members of disadvantaged groups, including in many states the OBCs – both suggest a wide chasm between the promise of an institution and its actual performance. The next chapter turns to an examination of the electoral and political processes which mediate the representation of such groups.

5 Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System

The management of ethnic diversity and potential ethnic conﬂict through democratic institutions is necessarily dependent upon an appropriate institutional design. The study of the so-called ‘third wave of democratization’ has made it abundantly clear that the best of constitutional designs can and do go horribly awry. No constitutional design – least of all the ready-made, off-the-shelf, and one-size-ﬁts-all type – can be perfect, or even adequately anticipate the needs of a polity as it evolves.1 Indeed, the recent trend of drawing upon the expertise of specialists in the tasks of constitution-making,2 premised on the assumption that the tasks of institutional engineering are formidable and require technical expertise and experience, may be contrasted with the alternate view that constitutions are a product of the evolution of political processes and, as such, reﬂect the social and political contract between the state and its citizens. Despite the wide range of world constitutions closely examined by those who drafted it, the Indian experience of constitution-making clearly belongs to the latter category, insofar as the spirit of the constitutional document reﬂects the social and political consensus forged, along with national identity, in the course of the movement for independence from colonial rule. Electoral systems are a crucial element of constitutional design, and the designing of electoral systems for socially heterogeneous societies has been perceived as particularly challenging. The relationship between electoral systems and democratic outcomes is thus a muchtheorized one. Its antecedents are most famously traced to the argument of John Stuart Mill – in his Considerations on Representative

89

90 Representing India

Government (1861) – that democracy was virtually impossible in societies marked by ethnic – especially linguistic – differences. Free institutions are next to impossible in a country made up of different nationalities. Among a people without fellow-feeling, especially if they read and speak different languages, the united public opinion, necessary to the working of representative government, cannot exist. The inﬂuences which form opinions and decide political acts, are different in the different sections of the country. (Mill, 1971 [1861]:382) Since the decolonization process in the mid-twentieth century, we have seen the mushrooming of a huge literature discussing the tenability (or otherwise) of democracy in divided societies. Though the electoral system is only one aspect of the institutional design to manage ethnic diversity in a democratic polity, it is one that has, in recent years, received some scholarly attention. The dominant theoretical assumption regarding electoral systems has long been that ‘majoritarian, winner-takes-all solutions are particularly inappropriate for divided societies, because they typically underrepresent minorities and generate zero-sum competitions.’ (Belmont et al, 2002:8). In a broader sense, however, the chief virtue of the majoritarian formula is believed to be that it leads to the evolution of a twoparty system, generates a cohesive single-party cabinet, and thereby provides stable and effective democratic rule. The objections to the majoritarian formula are mainly two: (a) that, in the ﬁrst-past-the-post system, the democratic principle itself stands violated when candidates win with less than a majority of the votes cast; and (b) that it generates disproportionalities between votes cast and seats won, and that this tends to work against the representation of minorities. Offsetting these disadvantages, however, is one perhaps unintended positive consequence of majoritarian systems: that while they increase the distance between citizen and government, they are more accountable. This is because – unlike in a coalition government – responsibility can, in majoritarian institutions, be clearly attributed, and accountability enforced. (Manin et al, 1999:47) In contrast to majoritarian systems, PR is credited with greater proportionality and the better representation of minorities, generally in the form of multi-party systems and multi-party coalition governments. However, PR is also ﬂawed insofar as (a) it carries the possibilities of impasse and deadlock as a number of smaller players/parties are

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 91

part of coalitions; (b) it tends to produce political instability, thereby making governments less decisive, viable and effective; and (c) in the coalitions so produced, responsibility is diffuse leading to lower levels of accountability. Despite the existence of a wide variety of voting system designs, it is between the votaries of majoritarian and PR systems that the debate has been most heated. Like many other countries that were part of the British empire, India too adopted the majoritarian system without much debate on alternatives. In this chapter, we seek to answer the following questions: how was the relationship between electoral systems and the inclusive political project of Indian nationalism envisaged in the making of the Indian constitution? What have been the consequences of the majoritarian electoral system adopted by India for the representation of minorities and other disadvantaged groups? Would a different electoral system make a difference to these patterns of representation? What does recent political discourse on this subject suggest? The chapter challenges the conventional wisdom of democratic theory by showing how the FPTP system that was adopted actually encouraged and accommodated representational aspirations in a way that was responsive to, and reﬂected with a fair degree of accuracy, the processes of ‘social churning’ that were at work. This protected the political system from ossiﬁcation, giving it a certain dynamism as both a catalyst of change, and a cushioning force against extreme shocks to the foundations of the political community. In the pages that follow, we will suggest the merits of an approach that, instead of comparing the relative merits of two systems in the abstract, assesses the way in which a particular electoral system is worked, and its possibilities realized and reinvented. In the making of the Indian Constitution, it is arguable that there were two main legacies: the institutional and the ideational. The institutional framework, ﬁrstly, was substantially the legacy of the departing imperial power, as embodied in the Government of India Act of 1935. Even federalism – the chief strategy to negotiate diversity – was present in an incipient form in that document. Certainly, the GOI Act of 1935 and more generally the Westminster system of parliamentary democratic government, was considered by the leadership of the new nation-state to be the most appropriate and suitable form of government for India. The main ideational legacy, secondly, was the social and political vision contained in the mass movement that was the struggle for freedom. This was inspired by a vision of social and economic justice, political equality, and a respect for diversity, especially

92 Representing India

for minority rights. In the sections of the constitution dealing with the fundamental rights and the directive principles of state policy, the constitution-makers borrowed from many existing constitutions, ranging from the United States of America to the Republic of Ireland. For their skill in adapting and modifying this rather eclectic range of borrowings, the Indian constitution-makers have actually been admired as ‘the Assembly successfully played the alchemist, turning foreign metals into Indian coin.’ (Austin, 1999:321) It is notable that the Constitution of India has very limited provisions relating to the conduct of elections. Apart from laying down the principle of universal adult franchise and the institution of an Election Commission, the chapter on Elections has only four articles about the speciﬁcs of the electoral process, the most important of which (Article 325) endorses a general electoral roll for every territorial constituency and stipulates that no person shall be ineligible for inclusion in it on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex. The signiﬁcance of this provision lies in its emphatic negation of the earlier practice of separate or communal electorates (discussed in greater detail below). For the rest, the constitution gives the lower house of Parliament the power to make laws relating to all matters concerning elections. It is for this reason that the rules adopted for the actual conduct of elections are to be found in the Representation of the People Act 1951, and the subsequent amendments to it. It is also this that explains why the debates of the Constituent Assembly contain only scattered references to the issue of electoral systems, and most of these occur in the context of the provisions for minorities and other disadvantaged groups. These silences of the constitutional document are explained by the animated discussion on issues such as joint electorates and reservations in the debates of the Constituent Assembly, conducted against a particular historical backdrop. In 1909, the British government in India had, in response to a demand from a section of Muslims led by the Aga Khan, introduced separate electorates for the Muslims, who would now vote exclusively in these electorates, while also voting in the general electorates. Gradually, this principle was extended to the Provinces as well, and eventually to Muslims, Europeans, Sikhs, Indian Christians and AngloIndians. (Rao, 1968:467) Even before independence, however, observers had begun to note that communal representation had not mitigated any of the communal tensions in India. It had also become apparent that ‘separate electorates penalised parties who could appeal across communal lines, and that this distorted party competition.’ (McMillan, 2001:9)

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 93

Separate electorates had been criticized by a series of documents and reports of the Indian National Congress, which viewed them as essentially divisive and detrimental to the unity of the Indian nation. It was therefore an important concern of the nationalist leadership after independence to repudiate this legacy of separate, communal electorates – which in its perception were irrevocably associated with the imperial British strategy of divide-and-rule – in favour of joint electorates. Granville Austin, a leading historian of the constitution-making process, has argued that while the repudiation of communal electorates was widely shared, there were proposals to consider (a) reservations and (b) forms of proportional representation for the better protection of the interests of minorities. The representatives of the Parsi and Indian Christian communities had turned down the proposal for reservation for their communities, and only the Anglo-Indians asked for two members of the community to be nominated (the Indian Parliament still has two Anglo-Indian representatives). (Austin, 1999:150–1) The Sikhs were undecided and the Muslims divided on this issue. Ultimately, the Muslims decided to forego reservations, hoping for fair treatment from the majority community. It is notable that the decision on reservations was left to the community in question, though Austin suggests that Sardar Patel, who supported this position, also quietly put pressure on them to give up claims to special privileges. (ibid:151) The discussion in the Constituent Assembly came to be cast in the form of a debate between two alternatives, those of reservations and proportional representation. Some members argued that reservations could be abolished if PR was adopted. A few Sikh and Muslim members, in particular, favoured proportional representation on the grounds that it would mitigate the ‘tyranny of the majority’ of single member constituencies. The chief objection to this proposal was that it was too complicated a system for the large numbers of unlettered voters to comprehend. Eventually, though some element of reservation was adopted, it was restricted to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. It did not apply to religious minorities, in whose case the Constitution provided for special guarantees of minority rights. It has been commented that the failure, in the Constituent Assembly, to give serious consideration to alternative voting systems suggests ‘a pronounced tendency to assume as somehow natural the familiar Anglo-Saxon FPTP system’. (Sridharan, 2002:355) The details of the electoral system adopted in India are thus only alluded to in the Constitution, and speciﬁed in the Representation of the People Act of 1950/51, which with all subsequent amendments,

94 Representing India

continues to form the basis of the Indian electoral system today. The Lok Sabha, or the House of the People, is the lower chamber of Parliament. It has 543 members who are elected from single-member constituencies, in which voters (citizens above the age of 18) cast a single vote to choose their representative. The candidate getting the highest number of votes wins by the rule of simple plurality, or the FPTP system. Separate electorates are precluded by Article 325 of the Constitution which provides that there shall be one general electoral roll for every territorial constituency, and ‘no person shall be ineligible for inclusion in any such roll or claim to be included in any special electoral roll for any such constituency on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or any of them’. (Constitution of India) Till 1961, there were some multi-member constituencies, in which the extra one or two seats were reserved for candidates belonging to the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. The same simple-plurality rule applied in these constituencies as well. However, in 1961, multimember constituencies were abolished, and some constituencies in areas predominantly populated by scheduled castes and scheduled tribes are now reserved for candidates belonging to these social groups. These constituencies are demarcated and designated by a Delimitation Commission, the law courts being debarred from interfering with this process. While the delimitation for the Scheduled Tribes is relatively easy due to the concentrated nature of the tribal population, the method adopted for the Scheduled Castes has to take their dispersal into account. In most reserved constituencies, the proportion of the Scheduled Caste population is between 10% and 30%. This does, of course, make the task of the legislator from a reserved seat complicated. On the one hand, this legislator is responsible to an overwhelmingly non-SC electorate while, on the other, s/he is also charged with the task of representing the special interests of the community that s/he represents. The adoption of the majoritarian FPTP system has had some expected, and many unanticipated, consequences. Contrary to some theories which believe that it helps a two-party system to evolve, it sustained for several decades a one-party dominant system, which has in more recent times given way to a highly fragmented party system. As expected, however, it has manifested a considerable disproportionality between votes and seats. Thus, in all the parliamentary elections between 1952 and 1998, the Congress Party never once managed to get a simple majority of the national vote, the highest it ever attained being 48.1% of the national vote in 1984, which gave it an incredible

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 95 Table 5.1 S.No.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Vote share and seats: Congress and BJP (1952–2004)3

Year of election

1952 1957 1962 1967 1971 1977 1980 1984 1989 1991 1996 1998 1999 2004

Total seats

489 494 494 520 518 542 542 542 543 543 543 543 543 543

INC

BJS/BJP

Seats

% of vote

Seats

% of vote

364 371 361 283 352 154 353 415 197 232 140 141 111 145

45.0 47.8 44.7 40.8 43.7 34.5 42.7 48.1 39.5 36.5 28.8 25.8 28.3 26.69

3 4 14 35 22 – – 2 86 120 161 182 182 138

3.1 5.9 6.4 9.4 7.4 – – 7.4 11.5 20.1 20.3 25.6 23.8 22.16

three-fourths majority of the seats, with 415 out of the 542 seats contested. In 1998, the Congress Party won 25.8% of the national vote, with just 141 seats, while the BJP won 25.6% (0.2% less than the Congress) of the national vote but won 182 seats. This disproportionality has generated some dissatisfaction with the electoral system, not merely because a party can win a huge majority of parliamentary seats while obtaining less than 50% of the popular vote, but also because the FPTP system leads to the election of candidates who may represent barely 30% of the electorate but win only because they have the largest number of votes among all competitors. This means that the vote of 70% of the electorate in a constituency is wasted, and that the elected candidate is in effect the choice of a minority of the voters and, as such, hardly representative of the constituency as a whole. As Table 5.1 shows, in the parliamentary election of 2004, the Congress Party won 145 seats with 26.69% of the popular vote. The BJP won 138 seats with a vote share of 22.16%. Together, these two parties account for approximately half the seats and half the vote share, the remainder being distributed across the other political parties. Not only has the FPTP system belied the traditional expectation that, by encouraging single-party majority governments, it conduces to stability in governance, it has also proved that it cannot keep the party system from splitting, including along ethnic lines. (Sridharan, 2002:348–9)

96 Representing India

India has deviated from the expectation of a one- or two-party system that the majoritarian formula is traditionally supposed to produce. Since 1989, it has seen frequent elections, hung parliaments and minority or coalition governments with as many as 23 parties in the governing coalition. It is this inherent instability of coalition governments that has provoked some limited comment, in political discourse, about the need to rethink electoral systems. It is important to emphasize that proposals for reforming the electoral system are invariably motivated not by a concern for the less than representative character of the legislature, but rather by governance concerns about the instability of coalition governments. What is interesting is that, with its majoritarian system, India has already experienced, several times, the sort of impasse that is assumed to be a consequence of the PR system. This is the result of the fragmentation of the party system, which has to a considerable extent followed social cleavages such as language or caste. The political system in India was, in Rajni Kothari’s famous phrase, ‘the Congress system’, and a party system – properly speaking – only began to evolve after 1967, which signalled the end of Congress hegemony, at least in several states, where regional parties came to power in the state assembly elections. Initially, the regional parties were based on language, and their demands were essentially for greater cultural autonomy for the region. Such, for example, were the DMK, which appealed to the cultural speciﬁcity of language and caste in Tamil Nadu, and the Akali Dal which appealed to language and religion to mount its claim for separate statehood for Punjab. The only exceptions to this trend have been the two Communist Parties, which have been frequently voted to power in Kerala and West Bengal. The increase in the number of parties in the 1990s is associated with the rise of the socalled backward castes and the dalits, though the parties that represent them – the Samajwadi Party (along with its Bihar counterpart, the Rashtriya Janata Dal) and the BSP respectively – are still limited in their regional spread, and have also been trying to broaden their appeal to other excluded groups such as minorities. This has meant, above all, that the broadly inclusive social base of the Congress has got eroded, as the Scheduled Castes and Muslims do not necessarily perceive the Congress as the party which represents them and, in the states where they have other options, may prefer to vote for the latter. Two questions are relevant here. Firstly, what does the evidence suggest about whether or not the Indian electorate has used its vote to express a preference for ‘national’ parties over ‘ethnic’ parties? Secondly, what does the evidence suggest about who votes for which

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 97

party? The ﬁrst of these questions is more easily answered than the second. Table 5.2 suggests that from 1952–1996, the vote share of the Congress – as the national party par excellence – has declined substantially. However, if we look at the combined vote share of the Congress and other pan-Indian parties, the decline is much less dramatic. What is much more striking is the data regarding Hindu revivalist parties and other ethnic parties, which suggests that their share of the vote has increased quite dramatically, trebling between 1952 and 1996. The second question, viz. which social groups vote for which party, can only be answered by turning to sample surveys. The ﬁrst all-India election survey to have been attempted was conducted by the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS), Delhi in the 1967 elections.4 The next comprehensive survey to be attempted was when the

Table 5.2 Electoral performance of pan-Indian, Hindu revivalist and other ethnic parties: share of valid vote (percentage wise) election year Party

1952 1957 1962 1967 1971 1977 1980 1984 1989 1991 1996

Congress 45.0 47.8

44.7 40.8 43.7

34.5 42.7 48.1 39.5

36.4 28.5

Other PanIndian

22.1 23.0

29.7 28.2 32.0

–

–

26.3 30.8

26.5 25.9

Pan Indian Parties

67.1 70.7

74.5 69.0 75.7

–

–

74.4 70.3

62.9 54.4

Hindu Revivalist Parties

5.9

7.2

7.7

9.4

7.4

–

–

7.5 11.6

21.0 21.4

Other Ethnic

5.6

4.2

6.6

7.8

7.0

8.1

6.5 10.0 12.9

12.6 13.5

–

–

33.6 34.9

Ethnic Parties

11.5 11.3

14.3 17.1 14.4

17.5 24.5

Note: (a) The Congress denotes the Indian National Congress for 1952–69, Congress (R) in 1971 and 1977, and Congress (I) thereafter. (b) The main Hindu revivalist party, the Bharatiya Jan Sangh, merged with some Congress offshoots to form the Janata Party in 1977 and remained part of it until after the 1980 elections. The Bharatiya Jan Sangh polled about as many votes as all other ethnic parties combined from 1957 to 1971, the Janata party won in 1977 and was the second strongest party in 1980. So, it is difﬁcult to distinguish the share of the pan-Indian parties from that of the Hindu revivalists for 1977 and 1980. Source: Subramanian (1999):6.

98 Representing India

CSDS renewed the exercise in the 1996 parliamentary election, followed by another in the 1998 elections, and has continued to do so in subsequent years. It is on the basis of the published survey data of the 1996 and 1998 elections that we attempt to answer the second question, supplementing it with an analysis of the shifting vote for the Congress and the BJP from upper caste, scheduled caste, and other backward caste groups, over a longer period of time, from 1967–1998. The following table illustrates the social base of the various political parties, on the basis of the CSDS survey. This table conﬁrms the upper caste image of the BJP, though it also shows that the most substantial move from the Congress to the BJP has been that of the OBC groups. Despite having lost support among the OBCs, however, the Congress remains – albeit to a much-diminished extent – the party preferred by most sections of disadvantaged people. The fact that almost 30% of the dalits continue to vote for the Congress (and its allies) is not necessarily due to the fact that the Congress is seen as a protector of these vulnerable groups, but simply a signal of the limited geographical spread of the BSP, and the relative absence of similar regional parties. Voters must choose between the options on offer, and in regions where there is no party claiming to represent the dalits, and the competition is primarily between the Congress and the BJP, they would naturally continue to support the Congress as the party less hostile to their interests. The other important fact, illustrated by Table 5.3, is that about one-third of the Muslims continue to vote for the Congress. In the parliamentary election of 1999, the data from the National Election Survey of CSDS demonstrated the overwhelming nature of upper caste support – 50.5% – for the BJP. The data also show that the OBC vote is fairly evenly split between the Congress and the BJP, while the vote of the SCs, STs, and Muslims still remains substantially with the Congress. The Congress and the BJP got a higher share of the SC vote – 37% and 20.6% respectively – than did the BSP, which got only 11.6% of the vote of the group which it claims to most authentically represent. Thus, not only did the BJP obtain a substantial portion of the OBC vote, it actually got a higher proportion of the dalit vote than the BSP. (Singh and Saxena, 2003:229) This probably accounts for the new phenomenon of the BJP actively courting OBCs and dalits in recent elections by giving more tickets to these groups. Another fact often overlooked is the class basis of voting. An analysis of the CSDS survey data from State Assembly elections shows that ‘in

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 99 Table 5.3

Social bases of political parties (1996 and 1998) in %

Background Characteristic Caste Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Other Backward Caste Upper Caste Religion Hindu Muslim Christian Sikh Other

1996 BJP + INC +

NF

LF

BSP

11.0 12.1

1998 INC +

BJP +

UF

BSP

29.6

20.9

22.2

11.2

31.6

14.4

5.6

39.2

19.0

6.2

6.5

1.0

41.9

25.6

11.6

0.4

21.7

23.6

16.3

5.9

2.3

22.5

34.6

21.0

1.6

28.4

33.6

7.1

7.3

0.4

28.1

38.5

17.4

1.1

26.2 35.3 39.9 18.3 26.5

28.9 3.1 3.0 14.3 6.0

8.4 25.3 2.0 16.7 12.0

7.4 10.1 5.6 2.4 2.4

3.7 1.2 – 5.6 4.8

25.6 35.1 42.1 21.9 39.5

37.4 6.8 9.1 39.8 19.7

17.4 34.4 18.6 18.0 3.9

3.0 1.3 0.4 10.2 10.5

Note: The plus sign after the party name represents pre-poll alliances. 1996: INC + Indian National Congress + AIADMK BJP + Bharatiya Janata Party + Samata Party + Shiv Sena + Haryana Vikas Party NF Janata Dal + Samajwadi Party LF Communist Party of India (Marxist) + Communist Party of India + Republican Socialist Party + Forward Bloc. 1998: BJP + BJP + Samata + Shiv Sena + Haryana Vikas Party + AIADMK + Akali Dal + Trinamul Congress + Lok Shakti + Biju jnata Dal + TDP (NTR) UF Janata Dal + Samajwadi Party (Mulayam) + TDP (N) + AGP + TMC + DMK + MGP + CPI + CPM + RSP + FBL. Source: Mitra and Singh, 1999:134–5.

all but three states, the Congress vote goes up as one goes down the class hierarchy….It is not an accident that the Congress rules in the top ﬁve states…characterized by the sharpest class cleavages.’ (Yadav, 2003:69) The Congress apparently continues to be perceived as ‘the party of the downtrodden’ in several states, including Delhi (1998), Karnataka (1999), Assam (2001), Gujarat (2002), Madhya Pradesh (1998), Uttaranchal (2002), Orissa (2000), Punjab (2002), Haryana (2000) and Rajasthan (1998). The Congress did not win the state elections in all these states, but its average vote share here ranged between 34 and 48%. (ibid.:68) As a majoritarian system that has generated a highly fragmented multi-party polity, India presents a big challenge to theorists of electoral

100 Representing India

systems. However, while the Indian experience has called into question many of the presumed consequences of the majoritarian formula, it has conformed to these in one important respect. This is the phenomenon of candidates – and therefore governments – getting elected on a minority share of the national vote. The chief party in the governing coalition today is the Congress whose vote share – nationally – is just 26.7%. On the one hand, this would appear to be a typical majoritarian system, in which the disproportionality between seats and votes implies that the democratic principles of representation and legitimacy are seriously ﬂawed. On the other hand, however, it would appear that the system has actually yielded PR-type outcomes in two ways: one, a large number of parties have emerged, representing ethnic diversity; and two, the fragmentation in the party system is unable to sustain stable single-party governance, and coalition politics has become the rule rather than the exception. Arend Lijphart, the well-known theorist of consociationalism, has argued that, despite being patterned on the majoritarian model, the Indian political system has, especially in the ﬁrst two decades after independence, exempliﬁed a form of power-sharing that partakes of four important features of the consociational model. Despite being a single dominant party, the Congress’s broadly representative, inclusive and umbrella nature made it resemble a grand coalition. The Constitution of India, secondly, provides cultural autonomy for religious and linguistic groups through federalism, cultural rights and personal laws. The principle of proportionality, thirdly, is sustained through the reservation of constituencies for the scheduled castes and tribes, and through the Congress’s role and behaviour as the party of consensus, providing representation to all social groups. Finally, the minority veto has been politically, if not legally, salient, as is evidenced by the issue of personal laws. India, thus, has been ‘basically consociational’, despite being formally majoritarian. (Lijphart, 2001:326–57) Observers of the Indian electoral system have also noted that it is the majoritarian character of the FPTP system in India that has actually encouraged ethnic mobilization. This is partly so because FPTP tends to be exclusionary for minorities who are so distributed across the population that they are nowhere in a majority.5 Moreover, contrary to Duverger’s law, the FPTP system has not led to a two-party system at the federal level, though it has done so in the states of the union. At the Centre, a one-party dominated multiparty system has actually given way to a pluralization – though not polarization – of the party system; and, further, to the emergence of moderate pluralism which,

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 101

despite many social cleavages and parties, has a mainly centripetal tendency. (Sridharan and Varshney, 2001:210–15) At least part of the explanation for this lies in the cross-cutting, rather than coinciding, character of social cleavages. (ibid.:234–5) As mentioned earlier, such rethinking as has occurred on the subject of electoral reform has been provoked by the yearning for stable governance rather than the search for a more representative polity. In 1999, the Law Commission of India produced a Working Paper on electoral law reform, which advocated the introduction of a mixed FPTP-PR system. The FPTP system of single-member territorial constituencies would continue to apply to the existing constituencies, but there would be an increase of 25% in the total number of seats in the Lok Sabha, such that the new total would be 688. These additional seats would be ﬁlled on the basis of list PR. The parties would, before the election, publish a list of nominees, and the seats would be allotted to them on the basis of their vote shares. Another proposal, mooted by the National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (NCRWC), has been for a majority run-off system. This is a variant of the majoritarian formula in which, if no candidate gets a clear majority of the votes cast, a run-off election is held in which the contest is between the two top scorers of the ﬁrst round, and the candidate who gets the higher vote in the second round is declared elected. The main justiﬁcation offered for this is that it would meet the deﬁcit of democratic legitimacy, by ensuring that no candidate is elected only on the basis of 35% of the constituency’s vote, and thus achieving greater proportionality. It has also been assumed that this system would, by forcing parties to broad-base their appeal, tend to offset the role of caste in elections. (Sridharan, 2002:351–2)

Political parties and the party system As we have seen in the previous section, it is frequently assumed that a ﬁrst-past-the-post electoral system is unsatisfactory in a multi-ethnic society as it leads to majoritarian rule and political instability, while PR systems are superior guarantors of the representation of minority groups as also of governmental stability. We have noted that the Indian polity has deﬁed at least part of the received wisdom on electoral systems, and that FPTP has actually achieved the diversity outcomes generally associated with PR and, for at least part of the time, also provided reasonable stability. The key to this oddity lies at least partly in another common assumption about the behaviour of political

102 Representing India

parties, that a heterogeneous society compels political parties to become broad social coalitions in order to succeed. The Indian experience lends credence to this assumption, even if in a somewhat qualiﬁed form. For the ﬁrst four decades of the post-independence period, with very minor exceptions, the Congress Party dominated the political landscape of the nation. As the natural heir to the legacy of the movement for independence from colonial rule, it was strongly committed to the ideal of universal citizenship with provisions for minority rights and for policies of social justice for disadvantaged groups. These ideals informed the vision that underlay the struggle for independence with Gandhi’s famously proclaimed aim of ‘wiping every tear from every eye’, and they were given formal embodiment in the Indian Constitution which provided, among other things, for policies of compensatory discrimination for historically oppressed and disadvantaged communities. In the early decades after independence, the Congress Party enjoyed almost unquestionable dominance – leading Rajni Kothari to label the Indian party system as ‘the Congress system’.6 Writing in 1964, Kothari pointed to the fact that the party system in India did not conform to the existing scholarly taxonomies of party systems, as it was neither a one-party, nor a two-party, nor a multiparty system. Defying this dichotomous/trichotomous characterization, India’s party system, Kothari argued, should be described as a system of one party dominance, a competitive party system consisting of ‘a party of consensus and parties of pressure’. (Kothari, 2002:40) The Congress was ‘an intricate structure of conﬂict, mediation, bargaining, and consensus’ (ibid.:42), a functional network of various social groups including caste and kin, and the various pressures and compromises were mediated through its political organization, linked vertically from the central to the district level. It is indeed the organizational strength of the Congress in the early post-independence phase that explains its success as a party of consensus. In its pre-independence form, as a party ﬁghting for freedom, the Congress had struck deep roots in the countryside, even if mainly among the local notables, i.e. those belonging to the dominant landowning castes, and their kin and caste groups. These local power structures were vertically linked, in a pyramidal form, through the district and state level units of the party, to the central level. When democracy arrived on the heels of freedom, the role of the local notables increased as they became crucial to the task of delivering the votes from the local factions they controlled. It is important, however,

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 103

to note that their authority stemmed from their position in the hierarchy of local society, rather than from their party afﬁliation. Despite this incongruity – of the national-level leadership depending upon local elites, and local elites providing vote banks on the basis of patron-client relationships7 rather than of ideological or partisan identiﬁcation – the system worked well enough to pay huge political dividends, and so keep the Congress in power. Ideologically, too, the political opposition in the legislature was rendered virtually redundant by the presence of various strands of opposition within the party, as represented by the several factions that co-existed in it, competing with each other for inﬂuence and control. For every ideological alternative in the wider polity – e.g., a right-wing economic platform or a more conservative opinion on the proper place of women or Hinduism in Indian society – there was invariably a group within the Congress representing that point of view. Indeed, it has been argued that opposition parties, instead of trying to displace and replace the Congress through forming coalitions or merging, attempted to inﬂuence Congress policies by working on like-minded factions within Congress. (Rudolph and Rudolph, 1987:129) The party was accommodative in character, and also accommodationist in its strategies of managing difference. Above all, the Congress Party represented a broad social coalition that encompassed the upper caste and upper-class elite, as well as the poorest and most marginalized sections of the Indian population. The Congress consistently projected itself as the protector of minorities, and as the natural party of members of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. The success of the Congress coalition, it is often argued, was in fact made possible by the cross-cutting cleavages in Indian society that prevented polarization along any one cleavage, whether an ascriptive one such as religion or a secular one such as class. It was this all-encompassing character of the Congress – famously described as an ‘umbrella party’ – along with its pre-eminent role as the party that had won India independence, that contributed immeasurably to the supremacy of the Congress in the early years. It explained both the party’s commitment to the creation of a more equitable and just society, as well as its inability to realize this objective. Its failure on land reform, for instance, was a result of the considerable control over the Congress enjoyed by dominant land-owning classes. On account, arguably, of these three factors – its organizational strength; its ideological accommodativeness; and its ‘umbrella’ character as a broad social coalition – the Congress Party won the ﬁrst three

104 Representing India

general elections of 1952, 1957 and 1964 with a huge majority of parliamentary seats (between 70 and 75%) and also performed extremely well in the state assembly elections, winning well over 60% of the seats in the state legislatures. Its vote share however ranged from 43% to 48% during this period, clearly a distortion of the FPTP system. Political supremacy at both the centre and in the states obviated federal tensions, but also gave an impetus to centralization. Given the multiplicity of factions and interests represented within the Congress Party, this naturally generated competition in the formation of state governments, giving the central leadership more opportunities to play favourites as it arbitrated conﬂicts within the provincial and district congress committees. In the parliamentary election of 1967, however, the Congress suffered an electoral reverse for the ﬁrst time, winning just 54% of the seats with a reduced vote share of 40.8%. The decline of the Congress, beginning with the 1967 election, was emphatically not a result of a challenge to the idea of diversity that the party stood for. The explanation for the decline of the Congress Party has to be couched in secular rather than ascriptive terms. The weakening of the party organization; the bankruptcy of the party leadership from which Indira Gandhi wrested control, and the subsequent centralization under her leadership of the Congress; the complete absence of inner-party democracy; the rampant factionalism leading to frequent defections; the undermining of the federal principle; the politics of ‘vote banks’; and endemic corruption, all contributed to the decline of the Congress. The Congress recovered in the 1971 election, fought on the rallying cry of ‘Garibi Hatao’ (Abolish Poverty!). The discourse of welfare however degenerated into populism and while poverty and the welfare of the poor and disadvantaged social groups remained a central part of Congress rhetoric, it became rapidly clear that these were mere slogans designed to keep captive in the Congress bag crucial sections of the electorate, especially the scheduled castes and tribes, and religious minorities. If the parliamentary election of 1967 was one watershed, the declaration of the National Emergency (1975–77) by Mrs. Gandhi was another. The election of 1977 saw the Congress routed as never before. It was only the complete ineptitude and inﬁghting amongst the members of the short-lived coalition Janata government that returned India to Mrs. Gandhi’s Congress in 1980. After this, the Congress won only one substantive victory when, following the assassination of Mrs. Gandhi, her son Rajiv came to power on a sympathy wave in 1984 with the biggest ever parliamentary majority for the Congress,

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 105

and its highest ever share of the popular vote. It is arguable that the landmark victories of 1971 and 1984 were not so much victories of the party, as of the individuals leading them, viz. Indira Gandhi and Rajiv Gandhi respectively. In organizational terms, as also in terms of its linkages with the grassroots, the party remained weak. The authority structure built up by the party in the early years had declined as local party units in the districts had become almost defunct.8 Through these decades, Congress continued to pay lip-service to its commitment to the poor and marginalized sections of Indian society, but its support base among these groups gradually began to erode. Meanwhile, caste-based political mobilization had begun in the late 1960s and gathered momentum through the 1970s, and though today it is parties like the BSP and the Samajwadi Party that are seen as the ﬂag-bearers of caste politics, they only took to its logical conclusion a process that had begun much earlier. The ideological father of backward caste mobilization was Ram Manohar Lohia, the Socialist Party leader who supported reservation for these castes in the 1950s. Indeed, Lohia’s claim was that the backward castes, dalits, Muslims, Christians, tribals and women together constitute 85% of the country’s population but have barely 10% representation in politics, the armed forces, the bureaucracy and trade. Lohia’s views were given concrete expression in the demands of the Socialist Party that these groups should get at least 60% reservation, and this was the campaign platform of a prominent socialist leader of Bihar, Karpoori Thakur, in the election of 1967. (Vora, 2003:273) It could be argued that the congruence between political party and caste in north India9 became more starkly manifest with the mobilization of the middle and backward castes by the Bharatiya Kranti Dal in Uttar Pradesh, whose leader, Choudhury Charan Singh was himself a Jat (middle peasant group whose interests converged with those of the emerging prosperous OBC farmers). The defeat of the Congress in 8 states in the general election of 1967 was viewed as the defeat of the power of upper castes by the backwards. The Congress itself travelled down the same road in Gujarat in 1977, with its KHAM alliance (an acronym for Kshatriya, Harijan (SC), Adivasi (ST) and Muslim), formulated to contain the damage caused by the split in the Congress and the consequent loss of support among the Patidar caste elites. Indeed, the reservation for OBCs in Gujarat dates back to this time. Through the 1970s and 1980s, the association between particular castes/caste clusters and political parties became stronger. The Lok Dal in Uttar Pradesh was popularly viewed as the party of the Jats; the

106 Representing India

Samajwadi Party in the same state was and remains the spokesman of the backward castes in that state, while the Rashtriya Janata Dal represents the backwards in Bihar. It is widely acknowledged that this process of backward caste and middle peasant support moving away from the Congress to opposition parties in the states was given an impetus by the land reform programme which converted their tenant status into ownership. In Uttar Pradesh alone, 84% of the area transferred beneﬁted the backward castes (Patnaik and Hasan, 1995:286), and the Green Revolution made them even more powerful politically. This process manifested itself in the phenomenon of the delinking of social dominance from state power (Frankel and Rao, 1989), as it went hand-in-hand with the out-migration of the upper castes from rural areas, and was politically underscored by the perception of rural dalit groups of the backward castes as their new oppressors. (Omvedt, 1996:342) Following the Emergency, the Janata Party – which emerged as the leader of the oppositional forces – appointed a new Commission on Backward Classes, under the chairmanship of B.P. Mandal, and clearly under pressure from its backward caste constituency. It was the Janata Dal government of V.P. Singh (himself a Rajput), which came to power brieﬂy in 1989, that accepted the Mandal Report. In his attempt to bring together the various factions and splinter groups of the erstwhile Janata Party, V.P. Singh announced the AJGAR alliance – an alliance of the OBC castes Ahir-Jat-Gujar-Rajput – notably excluding the dalits. On assuming ofﬁce, Singh’s government approved 27% reservation for OBCs in public employment and education, and though this government did not endure, the Janata Dal returned to ofﬁce as the leading member of the two rather short-lived coalition governments of H.D. Deve Gowda and I.K. Gujral (1996–98). However, various Janata fragments did manage to win state assembly elections (e.g., in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Haryana, Orissa and Karnataka) in the 1990s. Today, there are at least 10 such Janata offspring in various states. They include the Samajwadi Party (Uttar Pradesh), the Rashtriya Janata Dal (Bihar), the Rashtriya Lok Dal, the Samajwadi Janata Party, the Indian National Lok Dal (Haryana), the Samata Party (Bihar), the Biju Janata Dal (BJD) (Orissa), the Lok Shakti (Karnataka), the JD (United) and the JD (Secular). Some of them are aligned with the BJP while others are broadly supportive of the Congress and Left. Nevertheless, it is important to remember that the earliest challenges to Congress dominance did not come from parties that were based on caste or religious afﬁliation. The chief political rivals of the Congress

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 107

were for the most part single-state parties, only some of which were strongly identiﬁed with any kind of sub-nationalist ideology. This was certainly true of the DMK and the All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK) in Tamil Nadu; the Telegu Desam Party in Andhra Pradesh; the National Conference in Jammu and Kashmir; the AGP in Assam; and the Akali Dal in Punjab. However, this cannot be said to be true of the Communist Party of India or the Communist Party of India (Marxist) (CPM) which has held power uninterruptedly for over two decades in West Bengal, and for many years in the state of Kerala as well. It was also not true of the various incarnations of the Janata Party, the Lok Dal, and the erstwhile Jana Sangh which eventually mutated into the BJP. Today, the number of parties has grown enormously, and indeed those which are single-state parties have grown exponentially. Table 5.4 shows the performance of national, state and other registered parties since 1989. As Table 5.4 shows, while the number of national parties has grown very marginally, the number of state parties has almost trebled from Table 5.4 National, state and registered parties since 198910 (Cumulative seats and vote percentage) No

Year of election

No. Of National Parties

No. Of State Parties

Registered Parties

Total

1.

9th Lok Sabha 1989

6 (471) (78.13)

8 (27) (6.24)

10 (19) (4.16)

24

2.

10th Lok Sabha 1991

7 (470) (80.67)

13 (52) (9.93)

4 (4) (0.83)

24

3.

11th Lok Sabha 1996

7 (403) (68.98)

19 (127) (18.97)

4 (4) (0.73)

30

4.

12th Lok Sabha 1998

7 (387) (67.99)

20 (101) (17.76)

12 (49) (8.33)

39

5.

13th Lok Sabha 1999

7 (369) (67.10)

23 (158) (25.34)

8 (10) (1.50)

38

6.

14th Lok Sabha 2004

6 (364) (62.89%)

22 (159) (28.90%)

9 (15) (3.96%)

37

108 Representing India

8 in 1989 to 23 in 1999. Their share of seats shot up six-fold from 27 in 1989 to 159 in 2004, with a concomitant fourfold increase in their vote share, from a mere 6.24% in 1989, to a considerable 28.90% in 2004. The number of national parties remained virtually stable throughout, but the number of seats they managed to garner dropped by over a hundred, with a 15% drop in their vote share. From 1989 to 2004, moreover, just two governments lasted a full ﬁve-year term. Only one of these – the Congress minority government of P.V. Narasimha Rao – was a single-party government, while the other (1998–2004) was a coalition led by the BJP. In the pages that follow, we essay a brief account of the patterns and trends in the Lok Sabha elections from 1989 to the present. [Detailed tables showing the relative strength of political parties and alliances for the Ninth to the Fourteenth Lok Sabhas may be found in the Appendix] The election to the Ninth Lok Sabha in 1989 brought to ofﬁce the minority coalition government of the National Front, led by V.P. Singh, the dissident Congressman who had resigned his Cabinet position in Rajiv Gandhi’s government in protest against the charges of corruption levelled against the Prime Minister in the Bofors scam. The major constituent of this government was the Janata Dal, into which various earlier splinter groups of the Janata Party had merged. This government was brieﬂy sustained by ‘outside’ support from the Left parties as well as the BJP, and lasted barely 11 months, resulting in a fresh general election in 1990. The general election of 1991 to the Tenth Lok Sabha saw the National Front reduced to half its previous strength and, in the shadow of Rajiv Gandhi’s assassination during the election campaign, generated a minority Congress government (see Table 5b in the Appendix) that lasted a full ﬁve year term, surviving mainly because of the abstentions of friendly parties, and by engineering a series of defections and splits. The BJP gained seats by campaigning on the issue of the Ram Temple in Ayodhya, but was not yet a serious contender for power. The 1996 election to the Eleventh Lok Sabha threw up a hung Parliament. No party enjoyed a decisive majority, the Congress won 140 seats, and the BJP emerged as the single largest party with 161 seats. It was called upon to form the government which, despite a few allies, could only muster 191 seats in all, and could not survive the noconﬁdence motion tabled by the opposition within days of the formation of the government. This 13-day government was replaced by a coalition of the old National Front and the Left Parties calling itself the UF. This was an alliance of approximately 20 parties, of which the

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 109

single largest was the Janata Dal. It is interesting to observe that this party won only 46 seats (less than a tenth of the total strength of the House) and 8.08% of the votes polled. The remaining members of the coalition contributed between one and 32 members to the government, which was propped up by ‘outside’ support from the Congress. The UF period saw two prime ministers come to power, ﬁrst Deve Gowda, a Janata Dal leader from Karnataka and later – under Congress pressure – I.K. Gujral, a former Congressman who had served in Mrs. Indira Gandhi’s Cabinet. Eventually, the Congress withdrew support altogether, precipitating a mid-term election in 1998. In the prelude to the 1998 election to the Twelfth Lok Sabha, the BJP adopted an aggressive policy of making strategic alliances. The bulk of its alliances were sealed before the election, with a few more post-poll alliances, bringing the BJP-led coalition – calling itself the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) – to power. Many of these allies were regional parties which, in their particular states, were the main rivals to the Congress (e.g., the BJD in Orissa) or to other dominant parties (such as the Trinamool Congress, the main electoral challenge to the CPM’s dominance in West Bengal, or the National Conference in Jammu and Kashmir). The BJP’s own strength had increased to its highest ever: 182 seats and 25.59% of the popular vote. However, this election kept the NDA government of Atal Behari Vajpayee in power for only 13 months when it again faced and lost a motion of noconﬁdence. This was because of the razor’s edge majority that it enjoyed, hovering at the half-way mark of 273 in a house of 543. It was the mid-term poll of 1999 that brought the BJP-led NDA government to power in an enduring and stable alliance in the Thirteenth Lok Sabha. The BJP’s policy of forging alliances before the polls resulted in 302 seats for the NDA, of which the BJP contributed 182. While the BJP’s vote share was 23.75%, that of the alliance as a whole was 40.47%. This yielded a government of 22 parties that lasted a full term. The regional parties, many of whom were in the NDA alliance, together accounted for 37% of the vote share in this election, while the Congress found itself reduced to a vote share of 28.30% and 114 seats, totalling up to barely 136 even with its allies. In January 27, 2004, the NDA called for the dissolution of the Lok Sabha, to schedule an early election in the spring of 2004, several months before the elections were technically due. The election to the Fourteenth Lok Sabha brought to ofﬁce, in 2004, a Congress-led coalition. The Congress’s 145 seats (just a few more than the BJP’s 138) made it the single largest party in the Lok

110 Representing India

Sabha, and as such it was invited to form the government. There were two quite historic aspects of this election. The ﬁrst of these was the fact that the election campaign of the Congress had been led by Rajiv Gandhi’s widow, the Italian-born Sonia Gandhi. The BJP had created a major controversy around her ‘foreign origins’ which were apparently viewed differently by the electorate. Nevertheless, Sonia Gandhi decided not to assume the leadership of the government, while retaining her leadership of the party, and nominated Dr. Manmohan Singh as the Prime Minister instead. Secondly, this election showed the Congress – for the ﬁrst time – entering into strategic alliances with regional parties, and willing to participate in a coalition government, and hence implicitly acknowledging the changed political situation. The Congress victory of 2004 has been variously interpreted as an endorsement of its pro-poor orientation as opposed to the over-enthusiastic globalization and economic reforms programme of the BJP; and as a vote for secularism in contrast to the BJP’s communal anti-minority programme. Another persuasive explanation credits the Congress with having reaped the fruits of strategic alliances with regional parties, a lesson – it has been argued – that the Congress usefully learnt from the BJP. Indeed, the BJP lost considerable ground by tying up with undependable allies who were poor candidates for a win on their home ground. The BJP in turn had learnt a lesson from the Congress, and this was manifest in its attempt to broaden its social base. Formerly known as the ‘Brahmin-bania’11 party, it sought to bring on board token dalits, OBCs and even – curiously and most unconvincingly – Muslims. In 2000, the leadership chose a dalit, Bangaru Laxman, to lead the party organization rather than the obvious Brahmin favourite Jana Krishnamurti, a prominent hardliner. In 2004, the party spokesperson was a Muslim, though he had little credibility when he tried to defend the party position on sensitive social issues. The party has been giving more tickets to OBC and dalit candidates since 1996, leading to an increase in the proportion of OBC MPs in the north, from 15.1% in 1991 to 17.3% in 1996. Likewise, the percentage of dalit MPs from the BJP went up from 17.4% in 1991 to 22.3% in 1996. (Vora, 2003:291) This attempt to broaden the social base of the party may be described as the ‘Congressization’ of the BJP, a shift from a rigidly cadre-based party to a large and even unwieldy mass party. Its membership rose from 1.5 million in 1980 to 20 million in the late 1990s. (Pai, 2002b) Simultaneously, the BJP projected itself as being less confrontationist and even willing to moderate its policies for the sake of remaining in ofﬁce.

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 111

In ideology, too, the BJP in the 1990s began to shift from the militant nationalism of its Ramjanmabhoomi phase to what has been called ‘a softer policy’. This shift was noted in the context of many state assembly elections where the party foregrounded corruption rather than communalism in its campaign. However, Hindutva did receive a ﬁllip in the 1995 Supreme Court judgement in the Manohar Joshi case, in which this Chief Minister of Maharashtra was exonerated of the charge of using corrupt electoral practices, in the form of appeals to the Hindu religion, to win votes. (Hansen and Jaffrelot, 1998:5) In 2004, its rather cynical attempt to appeal to Muslim voters having failed, the BJP currently appears to be in a conundrum about how to position itself, and there is a considerable support for the hardliners within the party for returning to Hindutva as its main plank. (Jayal, 2004:208) This moderating or tempering force of Indian democracy has frequently been noted, and it is arguably not unrelated to the way in which the FPTP electoral system works. From the constituency-level election to the formation of governments at the centre, FPTP tends to discourage the taking of extreme ideological positions. It could be argued that the limited appeal of unequivocally religion-based parties can be explained in these terms. Indian democracy (and its electoral system) exempliﬁes the importance of the tendency to temperance and the relatively higher prospects of success at the political and ideological ‘centre’. Let us return then to the hypothesis that in multi-ethnic societies, parties have to be broad social coalitions. It is apparent that the Indian polity has witnessed wide-ranging and deep-seated change in the party system. In the early decades after independence, the Congress as the single dominant party could claim to represent diversity, though within itself. Today, a multiplicity of parties has emerged to perform this representational function. Only the Congress and the BJP appear to have pretensions to being aggregative parties seeking a broad social base. For the rest, the approach of smaller parties is more narrowly focused on the particular social constituency they represent.12 These parties are generally content with exercising power at the state-level rather than becoming national parties. However, they are happy to play a prominent role in delivering the vote of their particular social constituency through a coalition with a national party, and so obtaining the odd ministerial portfolio at the centre which gives them a certain leverage in national politics. The so-called national parties are in turn no longer capable of being all things to all voters. The Congress has lost much of

112 Representing India

its traditional constituency of scheduled castes, scheduled tribes, minorities and the poor. Transcending its earlier identiﬁcation with only the upper-caste, merchants and traders, the BJP has been accelerating its efforts in tribal areas, a strategy that delivered considerable success in the assembly elections of December 2003 in Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh. The cumulative result of this process is that India today has a multiparty system, which is rather sui generis, manifesting important differences at the state and national levels. At the state level, what prevails is essentially a bipolar system. Table 5.5 shows the Congress and the BJP are pitted against each other as the two major political forces in only seven states. For the rest, it is a case of either the Congress or the BJP being one of the principal contenders, with a state party representing the other pole. At the national level, then, this is nominally a multi-party system in which there are however only two serious contenders, neither of which

Table 5.5

14th Lok Sabha: principal contenders in various states

S.No. States & Union Territories 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

Andhra Pradesh Assam Bihar Chattisgarh Delhi Gujarat Haryana Himachal Pradesh Jammu & Kashmir Jharkhand Karnataka Kerala Madhya Pradesh Maharashtra Orissa Punjab Rajasthan Tamil Nadu Uttar Pradesh Uttaranchal West Bengal Total

No. of Principal Opponents Seats 42 14 40 11 7 26 10 4 6 14 28 20 29 48 21 13 25 39 80 5 42 524

INC + TRS + CPI + CPM Vs. TDP + BJP INC Vs. AGP Vs. BJP INC + RJD + LJNSP Vs. JD(U) + SAP + BJP INC Vs. BJP INC Vs. BJP INC Vs. BJP INC Vs. INLD Vs. BJP Vs. HVP INC Vs. BJP INC + JKPDP Vs. JKN Vs. BJP INC + JMM + RJD + CPI Vs. BJP INC Vs. BJP Vs. JD(S) UDF Vs. LDF INC Vs. BJP INC + NCP + RPI(A) Vs. BJP + SHS INC Vs. BJP + BJD INC Vs. BJP + SAD INC Vs. BJP INC + DMK + MDMK + PMK Vs. BJP + ADMK INC Vs. BJP Vs. SP Vs. BSP INC Vs. BJP INC Vs. LF Vs. BJP + AITMC

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral System 113

is at the present capable of coming to ofﬁce on its own, and therefore needs to ally with several state parties to form the government. Indeed, it is important to remember that the vote share of the Congress and the BJP combined adds up to just over 50%, arguably insufﬁcient to consider this a two-party system. It is a curious mix of an evolving multi-party system and a weak bipolar system in which the leadership of alliances belongs to one of two major parties, the Congress and the BJP. Each of these parties requires support from state parties willing to accept a subsidiary position and in themselves incapable of being competitors to the two major parties. What does this imply in representational terms? It appears to conﬁrm the hypothesis that, in multi-ethnic societies, national parties are forced to broad-base their appeal. However, there is an important caveat suggested by the Indian case. Historically, the Congress was an inclusive party, which over time lost the ability to decisively capture the vote of the disadvantaged groups, of whom it projected itself as the singular protector. By contrast, the BJP was traditionally a party with a very narrow social base, but has increasingly sought to appeal to sections of the electorate previously outside its ken. Its recent electoral successes in the tribal areas of central India have, however, not been the result of its political appeal alone, but been facilitated quite substantively by the work done by the cadres of its afﬁliate organizations – such as the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) and other members of what is called the Sangh Parivar (family) – in these areas. This strategy of recruiting dalits and tribals has been pursued for several years now, though it remains ‘a condescending view of “sanskritization” of the “uncultured”’. (Hansen, 1999:121) The remaining deﬁcit has been made good by electoral alliances with parties that have a strong social base in lower caste groups. Such an approach is clearly not underwritten by the desire to create a social coalition of diverse groups, but rather by the aspiration to homogenize and create a unity by submerging diversity. This is therefore in sharp contrast to the role played by the Congress in the early decades after independence, which at least in rhetoric celebrated diversity.

6 Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance

Actual representational outcomes defy any presumption that institutional design, party political processes and electoral systems collectively contribute to making the institutions and structures of governance more representative. In this chapter, we examine – in common with the other country-studies in this research project – the representational outcomes in three such institutions, the Lok Sabha, the lower house of the Indian Parliament; the Union Cabinet; and the central bureaucracy. In the ﬁrst and last of these, as has been noted, there is quota-based representation for members of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, while in the second such representation remains a matter of convention. What does institutional design tell us about the actual representational patterns that result?

Patterns of representation in the Indian Parliament The Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes are the only social groups (other than the Anglo-Indians who have a ﬁxed number of two seats) that are eligible for reservation in the legislatures, both central and state. This gives to these groups a guaranteed place in the lower house of the Parliament, as also of the state legislatures. As such, the representational outcomes in the case of these groups, in the particular case of the legislature, can hardly yield any surprising results. Hence, the outcomes in the case of these groups must be assessed in somewhat different terms, in terms of policy outcomes. Five decades after independence, however, it has become abundantly clear that despite representation in the legislatures, the policy outcomes for these groups have been woefully inadequate. (Weiner, 2001:211ff.) What Anne Phillips has called ‘the politics of presence’1 have not 114

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 115

translated into effective representation such as would enable the empowerment of these groups. While some of the early studies on the impact of dalit legislators suggested that they were more likely than others to support agenda of equity, and were active in pushing for reservations (Galanter, 1984:53), more recent evidence suggests a less optimistic conclusion. Dalit legislators have not been particularly effective on issues like atrocities against these communities, or the effective implementation of the law against untouchability. It is mostly dalits who participate in debates on dalit issues, and even those MPs belonging to the BSP (which claims to represent them, and whose leadership is dalit) have not been particularly active in parliamentary debates. Their concerns have tended to be short-term in nature, mostly conﬁned to questions regarding funds for welfare activities, unﬁlled vacancies in government departments and public sector jobs. They have been much less concerned with more long-term capability enhancing policy initiatives such as in the areas of health and education, or – most crucially – land reform. Few dalits, it is observed, have competed for power within the parliamentary party and the legislature. They are on the whole less likely to hold party ofﬁces or ministerships, to talk to ministers or serve on parliamentary committees. (Kumar, 2004) Muslims have been consistently under-represented in Parliament, if their proportion in the population is taken as the decisive criterion. In the ﬁrst Lok Sabha, elected in 1952, they constituted 4.4% of the house, and in the current Lok Sabha they stand at 6.44%. The highest representation achieved by Muslims was in 1980, when they constituted 9.2% of Lok Sabha members. Table 6.1 details Muslim representation in the Lok Sabha for the period preceding that for which data have been generated in this paper. This under-representation may be explained by inferring from Lijphart’s argument (that the FPTP system does not disfavour minorities that are geographically concentrated), that FPTP disfavours minorities that are not geographically concentrated. This is borne out by a disaggregation of the results of the 2004 election, in which 35 Muslims were elected to the Lok Sabha. Approximately one-third (11) of these were elected from constituencies where the Muslim population is over 40%; another one-third were elected from constituencies where Muslims account for 20% to 30% of the population; and the remaining 12 from constituencies where the Muslim population is below 20%. (Jayal, 2004) The geographical concentration of the Muslim population is thus clearly a factor of some importance in winning seats, and its

116 Representing India Table 6.1

Muslims in the Lok Sabha (1952–1999)

Year

Total no. of seats

1952 1957 1962 1967 1971 1977 1980 1984 1989 1991 1996 1998 1999 Total

489 494 494 520 518 542 542 543 543 543 543 543 543

No. of Muslims in Lok Sabha 21 24 23 29 30 34 49 46 33 28 28 28 32 405

Muslims expected on the basis of population 49 49 53 56 58 61 59 62 60 65 66 66 66 770

Deprivation % 57.14% 51.02% 56.60% 48.21% 48.28% 44.26% 16.95% 25.81% 45.00% 56.92% 57.56% 57.56% 51.52% 47.45%

Source: Ansari, 2003:24.

obverse also seems to be true. Despite their low representation, however, Muslims have not demanded reservation in the legislature, though arguments for proportional representation are sometimes advanced.2 Given the manifest under-representation of Muslims in parliament as well as the state assemblies, a proposal has been mooted, in an unpublished report, for adopting a form of Proportional Representation. This proposal envisages a transitional stage in which a system akin to that followed in Mauritius may be instituted. It recommends the Mauritius model of allocation of a number of uncontested additional seats and their allotment to the best losers from among women, minorities and most backwards according to a formula laying down number of total additional seats and manner according to which these seats would be distributed to ensure fair gender, class and regional representation within these categories. (Ansari, 2003:136) In addition to calling upon political parties to give fair representation to these disadvantaged groups in their party organization as well as in nominations for elections, the report also suggests that a redrawing of constituencies should be undertaken, and that constituencies presently

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 117

reserved for the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, in which the Muslim population exceeds their percentage in the country or the concerned state, should be dereserved. (ibid.) More prominent than the demand for proportional representation has been that for greater access to public employment, as Muslims are beginning to feel that this may not be possible without reservations. Some community leaders, in fact, argue for a separate quota on grounds of educational and social backwardness, which could mean sharing the Mandal quota of 27% with Muslim OBCs. In the following pages, we examine data from the last ﬁve Parliaments, spanning a period of over a decade. This data show the composition of Parliament in terms of caste, tribe and religion. The ﬁrst table (Table 6.2) provides a sampler of the reservation policy. As mentioned earlier, the Lok Sabha, or lower house of Parliament, has 15% of its Table 6.2 S.No.

Reserved seats in Lok Sabha: state and regional summaries

Names of the states

No. Of Seats Total

Open

SC

ST

South 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

India Andhra Pradesh Karnataka Kerala Tamil Nadu Lakshadweep Pondicherry R. Totals

42 28 20 39 1 1 131

34 24 18 32 1 1 110 (83.96)

6 4 2 7 – – 19 (14.50)

2 – – – – – 2 (1.52)

North 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

India Bihar Haryana Himachal Pradesh Madhya Pradesh Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Pradesh Chandigarh Delhi R. Totals

54 10 4 40 13 25 85 1 7 239

41 8 3 25 10 18 67 1 6 179 (74.89)

8 2 1 6 3 4 18 – 1 43 (17.99)

5 – – 9 – 3 – – – 17 (7.11)

21 42

13 32

3 8

5 2

East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal

118 Representing India Table 6.2 continued S.No.

18.

North 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.

Reserved seats in Lok Sabha: state and regional summaries –

Names of the states

No. Of Seats Total

Open

SC

ST

Andaman and Nicobar Islands R. Totals

1

1

–

–

64

46 (71.87)

11 (17.19)

7 (10.93)

East Arunachal Pradesh Assam Manipur Meghalaya Mizoram Nagaland Sikkim Tripura R. Totals

2 14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

2 11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

– 1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

– 2 1 – 1 – – 1 5 (20.00)

2 26 48 1 1 78

2 20 41 – 1 64

– 2 3 – – 5 (6.41) – 79 (14.54%)

– 4 4 1 – 9 (11.53) – 40 (7.36%)

West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Havali 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals

(82.05) 32.

Jammu and Kashmir3 TOTAL

6 543

6 424 (78.08)

seats reserved for the Scheduled Castes and 7.5% for the Scheduled Tribes. Apart from these, and two seats for the Anglo-Indian community (which are ﬁlled by community nomination), there are no other reserved seats in Parliament. The table illustrates how, while the percentage at the all-India level is kept constant, the way in which the reservation is operationalized is sensitive to the fact that the distribution of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes is uneven across the country. Thus, in any particular state, the percentage of reservation may exceed or fall short of the prescribed levels, depending upon the numerical presence of that particular group in the territory of that

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 119

state. Thus, for instance, Uttar Pradesh has – prior to the carving out of the separate state of Uttaranchal from it in November 2000 – 85 seats in the Lok Sabha. The proportion of seats reserved for the Scheduled Castes here is 21.2%, which reﬂects the higher proportion of these groups in the population of the state. For similar reasons, there is 0% reservation for STs. On the other hand, Madhya Pradesh, with 40 seats in the Lok Sabha, has 15% reserved for SCs and 22.5% reserved for STs. At a combined total of 37.5%, the quantum of reservation in Madhya Pradesh far exceeds the national limit, but that is on account of the social demography of the state. The formal structures of political reservations in the country are therefore sensitive to the distribution of diversities, even if not to the numbers involved. This latter is of course taken care of by the less structured, and more political and contingent, processes of the polity. The following tables provide a disaggregated picture of these seats in terms of caste, class (used here in the very speciﬁc sense in which political discourse has latterly interpreted it, i.e. in terms of Backward Classes) and tribe for ﬁve Lok Sabhas, from the 10th Lok Sabha elected in 1991, to the current 14th Lok Sabha, elected in 2004. In all, therefore, the data provide a detailed account of over a decade of representation to the directly elected lower House (the House of the People) of Parliament. The data have also been organized according to region, so as to more easily track changes, especially regarding caste, that are more signiﬁcant for north India than for any other region of the country. Since the data regarding a Member of Parliament’s caste or community afﬁliation is not ofﬁcially provided, the methodology adopted for analyzing the list of Members of Parliament must be explained. As we have seen in earlier sections of this book, identities in India are notoriously non-unitary and perennially unstable. The ofﬁcially sanctiﬁed taxonomies of constitutional discourse are unequal to the task of mapping these diversities. Here, we attempt to capture this complex picture by using categories that can, at one time, mop up one bunch of identities without a residue, and so altogether exhaust the entire universe of our sample. In the ﬁrst instance, the total number of seats (Column 3) is divided up into those that are Open (column 3a), and those that are reserved for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Columns 3b and 3c respectively). Thus, the category ‘Open’ indicates the number of seats in the House after reservation provisions are accounted for. However, it must be kept in mind that a person who belongs to an SC or ST community is still eligible to contest for an

120 Representing India

open seat. Thus, Column 3a represents the seats available for contest by all or particular categories of people. Column 4, by contrast, speaks to the citizenry, rather than the seats. This is why the terminology used in column 4 is not of open/reserved (as for seats) but of general/ protected groups of citizens. The appellation ‘General’ in column (4a) thus indicates the actual seats held by people from groups that are not entitled to reservations. In sociological terms, the classiﬁcation here corresponds to forward classes and backward classes which, as we have seen, are political euphemisms for the forward and backward castes respectively. Now, the Forward Classes in these tables consist not only of upper caste Hindus – who undoubtedly comprise the majority of this category – but also of Muslims, Christians (such as the Brahmin Christians of western India, or the Syrian Christians of Kerala), Sikhs and upper class tribes (such as the tea tribes of Assam). In a sense, the category of forward classes is negatively constituted, and represents the residue that remains when all others, viz. SCs, STs and BCs, are removed from the total. The SCs and STs, as we have seen, enjoy reservations in the legislature, while the BCs do not, despite the fact that they have a signiﬁcant political presence. The BCs here have been sociologically identiﬁed through their (caste) names, wherever possible, and through expert information where not. As a group, the BCs here comprise of backward caste Hindus, Muslims, Christians (as Scheduled Caste converts to Christianity, such as the Latin Christians of Kerala, are recognized as BCs) and Sikhs. Finally, it bears repetition that, while SCs are by ofﬁcial deﬁnition only from the Hindu or Sikh religious communities (and so entitled to reservation, which entitlement would be lost if they converted to Buddhism or Christianity or Islam), STs have a wide variety of religious afﬁliation. They could be Christians or Muslims (as is the case with P.M. Sayeed, frequently re-elected from the Muslim-majority Union Territory of Lakshadweep) As the Tables 6.3–6.7 clearly demonstrate, the proportion of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in Parliament remains approximately at the level of the reservation, though in the case of the Scheduled Tribes it has consistently exceeded it by about 2% over the last decade, hovering in the region of 9% as opposed to the reservation of 7.5%. In the case of the Scheduled Castes, this excess is a marginal phenomenon of barely 0.5%. The 10–13 members of the STs who got elected on general seats compares with only 2 or 3 members of the SCs being so elected. The explanation for this is fairly straightforward, and clearly related to the demographic distribution of these groups. As the next two tables indicate, the STs managed to win seats in excess of their statutory allotment in all regions

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 121 Table 6.3

Caste, class and tribe in the 10th Lok Sabha (1991–1996) Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

28 20 39 1 1 131

North India 7. Bihar 54 8. Haryana 10 9. Himachal Pradesh 4 10. Madhya 40 Pradesh 11. Punjab 13 12. Rajasthan 25 13. Uttar Pradesh 85 14. Chandigarh 1 15. Delhi 7 R. Totals 239 East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar Islands R. Totals North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals

21 42 1 64

6

24 4 18 2 32 7 1 – 1 – 110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2

STs (4bii)

34

SCs (4bi)

42

Backward classes (4aii)

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry R. Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

30

4

6

2

–

15 8 4 1 – – 14 4 2 – – – 4 26 7 1 1 – – – – 1 – – 1 – – – – 2 64 42 19 5 1 (1.52) (48.85) (32.06) (14.50) (3.81) (0.76)

41 8

8 2

5 –

23 4

12 3

8 2

8 –

3 1

3 25

1 6

– 9

3 19

0 5

1 6

0 10

– –

10 3 18 4 67 18 1 – 6 1 179 43 (74.89) (17.99) 13 32 1

3 8 –

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

2

2

–

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

– 8 1 3 – 1 3 13 5 4 3 – – 53 12 20 – – – 1 – – – – – 5 1 1 – – 17 129 39 45 21 5 (7.11) (53.97) (16.31) (18.82) (8.78) (2.09) 5 2 –

9 26 1

4 1 –

3 8 –

5 3 –

– 4 –

7 36 5 11 8 4 (10.93) (56.25) (7.81) (17.18) (12.50) (6.25) –

–

–

–

–

2

2 7 4 1 2 – 1 1 – – 1 – – – – – 2 – 1 – – – 1 – – – – – 1 – – 1 – – – – 1 1 – – 1 – 5 10 4 1 8 2 (20.00) (40.00) (16.00) (4.00) (32.00) (8.00)

122 Representing India Table 6.3

Caste, class and tribe in the 10th Lok Sabha (1991–1996) – continued Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

Grand Total

Table 6.4

SCs (4bi)

STs (4bii)

32. Jammu and Kashmir

Backward classes (4aii)

West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Havali 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

2 26 48

2 20 41

– 2 3

– 4 4

2 14 26

0 6 7

– 2 4

– 4 5

– – 6

1 1

– 1

– –

1 –

– –

– –

– –

1 –

– 1

78

64 (82.05) 6

5 (6.41) –

6 543

9 42 13 6 10 7 (11.53) (53.84) (16.66) (7.69) (12.82) (8.97) – – – – – 6

424 79 40 281 103 82 52 25 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%) (51.74) (18.96) (15.10) (9.57) (4.60)

Caste, class and tribe in the 11th Lok Sabha (1996–1997) Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

North India 7. Bihar 8. Haryana 9. Himachal Pradesh

28 20 39 1 1 131

54 10 4

6

24 4 18 2 32 7 1 – 1 – 110 19 (83.96) (14.50) 41 8 3

8 2 1

2

STs (4bii)

34

SCs (4bi)

42

Backward classes (4aii)

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

27

6

6

3

–

– 14 9 4 1 – – 10 3 2 – 5 – 2 30 7 – – – – – – 1 – – 1 – – – – 2 54 48 19 5 5 (1.52) (41.22) (36.64) (14.50) (3.81) (3.81) 5 – –

24 6 3

17 2 0

8 2 1

5 – –

– –

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 123 Table 6.4

Caste, class and tribe in the 11th Lok Sabha (1996–1997) – continued Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar Islands R. Totals North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals 32. Jammu and Kashmir Grand Total

21 42 1 64

10 3 18 4 67 18 1 – 6 1 179 43 (74.89) (17.99) 13 32 1

3 8 –

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

9

STs (4bii)

6

SCs (4bi)

25

Backward classes (4aii)

10. Madhya 40 Pradesh 11. Punjab 13 12. Rajasthan 25 13. Uttar Pradesh 85 14. Chandigarh 1 15. Delhi 7 R. Totals 239

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

16

7

6

11

– 9 1 3 – 3 12 6 4 3 – 46 21 18 – – 1 – – – – 6 – 1 – 17 123 54 43 19 (7.11) (51.46) (22.59) (17.99) (7.94) 5 2 –

9 26 1

4 1 –

3 9 –

5 3 –

– – – – – – –

– 3 –

7 36 5 12 8 3 (10.93) (56.25) (7.81) (18.75) (12.50) (4.68)

2

2

–

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

2 26 48 1

2 20 41 –

– 2 3 –

– 4 4 1

2 12 23 –

– 8 6 –

– 2 3 –

– 4 5 1

– – 11 –

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

78

64 (82.05) 6

5 (6.41) –

6 543

–

–

–

2 8 2 1 1 – – – – 1 – – – – – – 1 – 1 1 – 5 11 2 (20.00) (44.00) (8.00)

9 37 14 (11.53) (47.43) (17.94) – 6 –

–

–

2

2 2 – – 1 – – 2 – – 1 – – 1 – – – – – 1 – 2 8 2 (8.00) (32.00) (8.00)

5 (6.41) –

10 12 (12.82) (15.38) – –

424 79 40 267 123 81 50 22 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%) (49.17) (22.65) (14.91) (9.20) (4.05)

124 Representing India Caste, class and tribe in the 12th Lok Sabha (1998–1999) SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry Totals

42 28 20 39 1 1 131

North India 7. Bihar 54 8. Haryana 10 9. Himachal Pradesh 4 10. Madhya Pradesh 40 11. Punjab 13 12. Rajasthan 25 13. Uttar Pradesh 85 14. Chandigarh 1 15. Delhi 7 R. Totals 239 East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar Islands R. Totals North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals

21 42

34 6 24 4 18 2 32 7 1 – 1 – 110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

Backward classes (4aii)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

Protected (4b)

STs (4bii)

Total Open (3) (3a)

SCs (4bi)

Table 6.5

2 27 6 6 3 – – 14 6 4 1 3 – 11 3 2 – 4 – 2 30 7 – – – – – – 1 – – – 1 – – – 2 54 46 19 5 7 (1.52) (41.22) (35.11) (14.50) (3.81) (5.34)

41 8

8 2

5 –

26 2

14 4

8 2

6 –

– 2

3

1

–

3

–

1

–

–

25 6 10 3 18 4 67 18 1 – 6 1 179 43 (74.89) (17.99) 13 32

3 8

9 12 8 6 10 4 – 10 – 3 – – 3 10 5 4 4 2 – 49 18 18 – – – 1 – – – – – 6 – 1 – – 17 119 49 43 20 8 (7.11) (49.78) (20.50) (17.99) (8.36) (3.34) 5 2

11 30

2 –

3 9

5 2

– 1

1 64

1 – 46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

– 1 – – – – 7 42 2 12 7 1 (10.93) (65.62) (3.12) (18.75) (10.93) (1.56)

2 14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

2 11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

– – – 2 8 2 1 1 – – – – 1 – – – – – – 1 – 1 1 – 5 11 2 (20.00) (44.00) (8.00)

– 1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

– – 2 1 3 – – 1 – – 2 – – 1 – – 1 – – – – – 1 – 1 9 2 (1.00) (36.00) (8.00)

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 125 Table 6.5

Caste, class and tribe in the 12th Lok Sabha (1998–1999) – continued Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

Grand Total

Table 6.6

SCs (4bi)

STs (4bii)

32. Jammu and Kashmir

Backward classes (4aii)

West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

2 26 48

2 20 41

– 2 3

– 4 4

2 14 25

– 7 6

– 2 8

– 3 5

– – 4

1

–

–

1

–

–

–

1

–

1 78

1 64 (82.05)

– 5 (6.41)

6

–

6 543

– – – – – 1 9 41 13 10 9 5 (11.53) (52.56) (16.66) (12.82) (11.53) (6.41) –

6

–

–

–

–

424 79 40 273 112 85 50 23 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%) (50.27) (20.62) (15.65) (9.20) (4.23)

Caste, class and tribe in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999–2004) Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

54 10

6

24 4 18 2 32 7 1 – 1 – 110 19 (83.96) (14.50) 41 8

8 2

2

STs (4bii)

North India 7. Bihar 8. Haryana

34

SCs (4bi)

28 20 39 1 1 131

42

Backward classes (4aii)

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

27

7

6

2

– 13 8 4 2 – 11 3 2 – – 1 29 7 1 – – – – 1 – 1 – – – 2 53 47 19 6 (1.52) (40.45) (35.47) (14.50) (4.58) 5 –

28 3

10 4

8 2

7 –

– 1 4 1 – – 6

1 1

126 Representing India Table 6.6

Caste, class and tribe in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999–2004) – continued Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar Islands R. Totals North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals 32. Jammu and Kashmir Grand Total

21 42 1 64

Backward classes (4aii)

SCs (4bi)

STs (4bii)

9. Himachal 4 Pradesh 10. Madhya 40 Pradesh 11. Punjab 13 12. Rajasthan 25 13. Uttar Pradesh 85 14. Chandigarh 1 15. Delhi 7 R. Totals 239

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

3

1

–

3

–

1

–

–

25

6

9

15

6

6

9

4

10 3 18 4 67 18 1 – 6 1 179 43 (74.89) (17.99) 13 32 1

3 8 –

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

– 10 – 3 – – 3 10 6 4 3 2 – 44 22 18 – 1 – 1 – – – – – 6 – 1 – – 17 120 48 43 19 9 (7.11) (50.20) (20.08) (17.99) (7.94) (3.76) 5 2 –

11 29 1

2 1 –

3 8 –

5 4 –

7 41 3 11 9 (10.93) (64.06) (4.60) (17.18) (14.06)

2

–

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

2 26 48

2 20 41

– 2 3

– 4 4

2 12 26

– 7 6

– 2 6

– 5 4

– – 6

1

–

–

1

–

–

–

1

–

1 78

1 64 (82.05) 6

– 5 (6.41) –

543

–

–

–

–

–

2

6

–

– – –

2

2 7 3 1 3 – 1 1 – – 1 – – – – – 2 – 1 – – – 1 – – – – – 1 – – 1 – – – – 1 1 – – 1 – 5 10 3 1 9 2 (20.00) (40.00) (12.00) (4.00) (36.00) (8.00 )

– – – – – 1 9 40 13 8 10 7 (11.53) (51.28) (16.66) (10.25) (12.82) (8.97) – 6 – – – –

424 79 40 270 114 82 53 24 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%) (49.72) (20.99) (15.10) (9.75) (4.41)

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 127 Table 6.7

Caste, class and tribe in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004) Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

28 20 39 1 1 131

North India 7. Bihar 40 8. Jharkhand 14 9. Haryana 10 10. Himachal 4 Pradesh 11. Madhya 29 Pradesh 12. Chhattisgarh 11 13. Punjab 13 14. Rajasthan 25 15. Uttar Pradesh 80 16. Uttaranchal 5 17. Chandigarh 1 18. Delhi 7 R. Totals 239 East India 19. Orissa 20. West Bengal 21. Andaman and Nicobar Islands R. Totals North East 22. Arunachal Pradesh 23. Assam 24. Manipur 25. Meghalaya 26. Mizoram 27. Nagaland 28. Sikkim 29. Tripura R. Totals

21 42 1 64

6

24 4 18 2 32 7 1 – 1 – 110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2

STs (4bii)

34

SCs (4bi)

42

Backward classes (4aii)

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

26

8

6

2

– 12 10 4 2 – 10 8 2 – – 6 25 7 1 – – – – 1 – – 1 – – 2 54 52 19 6 (1.52) (41.22) (39.69) (14.50) (4.58)

– – – – – – –

33 8 8 3

7 1 2 1

– 5 – –

20 5 5 2

12 – 3 1

7 1 2 1

– 8 – –

1 – – –

20

4

5

14

5

4

5

1

5 2 10 3 18 4 63 17 4 1 1 – 6 1 179 43 (74.89) (17.99) 13 32 1

3 8 –

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

2

2

–

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

4 2 2 2 5 – – 10 – 3 – – 3 11 6 5 3 – – 39 23 18 – – – 4 – 1 – – – 1 – – – – – 5 1 1 – – 17 118 53 45 21 2 (7.11) (49.37) (22.17) (18.82) (8.78) (0.83) 5 2 –

12 28 1

1 – –

3 8 –

5 4 –

– 2 –

7 41 1 11 9 2 (10.93) (64.06) (1.56) (17.18) (14.06) (3.12) –

–

–

–

2

–

2 6 3 1 3 1 1 1 – – 1 – – – – – 2 – 1 – – – 1 – – – – – 1 – – 1 – – – – 1 1 – – 1 – 5 9 3 1 11 1 (20.00) (36.00) (12.00) (4.00) (44.00) (4.00)

128 Representing India Table 6.7

Caste, class and tribe in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004) – continued Total Open (3) (3a)

SC (3b)

ST (3c)

Diversity In Representation Unknown (Caste, Class & Tribe) + Vacant

Grand Total

SCs (4bi)

STs (4bii)

35. Jammu and Kashmir

Backward classes (4aii)

West India 30. Goa 31. Gujarat Maharashtra 32. Dadra and Nagar Havali 33. Daman and Diu 34. R. Totals

Protected (4b)

Forward classes (4ai)

General (4a)

2 26 48 1

2 20 41 –

– 2 3 –

– 4 4 1

2 15 29 –

– 5 5 –

– 2 5 –

– 4 4 1

– – 5 –

1

1

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

78

64 (82.05) 6

5 (6.41) –

6 5431

9 47 10 7 9 5 (11.53) (60.25) (12.82) (8.97) (11.53) (6.41) – 6 – – – –

424 79 40 275 119 83 56 10 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%) (50.64) (21.91) (15.28) (10.31) (1.84)

of India in all the 4 Lok Sabhas, clearly due to the concentrated character of the ST population in the states in which they are present in larger numbers. Thus, for instance, in Lakshadweep, where the STs constitute 93.14% of the population, this is a general – rather than reserved – constituency. Similarly, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, Orissa and all the northeastern states have a heavy concentration of STs. In all, STs constitute more than 20% of the population in 11 states. The SC population, by contrast, is more evenly distributed across the country. In the northeastern region – with the exception of Assam – the SC population is negligible. SCs constitute more than 20% of the population in only four states, and even in these states they are spread across the state’s territory. The pattern that we see in the 10th to 14th Lok Sabhas is not markedly different from that observed for the ﬁrst six Lok Sabhas, in which only a handful of candidates from the SCs were elected on general seats, e.g., ﬁve in 1971 and three in 1977. In the 10th Lok Sabha, we observe that three such candidates were elected, of whom two were from Uttar Pradesh. One was Kanshi Ram, the founder of the BSP (elected from Etawah), and the other was Balraj Passi (an RSS loyalist and a plainsman elected from the hill constituency of Nainital, now in the new state of Uttaranchal) who contested the election on a BJP nomination. The third SC candidate to come in on a

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 129

general seat was R.M. Ghanghare of the CPM, who won from Wardha in Maharashtra. Each of these three candidates belongs to a party with a strong cadre-based organization. In the 11th Lok Sabha, only two SCs were elected in excess of the reserved quota, one from the Congress in Assam, and the other from the CPM in West Bengal. The most striking result, however, is reported in the 12th Lok Sabha, in which six SCs got elected in excess of the reserved seats. Five of these were from Maharashtra (where SCs constitute only 11.1% of the population), and of these four belonged to the Republican Party of India (RPI) (a radical dalit party), while the ﬁfth was Sushil Kumar Shinde, a Congressman who is currently Chief Minister of that state. In the 13th Lok Sabha, there were only three extra SCs. As a result of an electoral understanding between the Congress and the RPI in this election, two – Prakash Ambedkar and Sushil Shinde – were carryovers from the 12th Lok Sabha, while the third won from the Shiv Sena. The fact that a state like Maharashtra – which ranks 17th among the states (in descending order of percentage of SC population) could, in one election, return to Parliament four SC candidates on general seats, while Punjab (with 28% SCs in its population) and Uttar Pradesh (with 21%, and at least two parties claiming to represent caste disadvantage) could not, is striking. It is explained primarily by reference to the policy of the RPI which, of course, could scarcely entertain the ambition of forming an independent government in Maharashtra, as the BSP could in Uttar Pradesh. Since the RPI could not hope to control political power itself, its preferred strategy apparently was to obtain representation in excess of reserved seats and so gain some political leverage through a strategic pre-poll alliance. The BSP, by contrast, has always sought to be a party of government in Uttar Pradesh and with the exception of its founder and patron-saint Kanshi Ram getting elected to the 10th Lok Sabha, has never, until the 2004 election, returned an SC to a non-reserved seat. It has, however, been successful in getting non-SCs elected by transferring its vote base of SCs to such candidates. In the current 14th Lok Sabha, there are four SC MPs over and above the quota: two are again from Maharashtra (though from altogether different constituencies than those in the 13th Lok Sabha), and one each from Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh. For the ﬁrst time, in the current house, there is a scheduled caste member supported by the BSP, in an unreserved seat. What is striking is that, while the three such members of the 13th Lok Sabha belonged to three different parties – the Congress, the BJP and the Bharipa Bahuja Mahasangha (BBM) (a splinter group of the RPI) – in the current Lok Sabha, two of the four MPs belong to the BJP and one to the Shiv Sena, neither of these parties being easy to associate with the dalit cause.

130 Representing India

In the tables that follow, we examine the data already presented in terms of regional comparisons as also comparisons across the ﬁve Lok Sabhas under study.

Table 6.8 10th–14th Lok Sabhas: regional conﬁgurations of diversity (caste, class and tribe) S.No. Region

Total Open

SC

ST

Actual representation of classes Unknown and vacant FC

14 1.

th

Lok Sabha (2004) South 131 110 19 India (83.96) (14.50)

BC

SC

ST

2 (1.52)

54 52 19 (41.22) (39.69) (14.50)

6 (4.58)

–

118 53 45 (49.37) (22.17) (18.82)

21 2 (8.78) (0.83)

2.

North India

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

41 1 11 9 2 (64.06) (1.56) (17.18) (14.06) (3.12)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

9 3 (36.00) (12.00)

1 11 1 (4.00) (44.00) (4.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

47 10 (60.25) (12.82)

7 9 5 (8.97) (11.53) (6.41)

6.

Jammu and Kashmir

–

–

6

All India 543

6

3.

North India East

239 64

India

–

–

–

–

424 79 40 275 119 83 56 10 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%) (50.64) (21.91) (15.28) (10.31) (1.84)

13th Lok Sabha (1999) 1. South 131 110 19 India (83.96) (14.50) 2.

6

179 43 (74.89) (17.99) 46

11

2 (1.52)

53 47 19 (40.45) (35.47) (14.50)

6 (4.58)

17 (7.11)

120 48 43 (50.20) (20.08) (17.99)

19 9 (7.94) (3.76)

7

41

(71.87) (17.19)

(10.93)

(64.06)

3

11

9

6

–

(4.60) (17.18) (14.06)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

10 3 (40.00) (12.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40 13 8 10 7 (51.28) (16.66) (10.25) (12.82) (8.97)

6.

Jammu and Kashmir

–

–

6

All India 543

6

424 79 (78.08) (14.54%)

12th Lok Sabha (1998) 1. South 131 110 19 India (83.96) (14.50) 2.

North India

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

6

–

1 9 2 (4.00) (36.00) (8.00 )

–

40 270 114 82 (7.36%) (49.72) (20.99) (15.10)

–

–

53 24 (9.75) (4.41)

2 (1.52)

54 46 19 5 7 (41.22) (35.11) (14.50) (3.81) (5.34)

17 (7.11)

119 49 43 (49.78) (20.50) (17.99)

20 8 (8.36) (3.34)

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 131 Table 6.8 10th–14th Lok Sabhas: regional conﬁgurations of diversity (caste, class and tribe) – continued S.No. Region

Total Open

SC

ST

Actual representation of classes Unknown and vacant FC

BC

SC

ST

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

42 (65.62)

2 12 7 1 (3.12) (18.75) (10.93) (1.56)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

11 (44.00)

2 (8.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

41 13 10 9 5 (52.56) (16.66) (12.82) (11.53) (6.41)

6.

Jammu and Kashmir

6

All India 543

6

424 (78.08)

–

–

6

–

1 9 2 (1.00) (36.00) (8.00)

–

79 40 273 112 85 (14.54%) (7.36%) (50.27) (20.62) (15.65)

11th Lok Sabha (1996) 1. South 131 110 19 India (83.96) (14.50)

–

–

50 23 (9.20) (4.23)

2 (1.52)

54 48 19 (41.22) (36.64) (14.50)

5 5 (3.81) (3.81)

123 54 43 (51.46) (22.59) (17.99)

19 (7.94)

2.

North India

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36 (56.25)

5 12 8 3 (7.81) (18.75) (12.50) (4.68)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

11 (44.00)

2 (8.00)

2 8 2 (8.00) (32.00) (8.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

37 14 (47.43) (17.94)

5 10 12 (6.41) (12.82) (15.38)

6.

Jammu and Kashmir

–

–

6

All India 543

6

424 (78.08)

6

–

–

79 40 267 123 81 (14.54%) (7.36%) (49.17) (22.65) (14.91)

10th Lok Sabha (1991) 1. South 131 110 19 India (83.96) (14.50)

–

–

–

50 22 (9.20) (4.05)

2 (1.52)

64 42 19 (48.85) (32.06) (14.50)

5 1 (3.81) (0.76)

129 39 45 (53.97) (16.31) (18.82)

21 5 (8.78) (2.09)

2.

North India

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36 (56.25)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

10 4 (40.00) (16.00)

1 8 2 (4.00) (32.00) (8.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

42 13 (53.84) (16.66)

6 10 7 (7.69) (12.82) (8.97)

6.

Jammu and Kashmir

–

–

6

All India 543

6

424 (78.08)

–

5 11 8 4 (7.81) (17.18) (12.50) (6.25)

–

–

79 40 281 103 82 (14.54%) (7.36%) (51.74) (18.96) (15.10)

–

6

52 25 (9.57) (4.60)

132 Representing India Table 6.9 Comparison of diversity (caste, class and tribe) by region 10th–14th Lok Sabhas S.No. Look Sabha

Total Open

SC

ST

Actual representation of classes Unknown and vacant FC

South India 1. 14th Lok Sabha (2004) 2. 13th Lok Sabha (1999) 3. 12th Lok Sabha (1998) 4. 11th Lok Sabha (1996) 5. 10th Lok Sabha (1991) North India 1. 14th Lok Sabha (2004) 2. 13th Lok Sabha (1999) 3. 12th Lok Sabha (1998) 4. 11th Lok Sabha (1996) 5. 10th Lok Sabha (1991) East India 1. 14th Lok Sabha (2004) 2. 13th Lok Sabha (1999) 3. 12th Lok Sabha (1998) 4. 11th Lok Sabha (1996) 5. 10th Lok Sabha (1991)

BC

SC

ST

131

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

54 52 19 6 (41.22) (39.69) (14.50) (4.58)

–

131

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

53 47 19 6 (40.45) (35.47) (14.50) (4.58)

6

131

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

54 46 19 5 7 (41.22) (35.11) (14.50) (3.81) (5.34)

131

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

54 48 19 5 5 (41.22) (36.64) (14.50) (3.81) (3.81)

131

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

64 42 19 5 1 (48.85) (32.06) (14.50) (3.81) (0.76)

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

118 53 45 21 2 (49.37) (22.17) (18.82) (8.78) (0.83)

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

120 48 43 19 9 (50.20) (20.08) (17.99) (7.94) (3.76)

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

119 49 43 20 8 (49.78) (20.50) (17.99) (8.36) (3.34)

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

123 54 43 19 (51.46) (22.59) (17.99) (7.94)

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

129 39 45 21 5 (53.97) (16.31) (18.82) (8.78) (2.09)

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

41 1 11 9 2 (64.06) (1.56) (17.18) (14.06) (3.12)

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

41 3 11 9 (64.06) (4.60) (17.18) (14.06)

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

42 2 12 7 1 (65.62) (3.12) (18.75) (10.93) (1.56)

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36 5 12 8 3 (56.25) (7.81) (18.75) (12.50) (4.68)

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36 5 11 8 4 (56.25) (7.81) (17.18) (12.50) (6.25)

–

–

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 133 Table 6.9 Comparison of diversity (caste, class and tribe) by region 10th–14th Lok Sabhas – continued S.No. Look Sabha

Total Open

SC

ST

Actual representation of classes Unknown and vacant FC

North East 1. 14th Lok Sabha (2004) 2. 13th Lok Sabha (1999) 3. 12th Lok Sabha (1998) 4. 11th Lok Sabha (1996) 5. 10th Lok Sabha (1991) West India 1. 14th Lok Sabha (2004) 2. 13th Lok Sabha (1999) 3. 12th Lok Sabha (1998) 4. 11th Lok Sabha (1996) 5. 10th Lok Sabha (1991)

BC

SC

ST

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

9 3 1 11 1 (36.00) (12.00) (4.00) (44.00) (4.00)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

10 3 1 9 2 (40.00) (12.00) (4.00) (36.00) (8.00)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

11 2 (44.00) (8.00)

1 9 2 (1.00) (36.00) (8.00)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

11 2 (44.00) (8.00)

2 8 2 (8.00) (32.00) (8.00)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

10 4 1 8 2 (40.00) (16.00) (4.00) (32.00) (8.00)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

47 10 7 9 5 (60.25) (12.82) (8.97) (11.53) (6.41)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40 13 8 10 7 (51.28) (16.66) (10.25) (12.82) (8.97)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

41 13 10 9 5 (52.56) (16.66) (12.82) (11.53) (6.41)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

37 14 5 10 12 (47.43) (17.94) (6.41) (12.82) (15.38)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

42 13 6 10 7 (53.84) (16.66) (7.69) (12.82) (8.97)

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

6

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

6

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

6

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

Jammu and Kashmir 1. 14th Lok 6 Sabha (2004) 2. 13th Lok 6 Sabha (1999) 3. 12th Lok 6 Sabha (1998) 4. 11th Lok 6 Sabha (1996) 5. 10th Lok 6 Sabha (1991)

134

Table 6.10 No.

Summary of the representation of Forward Classes, Backward Classes, SCs and STs 10th–14th Lok Sabhas

Lok Sabha

th

Total

Open

Reserved for SCs

Reserved for STs

Actual representation of classes FC

BC

SC

ST

Unknown and vacant

1.

14

Lok Sabha (2004)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

275 (50.64)

119 (21.91)

83 (15.28)

56 (10.31)

10 (1.84)

2.

13th Lok Sabha (1999)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

270 (49.72)

114 (20.99)

82 (15.10)

53 (9.75)

24 (4.41)

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

273 (50.27)

112 (20.62)

85 (15.65)

50 (9.20)

23 (4.23)

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

267 (49.17)

123 (22.65)

81 (14.91)

50 (9.20)

22 (4.05)

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

281 (51.74)

103 (18.96)

82 (15.10)

52 (9.57)

25 (4.60)

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 135

The last three tables, viz. Tables 6.8–6.10, clearly demonstrate the domination of the Forwards over the Backwards. The Forwards easily account for 65% of the open seats, while the Backwards hover in the region of 25%. In the 1950s, the Backwards constituted barely 5% of the members, and today have increased their tally at least fourfold. There is, as has already been noted, no statutory reservation for BCs, even though this is now a statutory category. Every state, as also the Centre, has its own list of BCs, which identiﬁes the particular castes that are eligible for reservations in public employment. This is distinct from the Forwards, which is essentially a residual category, what is leftover once the SCs and STs – who have quotas – as also the BCs – who do not – are subtracted from the total. From the 10 th to the 14 th Lok Sabhas, we ﬁnd a marginal increase in the representation of BCs, by 2.95% or 16 seats, with a corresponding decline of Forwards to the tune of 1.10%. During the 11 th Lok Sabha – considered the post-Mandal high noon of BC resurgence – this went up to 22.65%. It is important to note that these numbers were mainly contributed by the northern states which witnessed what Jaffrelot has called ‘India’s Silent Revolution’. (Jaffrelot, 2003) In the last 15 years, indeed, each of the four large north Indian states of Bihar, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh have had Chief Ministers from the Backward Castes. The tables clearly show that while the contribution of the northern states is close to the national mean of 20%, the southern states account for a little more and western India for a little less. The South has actually remained steady at between 35.50%–36.50%, except in the most recent elections, in which the ﬁgure rises to 39.69%. It was, of course, in the north that a dramatic shift was registered, from 16.31% in 1991 to 22.17% in 2004, just marginally lower than the 22.59% and 54 seats in the 11 th Lok Sabha. It would appear that, for the present, this trend has peaked and reached a plateau. Adding up the numbers for the Backward Castes, Scheduled Castes and Muslims, we ﬁnd the totals just about balancing the numbers of the Upper Castes or Forward Classes, who continue to constitute approximately 50% of the Lok Sabha, even through the high period of lower caste political mobilization in the 1990s. Eastern India, it is observed, contributes much more than the national average in this category, while the west and the north hover around the national average, and the south and northeast contribute less than this. Unless

136 Representing India

and until there is either a broader coalition of backward castes, scheduled castes, and minorities, the dominance of upper castes will continue. Even in the heyday of the Congress system, however, while the party’s social base depended on these groups, its ministries did not reﬂect this diversity. Let us attempt now to further disaggregate this data, by examining the break-up of these categories by religious community, as demonstrated in Tables 6a–6d in the Appendix and Table 6.11 for the last ﬁve Lok Sabhas. Tables 6.12 and 6.13 provide us with a comparative perspective, based on region, across the ﬁve Lok Sabhas, one organized around regional comparisons within each Lok Sabha, and the other organized around regional comparisons across Lok Sabhas. Finally, Table 6.14 presents a summary of the data across the ﬁve Lok Sabhas. These tables establish that the proportion of Hindus in the Lok Sabha grew from 78.63% in the 10 th Lok Sabha to 79.18% in the 14 th, having gone up to just over 80% in the 11 th, 12 th and 13 th Lok Sabhas. As we have already noted, upper castes dominate among the Hindus, accounting for more than half the total, even if their numbers are declining somewhat in proportion to their backward caste co-religionists. The representation of minorities has remained more or less constant across these four Lok Sabhas. The Sikhs, Christians and Jains are represented roughly in proportion to their percentage in the population. At 2.34% of the population, the Sikhs had representation ranging between 1.84% (in the 10 th Lok Sabha) and 2.39% in the 14 th. Similarly, at 2.34% of the total population, Christians too were represented to the extent of 2.94% (in the 10th Lok Sabha) and 2.02% (in the 13 th), but are currently at their lowest ever level of representation, at 1.84%. It is Muslim representation that continues to be abysmally low, almost stationary in the region of 5% throughout the period under study, though their percentage in the population is 12.12%. The election of 2004 has registered a minor improvement in the percentage of Muslims which, though far from reﬂecting their proportion in the population, now stands at 6.45%, with 35 seats, higher than at any time since 1991. This pattern is explained partly by the demographic distribution of Muslims as compared to other religious minorities, and partly by the sharply polarized inter-communal situation prevailing in the country. Christians have an overwhelming majority in Meghalaya, Mizoram and Nagaland, and are a signiﬁcant and concentrated minority in Kerala, Manipur and Goa. Similarly, Sikhs are a majority in Punjab,

Table 6.11 S. No

Religion, caste and tribe in the 14th Lok Sabha

State/UT

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus

Muslims

UC

BC

SC

T

Sikh

Christians

Jains

UC

SC

T

UC

BC

ST

T

ST*

Unknown & Vacant

India Andhra Pradesh Karnataka Kerala Tamil Nadu Lakshadweep Pondicherry R. Totals

42 28 20 39 1 1 131

34 24 18 32 1 1 110 (83.96)

6 4 2 7 – – 19 (14.50)

2 – – – – – 2 (1.52)

24 11 3 4 – – 42

8 10 7 25 – 1 51

6 4 2 7 – – 19

38 25 12 36 – 1 112 (85.49)

2 1 3 2 – – 8 (6.10)

– – – – – – –

– – – – – – –

– – – – – – –

– – 3 – – – 3

– – 1 – – – 1

– – – – – – –

– – 4 – – – 4 (3.05)

– – 1 – – – 1 (0.76)

2 2 – 1 1 – 6 (4.58)

– – – – – – –

North 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

India Bihar Jharkhand Haryana Himachal Pradesh Madhya Pradesh Chhattisgarh Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Pradesh Uttaranchal Chandigarh Delhi R. Totals

40 14 10 4 29 11 13 25 80 5 1 7 239

33 8 8 3 20 5 10 18 63 4 1 6 179 (74.89)

7 1 2 1 4 2 3 4 17 1 – 1 43 (17.99)

– 5 – – 5 4 – 3 – – – – 17 (7.11)

15 4 5 2 13 2 2 10 28 3 1 4 89

12 – 3 1 5 2 – 6 23 – – 1 53

7 1 2 1 4 2 – 5 18 1 – 1 42

354 5 10 4 235 6 2 21 69 4 1 6 186 (77.82)

4 1 – – – – – – 11 – – – 16 (6.69)

– – – – 1 – 8 – – 1 – – 10

– – – – – – 3 – – – – – 3

– – – – 1 – 11 – – 1 – – 13 (5.43)

1 – – – – – – – – – – 1 2

– – – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – –

1 – – – – – – – – – – 1 2 (0.83)

– – – – – – – 1 – – – – 1 (0.42)

– 8 – – 5 5 – 3 – – – – 21 (8.78)

– – – – – – – – – – – – –

21 42 1

13 32 1

3 8 –

5 2 –

12 23 1

1 – –

3 8 –

– 5 –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

5 4 –

– – –

64

46 (71.87)

36

1

11

5 (7.81)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9 (14.06)

–

East India 19. Orissa 20. West Bengal 21. Andaman & Nicobar R. Totals

11 7 (17.19) (10.93)

16 336 1 50 (78.12)

137

South 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

138

Table 6.11 S. No

North 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

Religion, caste and tribe in the 14th Lok Sabha – continued

State/UT

East Arunachal Pradesh Assam Manipur Meghalaya Mizoram Nagaland Sikkim Tripura R. Totals

West India 31. Goa 32. Gujarat 33. Maharashtra 34. Dadra and Nagar Havali Daman & Diu R. Totals 35.

Jammu and Kashmir Grand Total

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus

Muslims

UC

BC

SC

T

–

–

3

– 1 – – – – – – 1

BC

ST

T

– 2 – – – – – – 2 (8.00)

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – 1 1 1 – – 3

– – – 1 1 1 – – 3 (12.00)

– – – – – – – – –

2 3 1 2 1 1 – 1 11 (44.00)

– – – – – – – – –

– – 1

– – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

– – –

– 4 4

– – –

1 67 (85.90) 3

– – 1 (1.28) 3

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – 1

– – –

– – –

– – –

–

–

–

–

–

1 – 9 (11.56) –

– – –

–

– – 1 (1.28) –

430 (79.18)

35 (6.45)

10

3

13 (2.39)

6

1

3

10 2 56 (1.84) (0.37) (10.31)

–

–

2 26 48

2 20 41

– 2 3

– 4 4

1 15 28

– 5 5

– 2 5

1 22 438

1 1 78

–

– – 5 (6.41) –

1 – 9 (11.53) –

–

– – 10

– – 7

–

1 45 3

–

–

118

80

6 543

1 64 (82.05) 6

424 79 (78.08) (14.54%)

* Including ST Christians and Muslims

1 1 7

40 222 (7.36%)

Unknown & Vacant

UC

– 2 1 – 1 – – 1 5 (20.00)

– – –

ST*

T

– 1 – – – – – – 1 (4.00)

3

Jains

SC

2 11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 (76.00)

– – – – – –

Christians

UC

2 14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

4 1

Sikh

97 1 – – – 1 1 12 (48.00)

–

–

Table 6.12 S. No

Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe: 10th–14th Lok Sabhas

State/UT

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus

UC 144h Lok Sabha(2004) 1. South India 131

BC

Muslims

SC

T

Sikh

Christians

UC

SC

T

UC

BC ST

Jains

ST*

Unknown & Vacant

T

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

42

51

19

112 (85.49)

8 (6.10)

–

–

–

3

1

–

4 1 (3.05) (0.76)

6 (4.58)

–

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

89

53

42

186 (77.82)

16 (6.69)

10

3

13 (5.43)

2

–

–

2 1 (0.83) (0.42)

21 (8.78)

–

2.

North India

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36

1

11

50 (78.12)

5 (7.81)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9 (14.06)

–

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

7

3

1

12 (48.00)

2 (8.00)

–

–

–

–

–

3

3 (12.00)

–

11 (44.00)

–

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

45

10

7

67 (85.90)

1 (1.28)

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

–

9 (11.96)

–

6.

Jammu & Kashmir

6

–

–

3

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

All India

543

13th Lok Sabha(1999) 1. South India 131

6

424 79 40 (78.08) (14.54%) (7.36%)

222 118

3

80

430 (79.18)

35 (6.45)

10

3

13 (2.39)

6

1

3

10 2 56 (1.84) (0.37) (10.31)

–

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

42

46

19

112 (85.50)

6 (4.5)

–

–

–

4

1

–

5 1 (3.81) (0.76)

6 (4.58)

1 (0.76)

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

99

48

40

195 (81.58)

11 (4.60)

9

3

12 (5.02)

1

–

–

1 (0.42)

–

19 (7.94)

1 –

2.

North India

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

35

2

11

49 (76.00)

6 (9.37)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9 (14.06)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

7

3

1

11 (44.00)

2 (8.00)

–

–

–

–

–

5

5 (20.00)

–

9 3 (36.00) (12.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40

13

8

68 (87.17)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10 (12.82)

–

139

S. No

Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe: 10th–14th Lok Sabhas – continued

State/UT

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus UC

6.

140

Table 6.12

Jammu & Kashmir All India

6

6

–

–

2

Muslims

BC

SC

–

–

T

2

Sikh

Christians

Jains

UC

SC

T

UC

BC

ST

T

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

ST*

–

Unknown & Vacant

–

–

424 79 (78.08) (14.54%)

40 225 112 (7.36%)

79

437** (80.47)

29 (5.34)

9

3

12 (2.20)

5

1

5

11 1 (2.02) (0.18)

53 (9.75)

5 (0.92)

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

45

44

19

115 (87.77)

4 (3.05)

–

–

–

4

2

–

6 1 (4.58) (0.76)

5 (3.81)

–

239

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

98

49

39

192 (80.33)

12 (5.02)

7

4

11 (4.60)

1

–

–

1 1 (0.41) (0.41)

20 (8.36)

2 (0.82) –

543

12th Lok Sabha (1998) 1. South India 131 2.

North India

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36

2

12

51 (79.68)

6 (9.37)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7 (10.93)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

8

2

1

11 (44.00)

2 (8.00)

–

–

–

–

–

5

5 (20.00)

–

9 3 (36.00) (12.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40

13

10

67 (85.89)

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

6.

Jammu & Kashmir

6

–

–

2

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

All India

543

11th Lok Sabha (1996) 1. South India 131 2.

North India

239

6

2

–

9 (11.53)

1 (1.28)

–

–

424 79 (78.08) (14.54%)

40 229 110 (7.36%)

81

438 (80.66)

28 (5.15)

7

4

11 (2.02)

6

2

5

13 2 (2.39) (0.36)

50 (9.20)

6 (1.10)

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

40

46

19

110 (83.96)

8 (6.10)

–

–

–

5

2

–

7 2 (5.34) (1.52)

5 (3.81)

–

179 43 (74.89) (17.99)

17 (7.11)

102

54

40

196 (82.00)

10 (4.18)

9

3

12 (5.02)

1

–

–

1 1 (0.41) (0.41)

19 (7.94)

–

Table 6.12

Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe: 10th–14th Lok Sabhas – continued

S. No

State/UT

UC

BC

SC

T

UC

SC

T

3.

East India

64

46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

7 (10.93)

31

5

12

51 (79.68)

5 (7.81)

–

–

–

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

9

2

2

13 (52.00)

1 (4.00)

–

–

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

35

14

5

65 (83.33)

1 (1.28)

–

6.

Jammu & Kashmir

6

–

–

2

–

–

3

All India

Total

543

10th Lok Sabha (1991) 1. South India 131 2.

North India

239

Open

6

SC

Muslims

2

Sikh

ST*

Christians

Jains

Unknown & Vacant

UC

BC

ST

T

–

–

–

–

–

8 (12.50)

–

–

–

5

5 (20.00)

–

8 3 (32.00) (12.00)

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

–

10 (12.82)

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

40 219 121 (7.36%)

78

437 (80.47)

28 (5.15)

9

3

12 (2.20)

7

2

5

14 3 (2.57) (0.55)

50 (9.20)

5 (9.20)

110 19 (83.96) (14.50)

2 (1.52)

48

38

19

105 (80.15)

10 (7.63)

–

–

–

6

4

–

10 1 (7.63) (0.77)

5 (3.81)

1

17

111

39

41

193

11

6

4

10

1

–

–

1

(80.75) 51 (79.68)

(4.60) 5 (7.81)

–

–

(4.18) –

–

–

–

(0.42) –

179

43

(74.89) (17.99) 46 11 (71.87) (17.19)

(7.11) 7 (10.93)

3

–

(1.25) –

11

5 (20.00)

8

4

1

13 (52.00)

1 (4.00)

–

–

–

–

–

4

4 (16.00)

–

8 3 (32.00) (12.00)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40

13

6

65 (83.33)

1 (1.28)

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

–

10 (12.82)

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

99

78

427 (78.63)

28 (5.15)

6

4

10 (1.84)

8

4

4

16 (2.94)

1 0.18

52 (9.57)

14 (2.57)

4.

North East

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5.

West India

78

64 (82.05)

6.

Jammu & Kashmir

6

424 79 (78.08) (14.54%)

40 238 (7.36%)

141

* Including ST Christians and Muslims ** Including Hindus of unknown Coste identity

21 (8.78) 8 (12.50)

5

64

6

–

31

East India

543

Hindus

424 79 (78.08) (14.54%)

3.

All India

ST

S.No.

142

Table 6.13

Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe for each Lok Sabha (10th–14th )

Lok Sabha

South India 1. 144h Lok Sabha (2004)

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus

Muslims

UC BC

SC

T

Christians

Sikh UC

SC

T

UC

BC

ST

T

Jains

ST*

Unknown & Vacant

131

110 (83.96)

19 (14.50)

2 (1.52)

42 51

19

112 (85.49)

8 (6.10)

–

–

–

3

1

–

4 (3.05)

1 (0.76)

6 (4.58)

–

2.

13th Lok Sabha (1999)

131

110 (83.96)

19 (14.50)

2 (1.52)

42 46

19

112 (85.50)

6 (4.5)

–

–

–

4

1

–

5 (3.81)

1 (0.76)

6 (4.58)

1 (0.76)

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

131

110 (83.96)

19 (14.50)

2 (1.52)

45 44

19

115 (87.77)

4 (3.05)

–

–

–

4

2

–

6 (4.58)

1 (0.76)

5 (3.81)

–

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

131

110 (83.96)

19 (14.50)

2 (1.52)

40 46

19

110 (83.96)

8 (6.10)

–

–

–

5

2

–

7 (5.34)

2 (1.52)

5 (3.81)

–

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

131

110 (83.96)

19 (14.50)

2 (1.52)

48 38

19

105 (80.15)

10 (7.63)

–

–

–

6

4

–

10 (7.63)

1 (0.77)

5 (3.81)

1

239

179 (74.89)

43 (17.99)

17 (7.11)

89 53

42

186 (77.82)

16 (6.69)

10

3

13 (5.43)

2

–

–

2 (0.83)

1 (0.42)

21 (8.78)

–

North India 1. 144h Lok Sabha(2004) 2.

13th Lok Sabha(1999)

239

179 (74.89)

43 (17.99)

17 (7.11)

99 48

40

195 (81.58)

11 (4.60)

9

3

12 (5.02)

1

–

–

1 (0.42)

–

19 (7.94)

1

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

239

179 (74.89)

43 (17.99)

17 (7.11)

98 49

39

192 (80.33)

12 (5.02)

7

4

11 (4.60)

1

–

–

1 (0.41)

1 (0.41)

20 (8.36)

2 (0.82)

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

239

179 (74.89)

43 (17.99)

17 (7.11)

102 54

40

196 (82.00)

10 (4.18)

9

3

12 (5.02)

1

–

–

1 (0.41)

1 (0.41)

19 (7.94)

–

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

239

179 (74.89)

43 (17.99)

17 (7.11)

111 39

41

193 (80.75)

11 (4.60)

6

4

10 (4.18)

1

–

–

1 (0.42)

–

21 (8.78)

3 (1.25)

64

46 (71.87)

11 (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36

1

11

50 (78.12)

5 (7.81)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9 (14.06)

–

64

46 (71.87)

11 (17.19)

7 (10.93)

35

2

11

49 (76.00)

6 (9.37)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9 (14.06)

–

East India 1. 144h Lok Sabha (2004) 2.

13th Lok Sabha (1999)

Table 6.13 S.No.

Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe for each Lok Sabha (10th–14th ) – continued

Lok Sabha

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus UC BC SC

Muslims T

Sikh UC SC

Christians T

UC BC ST

Jains

ST*

Unknown & Vacant

T

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

64

46 (71.87)

11 (17.19)

7 (10.93)

36

2

12

51 (79.68)

6 (9.37)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7 (10.93)

–

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

64

46 (71.87)

11 (17.19)

7 (10.93)

31

5

12

51 (79.68)

5 (7.81)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8 (12.50)

–

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

64

46 (71.87)

11 (17.19)

7 (10.93)

31

5

11

51 (79.68)

5 (7.81)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8 (12.50)

–

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

7

3

1

12 (48.00)

2 (8.00)

–

–

–

–

–

3

3 (12.00)

–

11 (44.00)

–

North East 1. 144h Lok Sabha(2004) 2.

13th Lok Sabha(1999)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

7

3

1

11 (44.00)

2 (8.00)

–

–

–

–

–

5

5 (20.00)

–

9 (36.00)

3 (12.00)

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

8

2

1

11 (44.00)

2 (8.00)

–

–

–

–

–

5

5 (20.00)

–

9 (36.00)

3 (12.00)

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

9

2

2

13 (52.00)

1 (4.00)

–

–

–

–

–

5

5 (20.00)

–

8 (32.00)

3 (12.00)

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

25

19 (76.00)

1 (4.00)

5 (20.00)

8

4

1

13 (52.00)

1 (4.00)

–

–

–

–

–

4

4 (16.00)

–

8 (32.00)

3 (12.00)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

45

10

7

67 (85.90)

1 (1.28)

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

–

9 (11.96)

–

–

10 (12.82)

–

9 (11.53)

1 (1.28)

West India 1. 144h Lok Sabha (2004) 13th Lok Sabha (1999)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40

13

8

68 (87.17)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40

13

10

67 (85.89)

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

35

14

5

65 (83.33)

1 (1.28)

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

–

10 (12.82)

1

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

78

64 (82.05)

5 (6.41)

9 (11.53)

40

13

6

65 (83.33)

1 (1.28)

–

–

–

1

–

–

1 (1.28)

–

10 (12.82)

1

143

2.

144

Table 6.13 S.No.

Regional conﬁguration of religion, caste and tribe for each Lok Sabha (10th–14th ) – continued

Lok Sabha

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus UC BC

Jammu & Kashmir 1. 144h Lok Sabha (2004)

Muslims

SC

T

Christians

Sikh UC

SC

T

UC

BC

ST

T

Jains

ST*

Unknown & Vacant

6

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

2.

13th Lok Sabha (1999)

6

6

–

–

2

–

–

2

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

6

6

–

–

2

–

–

2

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

6

6

–

–

2

–

–

2

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

6

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

* Including ST Christians and Muslims

Table 6.14

Summary representation of religion, caste and tribe 10th–14th Lok Sabhas Unknown & Vacant

10 (1.84)

2 (0.37)

56 (10.31)

–

5

11 (2.02)

1 (0.18)

53 (9.75)

5 (0.92)

2

5

13 (2.39)

2 (0.36)

50 (9.20)

6 (1.10)

7

2

5

14 (2.57)

3 (0.55)

50 (9.20)

5 (9.20)

8

4

4

16 (2.94)

1 0.18

52 (9.57)

14 (2.57)

SC

ST

BC

SC

T

T

UC

144h Lok Sabha(2004)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

222 118

80

430 (79.18)

35 (6.45)

10

3

13 (2.39)

6

1

3

2.

13th Lok Sabha(1999)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

225 112

79

437** (80.47)

29 (5.34)

9

3

12 (2.20)

5

1

3.

12th Lok Sabha (1998)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

229 110

81

438 (80.66)

28 (5.15)

7

4

11 (2.02)

6

4.

11th Lok Sabha (1996)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

219 121

78

437 (80.47)

28 (5.15)

9

3

12 (2.20)

5.

10th Lok Sabha (1991)

543

424 (78.08)

79 (14.54%)

40 (7.36%)

238

78

427 (78.63)

28 (5.15)

6

4

10 (1.84)

1.

UC

99

Muslims

ST*

Open

Lok Sabha

Hindus

Jains

Total

S.No.

Sikh UC SC

Christians BC ST

T

* Including ST Christians and Muslims ** Including Hindus of unknown Coste identity

145

146 Representing India

and have a concentrated presence also in Haryana and Rajasthan. Muslims form a majority in only one state – Jammu and Kashmir. Assam and West Bengal have a high concentration of Muslims, but even Assam – with a 28.43% Muslim population – returned Muslims in only 2 seats (in percentage terms, 14% of its 14 seats in the Lok Sabha). Gujarat and Maharashtra have an approximately 9% Muslim population, but have not returned a single Muslim MP in the last three Lok Sabhas.

Patterns of representation in the Union Cabinet The Cabinet in India is a smaller body than the Council of Ministers, and consists only of Ministers of Cabinet rank. As such, it excludes Ministers of State and Deputy Ministers. Statistically, the average size of the Council of Ministers is 46, of which 40% on an average would be Cabinet Ministers. Both the size of the Ministry as well as that of the Cabinet varies according to political exigencies (such as the stability of a Government), and also over time as subject areas and portfolios have tended to expand.9 On the whole, it would appear that whenever the government has enjoyed a relatively secure majority, the Council of Ministers has had about 45–60 members, and the Cabinet has tended to be approximately 30% of the overall size of the ministry. Cabinet sizes generally hover between 15 and 20, except in the case of coalition governments, when they tend to be larger. All non-Congress governments have been coalition governments and the proportion of the Cabinet is, in these governments, invariably larger. It is not possible to deﬁnitively assert that this explains the better representation of diversities in coalition governments. Are coalition governments simply more conducive to the representation of diversities, or does their very existence express the assertiveness of diversities? As in all parliamentary systems, it is the Prime Minister who selects her/his Cabinet, and in doing so a variety of political considerations are involved. There is no constitutional or statutory provision for the representation of any particular ethnic group – however deﬁned – in the political executive.10 It has however been a convention to have the major religious groups (e.g. Muslims, Sikhs and Christians) and the Scheduled Castes represented in the Union Cabinet. Galanter’s (1984:49) study argued that these numbers were slowly rising, but we can be less sanguine about recent trends that therefore bear closer examination. As Khalidi’s study of the Union Cabinet shows, while at least one Muslim was included in every cabinet from 1947–1997, the coming to power of the BJP has reversed this process. (Muslim India,

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 147 Table 6.15 The Council of Ministers from 1947 to the present: a comparative overview of cabinet sizes S.No. Lok Sabha

Total Government11 Total strength/ no. of Women ministers12

CM13

MOS14 DM15

1.

Independence – Proclamation of Republic (15/81947– 26/1/1950)

Jawaharlal Nehru

23

17 (74.00%)

4

2

2.

Proclamation of republic – First General Election (26/1/1950– 17/4/1952 )

Jawaharlal Nehru

36

21 (58.33%)

8

7

3.

First Lok Sabha (17/4/1952– 4/4/1957)

499/22

Jawaharlal Nehru

39

15 (38.46%)

9

15

4.

Second Lok Sabha (5/4/1957– 31/3/1962)

500/27

Jawaharlal Nehru

46

13 (28.26%)

14

19

5.

Third Lok Sabha 503/34 (2/4/62–3/3/1967)

Jawaharlal Nehru (2/4/62– 27/5/1964) Lal Bahadur Shastri (9/6/1964– 11/1/1966) Indira Gandhi (24/1/1966– 12/3/67)

55

18 (32.14%)

14

23

54

16 (29.62%)

16

22

53

16 (30.18%)

18

19

6.

Fourth Lok Sabha (4/3/1967– 27/12/1970)

523/31

Indira Gandhi

56

18 (32.14%)

19

19

7.

Fifth Lok Sabha16 (15/3/1971– 18/1/1977)

521/22

Indira Gandhi

60

15 (25.00%)

23

22

8.

Sixth Lok Sabha (22/3/1977– 22/8/1979)

544/19

Morarji Desai (26/3/77– 28/7/79) Charan Singh (28/7/79– 14/1/80)

44

20 (45.45%)

24

–

39

22 (50.00%)

17

–

Indira Gandhi (14/1/80– 31/10/1984) Rajiv Gandhi 31/10/1984– 30/12/1984

59

19 (32.20%)

26

14

49

14 (28.57%)

24

11

Rajiv Gandhi

64

20 (31.25%)

39

5

9.

10.

Seventh Lok Sabha 544/28 (10/1/1980– 3112/1984)

Eighth Lok Sabha (31/12/1984– 27/11/1989)

542/45

148 Representing India Table 6.15 The Council of Ministers from 1947 to the present: a comparative overview of cabinet sizes – continued S.No. Lok Sabha

Total Government11 Total strength/ no. of Women ministers12

11.

517/27

Ninth Lok Sabha (2/12/1989– 13/3/1991)

CM13

MOS14 DM15

V.P. Singh (2/12/1989– 10/11/1990) Chandra Shekhar (10/11/1990– 21/6/1991)

40

18 (45.00%)

17

5

35

15 (42.85%)

16

4

12.

Tenth Lok Sabha (20/6/1991– 10/5/1996)

544/39

P.V. Narasimha Rao

64

17 (26.56%)

42

5

13.

Eleventh Lok Sabha (15/5/1996– 4/11/1997)

544/40

A.B. Vajpayee (16/5/1996 –1/6/1996) H.D. Deve Gowda (1/6/1996– 21/4/1997) I.K. Gujral (21/4/1997– 19/3/1998)

12

12 (100%)

–

–

42

20 (47.61%)

16

6

44

20 (45.45%)

24

–

14.

Twelfth Lok Sabha (10/3/1998– 26/4/1999)

539/40

A.B. Vajpayee (19/3/1998– 13/10/1999)

45

24 (53.33%)

21

–

15.

Thirteenth Lok Sabha (10/10/1999– May 2004)

543/48

A.B. Vajpayee (12/10/1999– 22/5/2004)

74

29 (39.18%)

7

38

16.

Fourteenth Lok Sabha (May 2004–)

543/45

Manmohan Singh (23/5/2004–)

67

29 (43.28%)

38

–

May 2001) Sometimes, this depends on the individual who happens to be prime minister. As Raﬁq Zakaria has written about Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, She was always concerned about the psychosis through which the Indian Muslims were passing and wanted to help them. She believed that they could overcome it if they were given a sense of belonging. Hence, she tried to put Muslims in some of the most sensitive positions: two Muslims – Zakir Hussain and Fakhruddin Ali Ahmed – as President; Hidayatullah and Beg as Chief Justices of the

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 149

Supreme Court; Latif as Chief of the Air Staff; Barakatullah, Gafoor and Antulay as Chief Ministers. The list is not exhaustive but indicative of her attitude, which no other Prime Minister, including Nehru, adopted so courageously. (Zakaria, 2004:198–9) Efforts have often been made to ensure that Muslims and Sikhs are given special consideration for the ofﬁce of the President (head of state) and even the position of Governors of states. The last incumbent of the Presidency was a dalit (member of the Scheduled Castes), albeit a graduate of the London School of Economics, a former career diplomat and former vice-chancellor of a premier university. The current incumbent is a nuclear scientist who, before his election to the Presidency, was a defence advisor to the Government, and also happens to be a Muslim. While the nomination of a Muslim was not expected from a ruling coalition led by the party of Hindu nationalism, it is worth remarking that other considerations may well trump religion. In this particular case, for instance, the Presidential candidate – a nuclear scientist widely credited with fathering the Indian bomb – was seen to be the choice of the government because of a shared afﬁnity on the nuclear issue; indeed, more cynical observers even said that the government made it difﬁcult for the opposition to not support a Muslim candidate. It should be mentioned here that the President is elected by an electoral college composed of the upper house of Parliament, and the state legislatures, on the basis of the single transferable vote form of PR. As such, it forces the union cabinet of the day to seek a consensus with other parties. These conventions were set in the pluralist heyday of the Nehruvian era, when the rich diversity of India was projected as its deﬁning characteristic and the source of its strength as a nation.17 It has thus been customary for the major religious groups, especially Muslims and Sikhs, and some members of the Scheduled Castes to be represented in the Union Cabinet.18 Prime Ministers have customarily attended to a range of political considerations apart from these, which include the regional imperative, especially the North-South balance within the country.19 In the era of coalition governments, of course, the need to accommodate those parties with whom there have been formal pre-poll arrangements is paramount, and the relative shares of parties are the subject of intense negotiation and hard bargaining. Sometimes, those whose support has been pledged after the election, but is crucial to the survival of the government, must also be accom-

150 Representing India

modated, with either ministerial positions or the chairpersonship of some public body or public sector corporation. Cabinet formation is thus a delicate balancing act, in which the Prime Minister, in consultation with her/his close associates, makes decisions about how to balance considerations of representation with the imperatives of rewarding political loyalty. The objective of securing administrative efﬁciency is, in the process, often sacriﬁced. In the following pages, we shall examine the data pertaining to Cabinets in two phases. The ﬁrst phase takes us from the ﬁrst Cabinet of Jawaharlal Nehru at the time of independence in 1947 to the Cabinet of V.P. Singh at the end of 1990. The second phase records the period from 1991, in the ﬁrst ﬁve years of which the minority Congress government of P.V. Narasimha Rao ruled, bringing to power for the ﬁrst time a Prime Minister from a Southern state. Since the Rao government was voted out in 1996, India has been governed by two United Front coalition governments, whose troubled tenures – as we saw in Chapter 5 – lasted barely a year each, followed by the almost uninterrupted rule, since 1998, of the BJP-led coalition. The interruption in question was a snap poll, when the 13-day government of Atal Behari Vajpayee failed to get a parliamentary majority, and had to return to the electorate, which elected it back to power. This coalition of 23 parties, called the NDA, and led by the BJP, was voted out in the summer of 2004, when a new Congress-led coalition called the UPA was voted into ofﬁce, with Prime Minister Manmohan Singh at its head. In the ﬁrst phase, viz. from 1947–1990, the Cabinets – labelled by the relevant Prime Minister’s initials – are examined in terms of their religion, language, region and caste break-ups. This is followed by a similar analysis of the Union Cabinets from 1991 to 2002. The main reason for choosing 1990 as a break-point is that it constitutes a political watershed in India. In 1989, Prime Minister V.P. Singh accepted the recommendations of the Commission on Backward Classes (also known as the Mandal Commission), giving reservations in educational institutions and public employment to members of the OBCs. This was also the period that witnessed the most intense political mobilization around caste identity, as well as the formation of predominantly backward caste parties like the Samajwadi Party, the Rashtriya Janata Dal, and the predominantly dalit BSP. The Union Cabinet 1947–1990 As the table below indicates, the Hindus have been predominant in the Union Cabinet, to approximately the same extent as the proportion in their population. These data have been interpreted to suggest that the

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 151

percentage representation of minorities broadly reﬂects their proportion in the population. (Pai Panandiker and Mehra, 1996) For instance, though there has been no attempt to ensure the representation of certain minorities – viz. Christians, Parsis, Jains and Buddhists – the Muslim and Sikh minorities have generally been represented in the Cabinet. However, this argument reﬂects the dangers of an excessive emphasis on statistics, which in its insistence on ‘mirror’ representation, may accept certain numerical percentages as adequate, without any consideration of what this might or might not mean in substantive and policy terms. The point surely should be not merely whether the percentage of Muslims in the Cabinet reﬂects the percentage of Muslims in the Indian population, but also the voice that Indian Muslims enjoy in the polity and in decisionmaking processes, and the concern for their well-being that is or is not reﬂected in policy. If the ﬁrst becomes a surrogate for the second, there is a danger of obscuring and perhaps even abandoning legitimate concerns about minorities. Should the question of minority rights be reduced to a percentage representation, especially when the percentages are so miniscule and the possibilities of tokenism so high? Nevertheless, it is important to keep in mind the fact that these ﬁndings relate to the Cabinet, and not to the Ministry as a whole, and it is possible that groups underrepresented in the Cabinet may be represented in the Ministry, in other words at the level of Minister of State or Deputy Minister. That would give them some leverage, though not the status of a Cabinet minister. The caste composition of the Cabinet between 1947 and 1990 shows the predominance of the Upper Castes, who on average occupy twothirds of Cabinet positions, and at no time does their proportion fall much below half the Cabinet strength. In contrast to this general ‘forward-caste’ orientation of the Cabinet, a rising trend of backward caste representation is observable from Rajiv Gandhi’s premiership in 1984. Between 1947 and 1990, the backward castes average less than 10% of the Cabinet, and predictably only in the V.P. Singh ministry exceed 20%. The Scheduled Caste average is 8.86%, almost half their proportion in the population. However, the proportion of Scheduled Castes in the Cabinet has been increasing since the early 1980s, and since 1984, the combined percentage of backward castes and scheduled castes has gone up to relatively high ﬁgures of 27.77% (in V.P. Singh’s Cabinet in 1990) and 38.46% (in Rajiv Gandhi’s second cabinet of 1984–89). It is further notable that not a single member of the Scheduled Tribes was included in the Cabinet until 1990. Indeed, it was only in 1994 that Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao gave Mr. P.A. Sangma (formerly a member of the Council of Ministers, but not of Cabinet rank) the status of a Cabinet Minister.

S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Composition of the Union Cabinet by religious community (1947–1990)

Cabinet

Christian

JN I (1947–50) JN 2 (1950–52) JN 3 (1952–57) JN 4 (1957–62) JN 5 (1962–64) LBS (1964–66) IG 1 (1966–67) IG 2 (1967–70) IG 3 (1971–77) MD (1977–79) CS (1979–80) IG 4 (1980–84) RG 1 (1984)

2 (11.76%)

Hindu

152

Table 6.16

Jain

Muslim

Parsi

Sikh

Others

Total

11 (64.71%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (11.76%)

1 (5.88%)

1 (5.88%)

0 (0.00%)

17

2 (9.52%)

16 (76.19%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (9.52%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (4.76%)

0 (0.00%)

21

1 (5.0%)

15 (75.00%)

1 (5.00%)

2 (10.00%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (5.00%)

0 (0.00%)

20

0 (0.00%)

12 (75.00%)

1 (6.25%)

2 (12.50%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (6.25%)

0 (0.00%)

16

0 (0.00%)

19 (82.61%)

0 (0.00%)

3 (13.04%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (4.35%)

0 (0.00%)

23

0 (0.00%)

14 (82.35%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (11.76%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (5.88%)

0 (0.00%)

17

0 (0.00%)

13 (81.25%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (12.50%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (6.25%)

0 (0.00%)

16

0 (0.00%)

21 (87.50%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (8.33%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (4.17%)

0 (0.00%)

24

0 (0.00%)

25 (80.64%)

0 (0.00%)

3 (9.68%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (6.45%)

1 (3.23%)

31

1 (4.55%)

18 (81.82%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (4.55%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (9.09%)

0 (0.00%)

22

0 (0.00%)

18 (85.71%)

0 (0.00%)

3 (14.29%)

0 (0.00%)

0 (0.00%)

0 (0.00%)

21

1 (4.00%)

21 (84.00%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (4.00%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (8.00%)

0 (0.00%)

25

0 (0.00%)

10 (76.92%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (15.38%)

0 (0.00%)

1 (7.69%)

0 (0.00%)

13

Table 6.16

Composition of the Union Cabinet by religious community (1947–1990) – continued

S.No.

Cabinet

Christian

14

RG2 (1984–89) VPS (1989–90)

0 (0.00%)

15

Total %

Hindu

Jain

Muslim

Parsi

Sikh

Others

Total

25 (76.00%)

0 (0.00%)

5 (15.62%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (8.00%)

0 (0.00%)

32

1 (5.55%)

15 (83.30%)

0 (0.00%)

2 (11.11%)

0 (0.00%)

0 (0.00%)

0 (0.00%)

18

8 (2.22%)

253 (80.10%)

2 (0.63%)

34 (10.76%)

1 (0.32%)

17 (5.38%)

1 (0.32%)

316

Note: • The numbers are listed, with the percentages in parenthesis. There were no Buddhists in any Cabinet. Jains would generally be regarded as Hindus, though the religion is listed separately. • The initials of the Prime Ministers are – JN: Jawaharlal Nehru; LBS: Lal Bahadur Shastri; IG: Indira Gandhi; MD: Morarji Desai; CS: Charan Singh; RG: Rajiv Gandhi; VPS: V.P. Singh. Source: Pai Panandiker and Mehra (1996):72.

153

154 Representing India Table 6.17

Composition of the Union Cabinet by caste (1947–1990)

S.No. Cabinet

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

JN I (1947–50) JN 2 (1950–52) JN 3 (1952–57) JN 4 (1957–62) JN 5 (1962–64) LBS (1964–66) IG 1 (1966–67) IG 2 (1967–70) IG 3 (1971–77) MD (1977–79) CS (1979–80) IG 4 (1980–84) RG 1 (1984) RG2 (1984–89) VPS (1989–90) Total

Upper Caste No.

Upper Caste %

Backward Backward SC Caste Caste No. No. %

SC %

ST No.

ST %

Total

8

47.70

1

5.90

2

11.76

0

0.00

17

13

61.90

1

4.80

2

9.52

0

0.00

21

14

70.00

0

0.00

1

5.00

0

0.00

20

11

68.75

0

0.00

1

6.25

0

0.00

16

15

65.22

2

8.70

2

8.70

0

0.00

23

11

64.71

2

11.76

1

5.88

0

0.00

17

10

62.50

1

6.25

2

12.50

0

0.00

16

16

66.67

3

12.50

2

8.33

0

0.00

24

21

67.74

2

6.45

2

6.45

0

0.00

31

16

72.73

1

4.55

1

4.55

0

0.00

22

13

61.90

3

14.29

2

9.52

0

0.00

21

17

68.00

2

8.00

3

12.00

0

0.00

25

6

46.15

2

15.38

3

23.08

0

0.00

13

19

59.38

4

12.5

3

9.38

0

0.00

32

10

55.55

4

22.22

1

5.55

0

0.00

18

200

63.29

28

8.86

28

8.86

0

0.00 316

Source: Pai Panandiker and Mehra (1996):74. Note: • The initials of the Prime Ministers are – JN: Jawaharlal Nehru; LBS: Lal Bahadur Shastri; IG: Indira Gandhi; MD: Morarji Desai; CS: Charan Singh; RG: Rajiv Gandhi; VPS: V.P. Singh.

It is worth noting, however, that this picture would have differed greatly in the states of the Indian Union, such that backward castes dominated politics and government for at least three decades (cf. the essays in Frankel and Rao, 1989) in many states, especially those of southern India, before they became visible in the Union Cabinet. Even today, the representation according to caste would vary greatly as between states, depending upon the electoral dynamic in a particular place and at a particular time. For instance, with the dramatic increase in the proportion of OBCs getting elected to the Bihar legislature in the 1990s (Kumar, 2002), it would be reasonable to expect that the Bihar Cabinet would be largely composed of people belonging to these castes.

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 155

Finally, let us examine the regional representativeness of the Union Cabinet in the period 1947–1990. Though there has not been – and arguably cannot be – a conscious policy to reﬂect all the major languages (or at least the 14 listed in the Constitution) in the Cabinet, by and large seven to 11 languages have been represented in most Cabinets, while 14 linguistic groups have, at one time or another, found representation in the Cabinet. On the whole, the predominance – to the extent of 30 to 40% of the total – of Hindi-speakers is however apparent. (ibid.:Table 3.3:77) This is not altogether surprising when we look at the regional and state representation. The most represented region of the country has been central India, predominantly the states of Uttar Regional representation in the Union Cabinet (1947–1990)

West %

Central No.

5

29.41

3

2

3 14.29 0

0.00

4 19.10

3 17.65

5

29.41

3 17.65

21

3 4

3 15.00 0

0.00

2 10.00

5 25.00

3

15.00

7 35.00

20

5

2 12.50 0

0.00

2 12.50

4 25.00

2

12.50

6 37.50

16

6

3 13.04 0

0.00

4 17.39

7 30.43

4

17.39

5 21.74

23

7

2 11.80 0

0.00

4 23.53

5 29.41

3

17.65

3 17.65

17

8

2 12.50 1

6.25

3 18.75

3 18.75

5

31.25

2 12.50

16

9

3 12.50 2

8.33

4 16.66

7 29.16

6

25.00

2

8.33

24

10

7 22.58 3

9.68

5 16.13

6 19.35

4

12.90

6 19.35

31

11

3 13.64 0

0.00

4 18.18

3 13.64

5

22.73

7 31.82

22

12

2 9.52

0

0.00

4 19.10

5 23.80

2

9.52

8 38.10

21

13

4 16.00 0

0.00

6 24.00

7 28.00

2

8.00

6 24.00

25

14

3 23.10 0

0.00

2 15.38

4 30.80

2

15.38

2 15.38

13

15

9 28.13 0

0.00

5 15.62

5 15.62

3

9.38 10 31.25

32

4 22.22 1

5.55

2 11.11

5 27.77

1

Total

52 16.46 7

2.22 55 17.40 72 22.78 53

Source: Panandiker and Mehra, 1996:80.

05.55

Total

West No

3 17.65

Central %

East % 23.53

South %

East No. 4

South No.

North-East % 0.00

North %

2 11.80 0

North No

JN I (1947–50) JN 2 (1950–52) JN 3 (1952–57) JN 4 (1957–62) JN 5 (1962–64) LBS (1964–66) IG 1 (1966–67) IG 2 (1967–70) IG 3 (1971–77) MD (1977–79) CS (1979–80) IG 4 (1980–84) RG 1 (1984) RG2 (1984–89) VPS (1989–90)

Cabinet 1

North-East No.

Table 6.18

17.65 17

5 27.77

18

16.77 77 24.36 316

156 Representing India

Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. The Southern states come next, while the rest is shared more or less evenly between the West, the East and the North. Table 6.18 shows clearly that the North-Eastern region has been largely unrepresented, except in three of Mrs. Gandhi’s Cabinets, and one of Mr. V.P. Singh. In terms of state size, the over-represented states are Haryana, Jammu and Kashmir and Karnataka, and the under-represented ones have been Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Orissa, Rajasthan and West Bengal. On the whole, it would appear that region, on the one hand, and purely political considerations, on the other, have tended to substantially determine representation in the Cabinet. (ibid.:81) The Union Cabinet 1991–2002 The 1990s were, as noted earlier, a period of intense caste-based political mobilization. The parties that mobilized around caste (such as the SP and BSP) however never claimed to represent exclusively the interests of the castes that formed their main social constituency. On the contrary, they have always claimed to represent a broader coalition of the disadvantaged, including religious minorities. The data on Union Cabinets between 1991 and the present register some interesting trends.20 On the representation of religious diversity, the Cabinet actually shows an increasing number of Hindus in the Cabinet, and it is curious and interesting that none of the three Cabinets in which Hindus form over 90% of the Cabinet are BJP governments. But they do represent the period of increasing backward caste representation, as the next table demonstrates. However, the representation of Muslims is noticeably lower in the BJP-led governments than in its predecessors or indeed its successor government. The trend of increasing backward caste representation, which perhaps explains the unusually high percentage of Hindus in the preceding table, is clearly brought out in the following table. The backward castes exceed 40% in the two UF Cabinets (numbers 19 and 20), which register a corresponding decline in the representation of Upper Castes. The latter however make a quick recovery in the BJP-led NDA governments, going back to their former average of two-thirds. There is once again a minor increase in backward caste representation in the Manmohan Singh cabinet, though it remains far from the levels achieved during the two UF governments. The average backward caste representation in this period – of 19.27% – represents a trend that is at marked variance with the average for the previous period (1947–1990), which was under 9%. This trend is likely to endure, and possibly even be enhanced.

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 157

12

Sikh

Others

Parsee

28

Muslim

17 PVNR (1991–96) 18 ABV 1

Jain

–

Hindu

15

Cabinet

16 Ch.Sh. (1990–91)

S.No.

Christian

Religious diversity in the Union Cabinet (1990–2005) No of cabinet ministers during the tenure

Table 6.19

–

–

14 (93.33%)

–

1 – (6.60%)

2 21 (7.14%) (75.00%) – 9

–

3 – 2 – (10.71%) (7.14%) 1 – 1 –

1

(1996) 19 HDDG

21

–

(75.00%) (8.33%) (8.33%) (8.33%) 19 – 2 – – –

(1996–97) 20 IKG

21

–

(90.48%) 19

(1997–98)

–

(90.48%)

(9.52%) 2 –

–

–

(9.52%)

21 ABV 2 (1998–99)

25

1 21 (4.00%) (84.00%)

–

1 – 2 – (4.00%) (4.00%)

22 ABV 3 (1999– 2004 )

41

1 38 (2.43%) (92.68%)

–

1 – 1 – (2.43%) (2.43%)

23. MS (2004)

29

1 25 (3.44%) (86.20%)

–

2 – 1 – (6.88%) (3.44%)

Total

192

5 141 1 13 – 7 – (2.60%) (86.45%) (0.52%) (6.77%) (3.64%)

Note: The initials of the Prime Ministers are Ch.Sh. (Chandra Shekhar), PVNR (P.V. Narasimha Rao), ABV (Atal Behari Vajpayee), HDDG (H.D. Deve Gowda), IKG (I.K. Gujral), MS (Manmohan Singh)

The SCs and STs combined account for an average of 10% of Cabinets in the 1990s, and it is only in the current Manmohan Singh cabinet that their representation – at 13.79% – begins to somewhat approximate their proportion in the population. While the Chandra Shekhar Cabinet is the only one in the history of independent India which had no representative of the Scheduled Castes, the last Cabinet of Prime Minister Vajpayee also shows a fairly low – under 5% – representation of these groups. As in the previous phase, combining the representation of backward castes and scheduled castes, we ﬁnd the highest ever ﬁgures – between

158 Representing India Table 6.20

Composition of the Union Cabinet by caste (1990–2005)

S.No. Cabinet

No. of cabinet ministers during the tenure

Upper caste

Backward caste

SC

ST

Others

1 (6.66%)

–

–

5 (33.33%)

16

Ch.Sh. (1990–91)

15

9 (60.00%)

17

PVNR (1991–96)

28

17 3 (60.71%) (10.71%)

3 (10.71%)

1 (3.57%)

4 (14.28%)

18

ABV 1 (1996)

12

9 (75.00%)

1 (8.33%)

1 (8.33%)

1 (8.33%)

19

HDDG (1996–97)

21

6 10 (28.57%) (47.61%)

2 (9.52%)

1 (4.76%)

2 (9.52%)

20

IKG (1997–98)

21

7 9 (33.33%) (42.85%)

2 (9.52%)

1 (4.76%)

2 (9.52%)

21

ABV 2 (1998–99)

25

17 4 (68.00%) (16.00%)

2 (8.00%)

–

2 (8.00%)

22

ABV 3 (1999–2004)

41

30 5 (73.17%) (12.19%)

2 (4.87%)

2 (4.87%)

2 (4.87%)

23

MS (2004)

29

16 5 (55.17%) (17.24%)

4 3 (13.79%) (10.34%)

1 (3.44%)

192

111 37 (57.81%) (19.27%)

16 (8.33%)

20 (10.41%)

Total

–

9 (4.68%)

53% and 58% – for these groups in the two United Front governments of Deve Gowda and Gujral. The comparable ﬁgure in the last two Vajpayee Cabinets has hovered between 17% and 24%. The increase of lower caste representation in the 19th and 20th cabinets is probably explained by the fact the United Front government was a motley coalition, including the Left, but substantially dominated by the socialist and Janata fragments, who represent this particular social constituency. Finally, the representation of regions in the Cabinet has undergone a dramatic change. Central India which was the most represented region in the ﬁrst phase moves down to fourth place in the second phase. The Southern states move up from second place to ﬁrst place, while the west and east similarly move up one rank. What is common to both phases, however, is the consistent underrepresentation of the North-East, which falls from an average of 2.22% in the ﬁrst phase to 1.56% in the second. Given the wellknown policy neglect of this region, these ﬁgures are not surprising, but they continue to be disturbing.

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 159 Table 6.21

Regional representation in the Union Cabinet (1990–2005)21

S. No. Cabinet

No. of North cabinet ministers during the tenure

NorthEast

East

South

West

Central

16

Ch.Sh. (1990–91)

15

17

PVNR (1991–96)

28

3 1 4 7 (10.70%) (3.50%) (14.28%) (25%)

18

ABV 1 (1996)

12

3 (25.00%)

19

HDDG (1996–97)

21

2 1 6 9 (9.52%) (4.76%) (28.57%) (42.85%)

–

3 (14.28%)

20

IKG (1997–98)

21

2 (9.52%)

–

7 9 (33.33%) (42.85%)

–

3 (14.28%)

21

ABV 2 (1998–99)

25

4 (16.00%)

–

4 6 7 4 (16.00%) (24.00%) (28.00%) (16.00%)

22

ABV 3 (1999– 2004 )

41

8 (19.50%)

–

11 5 10 7 (26.82%) (12.19%) (24.39%) (17.07%)

23

MS (2004)

29

4 1 6 9 4 5 (13.76%) (3.44%) (20.64%) (30.96%) (13.76%) (17.20%)

192

26 3 39 46 32 31 (13.54%) (1.56%) (20.31%) (23.95%) (16.66%) (16.14%)

Total

–

1 (8.33%)

7 (25%)

6 (21.42%)

1 4 3 (8.33%) (33.33%) (25.00%)

Combining the Central and Northern regions, we discern a drop of more than ten percentage points between the ﬁrst and second phases that we have identiﬁed. How may this be explained? Part of the explanation for this could lie in the composition of the coalitions that have been forged. The allocation of Cabinet positions does depend on how critical a particular political ally is, and if the more assertive allies happen to belong to a particular region/state, their Cabinet positions may be an expression of nothing more signiﬁcant than the usual bargains of transactional politics. Finally, let us consider the current Cabinet in terms of the various types of diversity, an exercise that will also serve to emphasize the overlapping and cross-cutting nature of identities in India. In terms of religion, the cabinet has two Muslims, one Christian, one Sikh, and – if the category of Hindu can be treated as a residual category, encompassing members of the scheduled castes – 25 Hindus. In terms of caste, 16 of the 29 members of this cabinet (including one Sikh) can be said to belong to the forward castes; ﬁve to the backward castes; four to the

160 Representing India

scheduled castes; and three – including one Muslim – to the scheduled tribes. In terms of regional distribution, there is a clear preponderance of the south, which accounts for nine members. The eastern region contributes six; the central region ﬁve; and the north and west provide four members each. The North-East has only one representative in the Union Cabinet; likewise, there is also only one woman in the cabinet who happens to belong to the scheduled castes.

The bureaucracy The bureaucracy has, since colonial times, been the most coveted form of employment in India. The ICS of the British era was the most elite of all civil services, whose members were often described as the ‘heaven-born’. It was believed that, after independence, the civil service should not have the law and order orientation of the colonial bureaucracy – the famous ‘steel frame’ – but rather become a developmental bureaucracy to reﬂect the changed orientation of the Indian state. This hope was soon to be belied, as administrative traditions were seen to persist and be reproduced. The ICS of the colonial era was very small compared to the size of the state structure as a whole, and comprised only 0.001% of all persons employed by the colonial state in India. At the district, an ICS ofﬁcer possessed enumerated powers running into thousands: most signiﬁcantly, he was the head of the magistracy and of revenue collection. The administration at the provincial and central levels too was manned by the ofﬁcials of the ICS. While the majority of civil servants (53%) were posted in districts, 22% were posted in provincial capitals and 11% at the centre. When they served at the centre, ICS ofﬁcials were considered to be on deputation from their home province, and would generally revert back to their province after some years in coveted jobs at the centre. In ethnic terms, the Indian ofﬁcials in the ICS were mostly Hindus, and most of these were Brahmins. However, it is worth noting that Muslim ICS ofﬁcials accounted for 16% of the Indian members of the ICS in 1933 and 20% in 1941. (Potter, 1996:117). Only one member from what were then known as the Depressed Classes ever succeeded in entering the ICS, and this was through nomination in 1940, shortly before recruitment was stopped on account of the war. The post-independence successor of the ICS is the IAS, which has enjoyed an elite status similar to that of its predecessor. David Potter’s analysis of the Indian bureaucracy in the 1980s reveals that though the

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 161

number of persons in public sector employment quadrupled in size between 1953 and 1983 (with the most marked growth being in the public sector corporations), and the IAS also grew four-fold, it continued to represent a miniscule elite group within the entire state bureaucracy. (Potter, 1996:159–61) With the state moving into the public sector of the economy, members of the IAS extended their control to these. However, their orientation towards order continued to be strong. It was found that the specialist expertise and capacity for innovation required for successful developmental initiatives was lacking, and that the IAS appeared a rather ‘blunt instrument for development purposes.’ (ibid.:244) The dissimilarity of environment for the ICS and IAS was, of course, palpable in more than one respect. Parliamentary democracy was very different from the colonial state, united by the idea of imperial interest. The IAS thus had to be attuned to the ideological predilections of its political masters and its ofﬁcials began to learn how to realize their career aspirations accordingly. This impulse was given a certain legitimacy in the regime of Mrs. Gandhi who expressed herself in favour of a ‘committed’ rather than ‘neutral’ bureaucracy, one which would enthusiastically implement the policies of the political executive, instead of offering purely disinterested advice while placing policy options before the minister in the manner of the British civil servant. The federal character of the new polity also came to play an important role in shaping the civil service. Those selected to the Indian Administrative Service (as also to the other ‘all-India service’, the Indian Police Service or IPS) are given a state cadre, i.e. a ‘home’ state in which they would serve, especially at the lower level of the district. When they are more senior, they might serve either at the secretariat in the state capital, or be posted to the Centre. A great deal of prestige attaches to the IAS, especially because membership in this generalist service also makes it possible to hold a host of coveted positions in public sector corporations and even in departments that require specialized knowledge. The bias towards the Centre is more marked now than in the colonial period. In Potter’s estimate for 1993, 14% of IAS ofﬁcers got postings at the centre, 42% got postings in state capitals, while 25.5% got postings in districts. The district has clearly dropped in importance, and indeed the premium placed on district experience has also declined. The IAS and the IPS are all-India services, and are governed by the Ministry of Home Affairs. Recruitment to these services, as to a whole host of other services – such as the Indian Foreign Service, the Indian

162 Representing India

Revenue Service, or the Indian Audit and Accounts Service, or the Indian Customs and Excise Service – is through a combined national competitive examination. This examination has three stages, spread over a period of almost one year. It begins with a preliminary objective-type examination, and those who pass this are eligible to go on to the next stage, which consists of an examination in two specialized subjects along with some general subjects. Those who clear this written examination are then interviewed, and the proportion of those who are ﬁnally selected constitute a very small percentage of the total number who take the examination. Till the Mandal reform was implemented, 22.5% of the seats were reserved, 15% for the Scheduled Castes and 7.5% for the Scheduled Tribes. In 1994, a quota of 27% for the OBCs was added to this. Till the 1980s, indeed, the social background of recruits to the service was fairly elite: they came predominantly from middle-class backgrounds, and were educated at the better schools and colleges. This has changed somewhat in recent years, partly because of the reservation for OBCs, and partly because with the liberalization of the economy in the 1990s, young people increasingly prefer better-paid jobs in the private sector. The 2003 report on the Civil Services Examination conducted by the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) shows that the number of candidates appearing in the main examination from 1995 to 1998 were in the region of 8000–9000, while the jobs offered were in the range of 500–700. However, in 1999, the number of those who took the main examination was down to 4718, of whom 411 were offered jobs. Of these 411, 15.33% belonged to the Scheduled Castes, 7.30% to the Scheduled Tribes, 30.90% to the OBCs and 46.47% to the general category. (UPSC, 2003) The IAS has been increasing in size fairly consistently. Before downsizing government became the watchword, its annual recruitment of 35 to 40 ofﬁcers between 1947–53 had risen to 140 by the end of the 1960s, and to over 200 by the end of the 1980s. With a large-scale expansion of government after independence, however, the proportion of IAS ofﬁcials to the overall size of government has remained miniscule throughout. Despite the fact that almost a quarter of the IAS was, in the mid-1980s, accounted for by promotees (from the state civil services), the latter are less likely to obtain postings at the Centre, if only because they need 15 years in service before getting promoted to the IAS. By this time, they are considerably older than the direct recruits to the service and hence not in a position to compete with the latter. Positions in the Union ministries, especially above the rank of Joint

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 163

Secretary, are held primarily by members of the IAS, apart from some members of other central services. These appointments are made under the Central Stafﬁng Scheme, and executed by an establishment ofﬁce that carries out the tasks of screening the conﬁdential reports of ofﬁcers and preparing panels for the Establishment Board and the Senior Selection Board. The latter is presided over by the Cabinet Secretary himself (there has not yet been a woman Cabinet Secretary). Though these deputations are generally for short periods of three to ﬁve years, in reality it turns out that some ofﬁcers manage to spend three-fourths of their career at the centre, and only a small portion of it in their parent state cadre. Postings at the Centre are the source of considerable inﬂuence in terms of both policy and career advancement. An early study of the civil service showed that 75.5% of IAS ofﬁcers were Hindu, 5.3% Sikh, 2.1% Muslim and 2% Christian. (Goyal, 1989:429) The same study also showed that Brahmins constituted 37.67% of the Hindu ofﬁcers. Indeed, the upper castes – i.e., Brahmins, Kshatriyas and Kayasthas – together accounted for 60.56% of all Hindu ofﬁcers. At this point, the Sudra castes constituted only 2.04%, comparable to the Muslims. (ibid.:430) Today, the Sudra castes – in the form of the OBCs – appear to account for 27%, a jump made possible entirely by the acceptance of the Mandal reform. A comprehensive account of which caste and community groups reach the apex of the civil service, as Secretaries to the GOI, is hampered by the paucity of data. However, a newspaper analysis of the situations in 2003, showed that Brahmins occupied 42% of these positions today. Of the 78 secretary-level posts, Brahmins alone occupy 33. There is no indication of how many of the total posts are held by upper castes. (The Indian Express, June 23, 2003:1) As far as religious diversity is concerned, the following table indicates the number and proportion of Muslim and Christian ofﬁcers recruited either directly or by promotion from 1970–2000. For purposes of the present study, given the importance of central postings, a list was prepared of all ofﬁcers above the level of Joint Secretary in 12 key Union ministries. To make the sample manageable, this was done for regular ﬁve-year intervals from 1975 to 1995. These include the Prime Minister’s Secretariat and the Cabinet Secretariat. They also include the important Ministries of Agriculture and Irrigation, Commerce, Communications, Defence, Education and Social Welfare, Energy, Finance, Home Affairs, Industry and Civil Supplies, and Information and Broadcasting. The years represented in this sample also represent fairly divergent political regimes over the last

164 Representing India Table 6.22 Muslim and Christian presence in IAS (direct recruitment + promotees) (1970–2000) Year

Total Muslims Intake

1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000

87 142 124 141 129 138 158 134 117 124 122 151 180 189 185 192 163 212 220 264 204 159 171 151 144 112 96 55 53 59

1 1 3 1 2 5 10 10 3 1 0 4 2 2 3 2 1 11 11 8 8 5 3 4 8 4 4 1 2 2

Total

4376

122

%

Christians

%

1.14 0.70 2.14 0.70 1.55 3.62 6.32 7.46 2.56 0.80 0 2.64 1.11 1.05 1.62 1.04 0.61 5.18 5.00 3.03 3.92 3.14 1.75 2.64 5.55 3.57 4.16 1.81 3.77 3.38

5 4 7 4 7 10 13 13 7 3 1 5 7 6 3 4 2 2 2 3 2 2 4 2 4 0 1 0 0 2

5.74 2.81 5.64 2.83 5.42 7.24 8.22 9.70 5.98 2.41 0.82 3.31 3.88 3.17 1.62 2.08 1.22 0.94 0.90 1.13 0.98 1.25 2.33 1.32 2.77 0 1.04 0 0 3.38

2.78%

125

2.85%

Source: Civil Lists.

25 years: from Indira Gandhi (1975, 1980) and Rajiv Gandhi (1985), to V.P. Singh (1990) and P.V. Narasimha Rao (1995). The exercise could not be taken beyond 1995, the year when the Government of India discontinued the publication of the directory from which these data were sourced. Using this sampling method, a list of ofﬁcers was arrived at that consisted, on an average, of 120 ofﬁcers belonging to the IAS for each of

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 165

these years. Those ofﬁcers who had risen to the rank of, say, Joint Secretary from other central services were excluded. The ﬁnal list – cross-checked against the Civil List of the Union Government – was scrutinized to ascertain the identity of those ofﬁcers whose religion could be established by name. The remaining were veriﬁed by consulting informed sources. The results, not unexpectedly, show an overwhelming preponderance of Hindus among those who make it to the top positions of the Union government. The percentages for Muslims, though declining over the years, are considerably higher than the proportion of Muslims recruited to the civil service. The relatively high proportion of Muslims at this level in 1975 is partly explained by the larger numbers of Muslims who joined the service at the time of independence, and had reached a certain seniority in the 1970s. Today, the UPSC – the body responsible for recruitment to the central government – implements the constitutionally ordained reservation of 15% and 7.5% for SCs and STs in all the recruitments made to the Central bureaucracy. The table below indicates that, until 1989, the UPSC interpreted this provision as one that obliged it to fulﬁl the quota percentages. Under this regime, it was not possible to conceive of a person belonging to the SCs or STs getting included on the basis of merit, in the open category. From 1990, onwards this interpretive regime changed and the new system interprets the reservation percentages as indicating the minimum required. Thus, from 1990 onwards we

Table 6.23 Religious diversity of IAS ofﬁcers (at Joint Secretary level or higher in select ministries of the Union Government) S.No. Year

Total Number Of Ofﬁcers

Hindus Muslims Sikhs Christians Jains Parsees

1.

1975

115

100 (86.95)

10 (8.69)

1 (0.87)

3 (2.60)

1 (0.87)

–

2.

1980

104

92 (88.46)

5 (4.80)

5 (4.80)

2 (1.92)

–

–

3.

1985

125

115 (92.00)

4 (3.20)

3 (2.40)

2 (1.60)

–

1 (0.80)

4.

1990

140

129 (92.14)

5 (3.57)

2 (1.42)

2 (1.42)

2 (1.42)

–

5.

1995

138

124 (89.85)

5 (3.62)

3 (2.17)

3 (2.17)

3 (2.17)

–

166

Table 6.24

Recruitment pattern of candidates belonging to the SC, ST and OBC groups to the Union Civil Services (1981–1999)

Year

Scheduled Castes Number of vacancies reserved

Appeared

Recommended Number

1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999

144 157 140 129 126 151 130 139 142 166 138 123 145 115 98 125 89 53 53

Scheduled tribes

Number of candidates

1417 1445 1502 1467 1410 1409 1454 1581 1612 1464 1513 1513 1389 1548 1280 1163 1186 1316 701

144 157 140 129 126 151 130 139 142 172 147 128 152 123 101 138 94 60 63

Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+) – – – – – – – – – +6 +9 +5 +7 +8 +3 +15 +5 +7 +10

Other backward classes

Number of Number of candidates vacancies Recommended reserved Appeared

79 82 75 71 67 74 62 70 69 80 77 59 79 61 49 57 43 28 27

764 756 791 764 724 708 718 727 759 724 751 740 694 760 589 593 614 662 384

Number

Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+)

79 82 75 71 67 74 62 70 69 82 79 59 79 61 49 59 46 30 30

– – – – – – – – – +2 +2 –0– –0– –0– –0– +2 +3 +2 +3

Source: Abstracted from the Annual Reports of the Union Public Service Commission 1981–2000.

Number of Number of candidates vacancies Recommended reserved Appeared Number Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+) – – – – – – – – – – – – – 173 165 174 166 114 97

– – – – – – – – – – – – – 2724 2352 2160 2232 2360 1276

– – – – – – – – – – – – – 204 189 213 215 142 127

– – – – – – – – – – – – – +31 +24 +39 +49 +28 +30

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 167

observe the recruitment of individuals (belonging to categories entitled to reservation) in excess of the prescribed quota.22 The inauguration of this new interpretive regime is clearly indicative of the impact of the Mandal discourse on governmental practices. This is despite the fact that the key feature of the Mandal reform, viz., 27% reservation for OBCs had to wait, for another four years, until 1994, before the legal challenges to it had been exhausted, to be implemented. It was only after 1989 that the UPSC began providing information about the number of candidates falling under reserved categories, who are nevertheless also recruited under the general category. The table shows that by the time they were extended reservations, OBCs were already capable of performing well in the competitive examination. Unlike the Scheduled Castes, who manifest a wide variation in the number of people entering through the general category, in the case of the OBCs, a constant number is returned, a number moreover that is not marginal like that of the Scheduled Tribes. Most importantly, with the ensured representation of 50% in the civil services, SCs, STs and OBCs together account for at least 55% of the total recruitment ﬁgures in the union civil services since 1994. This ﬁgure appears to have stabilized around 60% during the last three years (1997–99) for which data are available. While it is true that the face of Indian bureaucracy is changing, it would be too early to say what consequences this changing composition would have in the long run at the top administrative levels. For one, the experiment must necessarily have a long gestation period. Its consequences would be evident only after another 20 years when the current recruits have attained sufﬁcient seniority to occupy top positions. Secondly, this outcome is also contingent on age, as the people belonging to SC, ST and OBC categories have been given an age relaxation, which enables them to enter the civil service at an older age than people not belonging to such categories. Such data are not available. The next two tables provide a comparative perspective, as they reveal that in spite of reservations in educational institutions, including in professional courses, there appears to be a deﬁnite shortfall in the availability of suitable candidates for ﬁlling up reserved vacancies in jobs that demand specialized or technical qualiﬁcations. Throughout the decade 1980–90, the reserved vacancies in the Indian Forest Service and the Indian Engineering Service were barely ﬁlled up or fell far short of the quota, ostensibly for dearth of ‘suitable candidates’. However, in spite of the fall in the number of vacancies due to the overall intake

168 Representing India

cut, the number of aspirants kept multiplying over this period. Between 1980 and 2000, there was an increase of nearly 400% and 1100% respectively in the SC and ST aspirants for the Indian Forest Service. Similarly, there was a 1500% and 5000% increase in the number of SC and ST Candidates respectively appearing for the Indian Engineering Service examination. However, unlike the civil services examination, there do not appear to be too many reserved candidates succeeding in making it to the general category in the recruitment list, except for the OBC category. Muslims do not enjoy any reservations in public employment. Given the generally low levels of education in the Muslim community (as seen in Chapter 2), the representation of Muslims in the public services is not altogether surprising. However, as compared to the political representation of Muslims in the legislatures, which is in the region of 5 to 6%, it is found that their representation in the more elite services in public employment is in the region of 2 to 3%, going up to about 6% in state governments and public sector corporations. The data contained in the Report of the High Powered Panel on Minorities, set up by the GOI, and chaired by Dr. Gopal Singh (1980), are striking. It is instructive to compare this with the data on the Scheduled Castes, which show that, despite reservations, these castes account for approximately 9% of the IAS and IPS, though their representation in the Indian Forest Service is slightly higher, at 16.48%. (Zakaria, 2004:215) The Gopal Singh Committee Report also showed that while Muslims registered with the (government-run) Employment Exchanges in 14 states constituted 6.77% of the total number registered, the actual placement was just 5.31% of the total. (ibid.:35) In 10 states, Sikhs constituted 2.18% of those registered, and 3.44% of the total placements. (ibid.) Christians accounted for 5.75% of the total registration, and 3.92% of the placements. A random survey of 150 central government ofﬁces in 14 states revealed the percentage of Muslims to be just 4%. (Zakaria, 2004:215) In nationalized banks, Muslims accounted for barely 2.18% of the employees, while Christians and Sikhs accounted for 2.67% and 2.29% respectively. (Government of India, 1980b:39). In contrast to these ﬁgures, the Muslim employees in 168 public sector undertakings (corporations) in 13 states was considerably higher at 10.85%. The corresponding ﬁgure for Sikhs was 2.25% and for Christians 3.83%. A more contemporary assessment shows the percentage of directly appointed (i.e., recruited through the annual civil service examination, as against promoted from state civil service cadres) Muslim ofﬁcers of

Table 6.25

Recruitment pattern of candidates belonging to the SC, ST and OBC groups to Indian Forest Services (1981–1999)

S.No. Year

Scheduled Castes Number of vacancies reserved

Number of candidates Appeared

Recommended Number

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999

18 18 23 26 26 26 23 15 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 9 5 5 5

Scheduled tribes

343 323 294 520 557 659 643 776 656 972 844 878 834 2232 2305 1918 1839 1997 1912

18 18 21 26 26 26 23 15 11 11 11 7 8 8 11 9 5 5 5

Number of Number of candidates vacancies Recommended reserved Appeared

Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+) – – –2 – – – – – – 0 0 –4 –3 –3 0 0 0 0 0

Other backward classes

9 9 11 13 13 13 11 8 6 6 6 4 4 4 6 4 3 2 2

110 103 114 158 218 215 228 274 276 335 287 330 291 615 655 691 663 725 702

Number

Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+)

9 9 9 13 13 13 11 8 6 6 6 4 5 4 6 4 3 2 2

0 0 –2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Number of Number of candidates vacancies Recommended reserved Appeared Number Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+) – – – – – – – – – – – – 13 20 20 17 7 9 9

– – – – – – – – – – – – 2540 2931 2931 2457 2373 2272 2305

– – – – – – – – – – – – 15 23 23 22 11 11 13

– – – – – – – – – – – – +2 +3 +3 +5 +4 +2 +4

Source: Abstracted from the Annual Reports of Union Public Service Commission 1981–2000.

169

170

Table 6.26

Recruitment pattern of candidates belonging to the SC, ST and OBC groups to the Indian Engineering Services (1981–1999)

S.No. Year

Scheduled Castes Number of vacancies reserved

Appeared

Recommended Number

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999

191 178 197 203 178 183 200 263 217 221 155 118 92 100 82 92 84 75 78

Scheduled tribes

Number of candidates

380 428 426 623 678 888 1141 1752 1698 1713 2182 2737 2698 4523 4132 3614 3818 3682 4632

145 120 135 127 116 134 177 165 168 230* 172* 156* 156* 103 84 93 88 77 79

Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+) –46 –58 –62 –76 –62 –49 –23 –98 –49 +9 +17 +38 +64 +3 +2 +1 +4 +2 +1

Other backward classes

Number of Number of candidates vacancies Recommended reserved Appeared

112 106 114 112 99 89 111 156 142 153 131 118 90 56 42 50 56 37 35

34 48 55 64 97 157 198 351 341 379 458 533 523 953 932 929 1111 1055 1241

* These are the years, where the some of the backlog positions were ﬁlled up Source: Abstracted from the Annual Reports of Union Public Service Commission 1981–2000.

Number

Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+)

18 22 19 19 19 34 49 65 78 71 61 77 79 56 42 51 56 37 35

–94 –84 –95 –93 –80 –55 –62 –91 –64 –82 –70 –41 –11 0 0 +1 0 0 0

Number of Number of candidates vacancies Recommended reserved Appeared Number Deﬁcit (–)/ excess (+) – – – – – – – – – – – – – 139 142 163 170 230 151

– – – – – – – – – – – – – 6497 5632 4340 4244 4114 5773

– – – – – – – – – – – – – 173 175 200 211 282 183

– – – – – – – – – – – – – +34 +33 +37 +41 +52 +32

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 171 Table 6.27

Religious minorities in the civil service (January 1, 1980)

Name of Service Indian Administrative Service Indian Police Service Indian Forest Service

Muslims

Christians

Sikhs

3.22% 2.64% 3.14%

2.74% 2.26% 1.60%

4.15% 5.41% 3.07%

Source: Government of India (1980b:33).

the IAS to be just 2.14%; that of Muslim ofﬁcers of the IPS to be 2.76%; and of Muslim judges of the High Courts and Supreme Court to be 6.26%. (Al Hidayah, August–December 2002:51–8) The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, who have ‘assured’ representation in the bureaucracy, also register a shortfall in recruitment to the elite services of the IAS and IPS. These ﬁgures are not surprising when considered in relation to the data regarding the concentration of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in agricultural occupations, either as farmers or as wage labourers. This is further reinforced by the low levels of enrolment of SCs and STs in courses providing a technical or professional education. It is nevertheless heartening to observe a threeto four-fold increase in the course of two decades, between the 1970s and the 1990s. Nevertheless, it is a well-documented fact that the concentration of SCs and STs in the Central Government is primarily in what are known as Class III and Class IV services, in the lower echelons of the bureaucracy. These are the levels of peons (ofﬁce-boys) and clerks, and while some mobility is possible from the latter group, it is not substantial. Most disturbing of all is the fact that the category of sweepers (janitors) – the occupation traditionally associated with the Scheduled Castes – has an overwhelming preponderance of these groups, thus suggesting a certain reproduction of persistent patterns of social dominance in the corridors of power. The preponderance of SCs among sweepers is even more compelling in Table 6.32, which shows the extent of representation of SCs and STs Table 6.28 S.No. 1 2

Representation of SCs and STs in IAS and IPS (January 1, 1983)

Cadre

Total number of ofﬁcers

SCs

%

STs

%

IAS IPS

4236 2198

404 330

9.54 10.46

181 77

4.27 3.5

Source: Annual Report Department of Personnel and Administrative Reform, 1983–84.

172

Table 6.29

Occupational classiﬁcation of main workers 1961–1991 (all numbers in percentages)

Items

Cultivators Agricultural Laborers Household Industry Other Workers Workers

Total

SC

ST

1961

1971

1981

1991

1961

1971

1981

1991

1961

1971

1981

1991

52.78 16.71 6.38

43.38 23.32 3.55

41.53 25.16 3.99

39.74 19.66 2.56

37.76 34.48 6.56

27.87 51.74 3.33

28.17 48.22 3.31

25.44 49.06 2.41

68.18 19.71 2.47

57.56 33.04 1.03

54.43 32.67 1.42

54.50 32.69 1.04

24.13

26.75

29.32

38.04

21.20

17.06

20.03

23.08

9.64

8.37

11.84

11.76

Source: Fourth report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (1998).

Table 6.30 All India enrolment ﬁgures for SCs and STs at undergraduate, postgraduate, technical and professional education courses, (1977–1978 and 1995–1996) Year

1978–79 1995–96

Total students

25,43,449 79,55,811

Scheduled Castes

Scheduled Tribes

Number

%

Number

%

1,80,058 10,58,514

7.08 23.31

41,082 3,57,477

1.62 4.49

Source: Fourth Report of the National Commission for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (1998).

Table 6.31

Employment proﬁle of SCs and STs in central government23

Group

Class I Class II Class III Class IV Total Sweepers Grand Total

Total

Scheduled Castes

% to total

Scheduled Tribes

% to total

1965

1995

1965

1995

1965

1995

1965

1995

1965

1995

19,379 30,612 10,82,278 11,32,517 22,64,795 – 22,64,795

65,408 1,08,857 23,41,863 10,14,082 35,57,210 1,77,527 37,34,737

318 864 96,114 1,01,073 2,98,369 – 2,98,369

6,637 13,797 378,172 221,380 619,986 78,719 698,705

1.64 2.82 8.88 17.75 13.17 – 13.17

10.12 12.67 16.15 21.6 17.43 44.34 18.17

52 103 12,390 38,444 50,989 – 50,989

1,891 2,913 1,33,179 67,453 2,05,436 12,269 2,17,705

0.27 0.34 1.14 3.39 2.25 – 2.25

2.89 2.68 5.69 6.48 5.78 6.91 5.83

Source: Fourth Report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

173

174 Representing India

in public sector enterprises. As opposed to the category of sweepers, where SCs account for 87% of employees, their proportion at the highest level of employment (Group A) is just 8.41%. Once again, it is Groups C and D (paralleling Class III and IV) which account for the largest number of SC and ST employees. Similar trends are observable in Tables 6.33 and 6.34 which show, respectively, the categories of SC and ST employees in public sector banks, and in central Universities. Table 6.32 Representation of SCs and STs in public sector enterprises (January 1, 1996) Group A B C D Total Sweepers Grand Total

Total Employees

SCs

%

STs

%

1,98,625 1,64,402 11,32,860 4,77,254 19,73,141 24,623 19,97,764

16,710 15,921 2,16,801 1,06,934 3,56,366 21,506 3,77,872

8.41 9.68 19.14 22.41 18.06 87.34 18.19

4,505 5,788 98,816 50,958 1,60,067 800 1,60,867

2.27 3.52 8.72 10.68 8.11 3.25 8.05

Source: Fourth Report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

Table 6.33 1996) Cadre

Representation of SCs and STs in public sector banks (January 1,

Total employees

SCs

%

STs

%

2,52,898 4,73,133 2,18,980 9,45,011

28,102 69,493 62,400 159,995

11.1 14.69 28.49 16.93

9,235 22,269 12,794 44,298

3.65 4.71 5.84 4.69

Ofﬁcer Clerks Sub staff Total

Source: Fourth Report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

Table 6.34 Composition of the teaching staff of 13 central universities (1998–1999) Position

Professor Reader Lecturer Total

Total

1,550 1,566 1,786 4902

SCs

STs

Number

%

Number

%

9 13 107 129

0.58 0.83 5.99 2.63

16 30 86 132

1.03 1.91 4.81 2.69

Source: Sixth Report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 175

As mentioned earlier, the liberalization of the economy, and the consequent availability of better-paid jobs in the private sector, has meant that the upper and middle-class preference for civil service jobs has undergone a change. Increasingly, young people from these classes prefer to take degrees in business management, in many cases abroad, and join corporations, if possible multinationals. This has led to a shift in the social proﬁle of those competing in the civil service examination. While this shift cannot be documented, it is a socially observable trend that has been widely commented upon. An indirect comment on it was the declaration emanating from an important conference of Dalits in January 2002, where a case was made for diversity policies in corporations. (Government of Madhya Pradesh, 2002) It was argued that the dalits have not been participants in capitalist development and entrepreneurship, and the claim was made that they should enjoy a share in every aspect of the nation’s wealth, if necessary through quotas in the private sector.

Political parties, the judiciary and the armed forces Political party executives The political party executive represents the one category of positions for which there is no reservation. A macro-view of Tables 6.35 and 6.36 suggests the preponderance of the Forward Castes among the Hindu members, and of Hindus in the whole universe. Nevertheless, there are important differences across the various political parties, and also shifts over time within each of these. The following pages attempt to make manifest some of these. Before analyzing Table 6.35, some historical milestones in the Congress Party’s recent career must be identiﬁed to make sense of the shifts. The year 1972 represents the period shortly before the declaration of the National Emergency by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi. In this period, while dynastic control of the party was ﬁrmly entrenched, some semblance of the older form of party organization was still in place, with all CWC members being elected and the positions of Party President and Prime Minister being held by different individuals. The year 1976 was the period of the Emergency, and in this year a system of ‘special invitees’ was introduced. As a result, from this year on, the CWC consists not only of elected members alone, but also of special invitees. In 1976, there were 16 elected members and 14 ‘special invitees’. In 1979, the Congress Party found itself out of power at the Centre for the ﬁrst time since independence. The expansion of CWC

Year

176

Table 6.35

Composition of the Congress Working Committee (CWC) (1972–2002)

Size

Hindus Forward Backward caste caste

SCs

Religious Minorities STs

Total

Muslims Sikh Christian Others

Women

Unidentiﬁed

Total

1972

21

12 (57.14)

2 (16.66)

3 1 18 (14.28) (4.76) (85.71)

1 (4.76)

1 (4.76)

1 (4.76)

–

3 (14.28)

1 (4.76)

–

1976

30

18 (60.00)

2 (6.66)

3 2 25 (10.00) (6.66) (83.33)

2 (6.66)

1 (3.33)

1 (3.33)

–

4 (13.33)

5 (16.66)

–

1979

65

31 (47.69)

5 (7.69)

8 1 52 (12.30) (1.54) (80.00)

8 4 (12.30) (6.10)

2 (3.05)

–

14 (21.53)

7 (10.77)

7 (10.77)

1983

19

11 (57.89)

3 (15.89)

2 (10.52)

–

16 (84.21)

1 (5.26)

1 (5.26)

1 (5.26)

–

3 (15.79)

3 (15.79)

1 (5.26)

1987

19

12 (63.15)

3 (15.89)

1 (5.26)

–

16 (84.21)

2 1 (10.52) (5.26)

1 (5.26)

–

4 (21.04)

1 (5.26)

–

1992

19

11 (57.89)

3 (15.89)

1 (5.26)

1 16 (5.26) (84.21)

2 1 (10.52) (5.26)

1 (5.26)

–

4 (21.04)

1 (5.26)

–

1996

20

9 (45.00)

4 (20.00)

2 2 17 (10.00) (10.00) (85.00)

2 1 (10.00) (5.00)

1 (5.00)

–

4 (20.00)

2 (10.00)

–

1998

22

13 (59.00)

3 (13.60)

2 (9.09)

1 1824 (4.54) (81.81)

2 (9.08)

1 3 (4.54) (13.62)

–

6 (27.27)

2 (9.09)

–

2002

37

20 (54.05)

2 (5.40)

1 (2.70)

3 2425 (8.12) (64.86)

8 1 (21.62) (2.70)

–

11 (29.73)

6 (16.22)

3 (8.12)

Source: Lists of CWC from All-India Congress Committee (I) Ofﬁce.

2 (5.40)

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 177

was possibly a way of the leadership retaining its hold on the party by accommodating various interests. There were now three categories of members: Members (16), permanent invitees (25), and special invitees (24). After her return to power in 1980, Mrs. Gandhi continued as Prime Minister till her assassination in 1984. The year 1983, towards the end of her second regime, showed her in complete control over the Party, with the subservience of her Party colleagues, reinvented as sycophants and courtiers. The year 1987 was the high noon of Rajiv Gandhi’s premiership. Rajiv tried to reinvent the Congress organization, a move that he announced with great fanfare at the Party’s centenary celebrations in 1985, but soon found his efforts thwarted by entrenched interests and factional power-centres within the Party. Under Narasimha Rao’s minority government (1991–96), there was little desire or incentive to innovate. The Government itself was a fragile holding operation, and this was reﬂected in the party organization too, where the dominant tendency was to preserve and fossilize. The size and composition of the CWC of 1992 reﬂects this. The debate on the one-person one-post principle in what then appeared to be the post-dynastic phase of the party, culminated in the appointment, in 1996, of Sitaram Kesari as President of the CWC. For many years before this, the Party President and the Prime Minister (i.e., the leader of the Party in Parliament) had been the same individual. After the Narasimha Rao government, with the Congress out of power at the Centre, the familiar Congress clamour for a more direct form of dynastic rule was once again loudly articulated. This was the occasion for Sonia Gandhi to enter politics as the party President in 1998. The CWC remains very much Sonia Gandhi’s committee. As has frequently happened in the Congress Party, this executive too is indicative of a court rather than an internally democratic political body. The CWC effectively consists of those who are trusted by the Party President. This is why, while analyzing this table, it must be kept in mind that the dominant consideration in the choice of party executive – especially in the Congress, which is strongly leader-oriented – is more often individual loyalty than representativeness. It is notable that while the proportion of Forward Castes in the Congress Party executive has remained in the region of 50–60%, backward caste representation peaked in 1996, reaching its lowest-ever point in 2002. This could be considered surprising in these times of lower-caste assertion. It could also, on the other hand, be considered unsurprising as these

178 Representing India

groups have tended to gravitate towards parties claiming to more ‘authentically’ represent them. However, at the end of this timeperiod, we also observe a lower than usual proportion of Hindus to the whole, below 65% as opposed to the almost constant trend, over three decades, of an 80% average. Correspondingly, Muslim representation was at its highest, with Muslims constituting over 20% of the national party executive. Again, it is hard to say whether this was a deliberate attempt to win back the minorities, or simply a sign that particular individuals are critical to the party organization or trusted by its leader. The organizational predecessor of the BJP was the Bharatiya Jana Sangh (BJS), which came into existence on 21st October 1951, representing the right-wing of the Indian political spectrum, with Dr. Shyama Prasad Mookerjee as its ﬁrst president. In the early years of its existence, its Hindu nationalist ideology, along with its indigenist (swadeshi) pro-market orientation in economic policy, made it the antithesis of the dominant secular and socialist ideology of the time. The Jana Sangh possessed, moreover, an image of being a disciplined party with a committed cadre base. The discipline of the cadre was directly a reﬂection of its association with the RSS (an ostensibly cultural organization of militant Hindus engaged in social service), which also made it something of a pariah, especially because the assassin of Mahatma Gandhi belonged to the RSS. The Jana Sangh was strongly rooted in north India, with a following mainly among the trading classes. In elections, the Jana Sangh made steady progress in terms of its representation in Lok Sabha (moving up from 3 seats in 1952 to 35 in 1967) as well as in various state legislatures, till the ﬁfth general election in 1971 in which its performance dropped. There was, following this, a brief period during which it merged with the Janata party, which received a resounding defeat in the 1979 election. In 1980, the party executive passed a resolution asking those members of the party who held memberships of the RSS to sever their connections with it immediately. The old-timers of the Jana Sangh refused to comply, and left the Janata Party to form the BJP with Atal Behari Vajpayee as its president. The party once again fared poorly in the general election of 1984, in which its strength in the Lok Sabha was reduced to just two members. Subsequently, aggressive mobilization on the plank of Hindu nationalism saw its popularity increasing by leaps and bounds, and riding a wave of sectarian politics, it came to power in 1998, at the head of a coalition, was voted out, but re-elected again in 1999. From

Table 6.36 Year

Composition of the Bharatiya Janata Party National Executive (1972–2002)26

Size

Hindus Forward Backward caste caste

Religious Minorities Muslims Sikh Christian Others

Women

Unidentiﬁed

SCs

STs

Total

Total

–

30 (93.75)

1 (3.12)

1 (3.12)

–

–

2 (6.24)

2 (6.24)

–

1 44 (2.04) (89.79)

1 (2.04)

1 (2.04)

–

–

2 (4.08)

5 (10.20)

3 (6.12)

32

25 (78.12)

3 (9.37)

2 (6.25)

1976

49

38 (77.55)

4 (8.16)

1 (2.04)

1983

49

37 (75.51)

2 (4.08)

2 (4.08)

–

41 (83.67)

3 (6.12)

2 (4.08)

–

–

5 (10.20)

5 (10.20)

3 (6.12)

1986

55

43 (78.18)

4 (7.27)

2 (3.63)

–

52 (89.09)

2 (3.63)

1 (1.81)

–

–

3 (5.45)

7 (12.72)

3 (5.45)

1989

27

24 (88.88)

–

1 (3.70)

–

25 (92.59)

2 (7.40)

–

–

–

2 (7.40)

3 (11.11)

–

1991

61

47 (77.00)

5 (8.00)

3 (4.90)

1 57 (1.60) (91.80)

4 (6.60)

–

–

–

4 (6.60)

–

1 (1.60)

1993

150

89 (59.40)

20 (13.30)

7 (4.70)

3 119 (2.00) (79.33)

3 (2.00)

–

1 (0.70)

1 (0.70)

5 (3.33)

–

26 (17.30)

1995

104

69 (66.50)

7 (6.90)

5 (4.80)

2 83 (1.90) (87.50)

5 (4.80)

1 (1.00)

1 (1.00)

1 (1.00)

8 (7.69)

–

13 (12.5)

1998

69

42 (60.50)

3 (4.20)

3 (4.30)

4 52 (5.80) (75.36)

3 (4.30)

1 (1.40)

1 (1.40)

–

5 (7.24)

–

12 (17.4)

2002

97

67 (69.07)

8 (11.94)

4 (4.12)

7 86 (7.21) (88.65)

4 (4.12)

–

1 (1.03)

1 (1.03)

6 (6.18)

11 (11.34)

5 (5.15)

Source: Lists of BJS & BJP National Executives for the period 1972–1989 and for the year 2002. For the period 1991–1998, data have been drawn from Jaffrelot, 2003.27

179

1972

180 Representing India

1999 to 2004, it headed a coalition government at the Centre. The BJP, traditionally associated with the Brahmin and bania (merchant and trader) castes, has tried to expand its social base, and increase its regional spread, and this is the background in which the composition of is executive must be seen. Table 6.36 shows that Hindus have dominated the party executive, though their percentage might occasionally register a small shift. Interestingly, however, in the present time of lower caste assertions in politics, the total number of Forward Castes among these has actually gone up from the region of 59–66% in 1993, 1995 and 1998, to almost 70% in 2002. Similarly, looking at the representation of Backward Castes in the BJP executive over time, we observe that it fell quite low in 1995 and 1998 – whether on account of or despite the emergence of political parties claiming to authentically represent these speciﬁc caste groups – but recovered dramatically in 2002. The proportion of Muslims, never particularly high, has also declined in the 1990s, touching a low of 2% in 1993. Let us turn to the National Executive of the Janata Dal, the national party most strongly associated with Backward Castes and minorities till the emergence of the more regionally concentrated Samajwadi Party and BSP. Christophe Jaffrelot’s data show that, in 1994, the Janata Dal’s National Executive was dominated (46.79%) by the Forward Castes. By comparison, the Backward Castes accounted for 25% of the national executive, and religious minorities for 10%. (Jaffrelot, 2003:342) The extent of Backward Caste representation is unsurprising, for the Janata Dal has, even in its regional manifestation in the states, been associated with the middle-peasant farmers and therefore the backward castes. It was the Janata government of V.P. Singh that implemented the Mandal reform, giving reservation in government jobs and educational institutions to the OBCs. It is the Samajwadi Party that has most strongly claimed to be a party of the backwards, with some attempt also to attract the religious minorities. Of all the party executives considered so far, it is the Samajwadi Party that has a larger proportion of backward castes than forward castes, and a reasonably high proportion of religious minorities as well. In 1995, the Forward Castes accounted for merely 35.75% of the SP’s National Executive, with Backward Castes predominating at 42.40%. Religious minorities were also represented in a reasonable proportion, with 13.6% belonging to the Muslim community, and 2.16% to the Christian community. (Jaffrelot, 2003:373) Finally, we turn to the composition of the Bahujan Samaj Party, which in its self-perception, is the authentic party of the dalits. The

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 181

BSP, formed in 1984, had two organizational predecessors: the BAMCEF (Backward and Minorities Classes Employees Federation), essentially an organization of government employees belonging to these groups,28 and the DS-4 (the Dalit Shoshit Samaj Sangharsh Samiti), which was a quasi-political party established to channelize the force unleashed by the BAMCEF. (Pai, 2002a:90–1) Initially, the BSP met with very little success in the parliamentary elections. In the 1989 and 1991 elections, it won three and four seats respectively. In the 1996 election, by contrast, it won 11 seats, falling to ﬁve in the 12th Lok Sabha elected in 1998. In the last (1999) election to the 13th Lok Sabha, the BSP won its highest-ever number of seats: 14. However, it had made resounding gains in the elections to the Uttar Pradesh Assembly in 1993 and 1996, winning 66 and 67 seats respectively in a house of 425 at the time.29 The BSP has held power in the state of Uttar Pradesh, sometimes in collaboration with the Samajwadi Party, but mostly in rather unlikely (some say unholy!) cohabitation with the BJP. The BSP does not give out details regarding its national executive, but it is arguable that its Uttar Pradesh state executive is a good substitute for the national executive. Like most Indian political parties, the BSP is also extremely leader-centric, and hence the role of the party executive may be purely nominal. At ﬁrst glance, the relatively low proportion of SCs in a party where one would expect them to be preponderant, may appear to be astonishing. However, if the larger category of OBCs is further disaggregated, the latter becomes less surprising. In the 1996 executive, dominant OBC castes like the Yadavs, Kurmis and Lodhs accounted for a mere 6.8%, whereas the MBCs accounted for 37.4%. These castes, as noted in Chapter 3 of this book, are located at the boundary of the OBCs and the Scheduled Castes, and have increasingly begun to create a separate identity for themselves, which is especially assertive against and hostile towards the dominant OBC castes. Likewise, in the 2000 party executive, the MBCs accounted for 39.30%, while the OBCs constituted only 7.20% of the total Backward Caste members. The BSP’s national executive also showed an increase in the number of forward castes from 3.7% in 1996 to 14.30% in 2000, which could conceivably represent the party’s desire to appeal to a wider cross-section of voters. The representation of Muslims, likewise, declined marginally from 10.5% in 1996 to 7.10% in 2000. (Jaffrelot, 2003: 403–4) In the matter of giving tickets, too, the BSP has not conﬁned itself to dalits alone. Since 1989, the number of tickets given to Muslims and OBCs to contest the Uttar Pradesh state Assembly elections has been

182 Representing India

rising. This was particularly true of the 1993 election in which the BSP had entered into a poll alliance with the Samajwadi Party. In 1996, two Brahmins and one Kshatriya (forward caste) were also among the candidates chosen by the party to contest in Uttar Pradesh. For the parliamentary elections, until 1996, the BSP generally ﬁelded either SCs or BCs. In 1998, however, one Brahmin was elected on a BSP ticket, while in 1999, of the 12 (out of 14 elected to the Lok Sabha on BSP tickets) on whom information was available, three were Rajputs, one Brahmin, one OBC, and three Muslims. (Pai, 2002a:100) The party executive too broadly reﬂects this trend. The political assertion of the lower castes in Indian politics has, as we have seen, led to demands of incorporation in the private sector. Other public institutions – which were deliberately designed to be difference-blind – have also been subjected to scrutiny in recent years. Two such institutions are the higher judiciary and the military. The Parliamentary Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes published two reports to examine the representation of these groups in the High Courts and the Supreme Court, on the one hand, and in defence services, on the other. The Second Report of the Parliamentary Committee on the Welfare of the Scheduled Castes and Tribes (2000) recommended reservation in the higher judiciary, based upon its ﬁndings, which revealed that out of 481 judges in position in the High Courts (in the states), there were a total of 15 judges belonging to the Scheduled Castes, ﬁve belonging to the Scheduled Tribes, and 35 belonging to the OBCs. Since there is no policy of compensatory discrimination in the judiciary, these could be described as ‘spontaneous’ rather than designed. Of the 21 judges on the bench of the Supreme Court, not a single judge belonged to any of these groups, though it is well-known that some – including the Chief Justice at the time – belonged to religious minorities. (Committee on the Welfare of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 2000:13–14) The Seventeenth Report of the Parliamentary Committee similarly examined the ‘military participation ratio’ of the Scheduled Castes and Tribes, which it found to be below acceptable levels, in the absence of reservation as Table 6.37 shows. This chapter has presented a broad overview of the extent of representation of minorities and disadvantaged caste groups in chieﬂy three institutions: the Lok Sabha, the Union Cabinet and the central bureaucracy. It has also provided a glimpse of the representational deﬁcit in political party executives, the higher judiciary and the military. This inter-institutional comparison suggests that, more than any other, it is

Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 183 Table 6.37

SCs and STs in the military

Year

Total strength (numbers)

SC

%

ST

%

1990 1995 2000

10,01,523 9,14,970 10,78,281

85,494 66,213 77,841

8.53% 7.23% 7.21%

23,405 16,538 25,750

2.34% 1.80% 2.38%

Source: Committee on the Welfare of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 2001:34.

the sphere of politics that has witnessed a broadening of the social base. Though the percentages may not appear to be very dramatic, in real terms the character of Parliament has certainly changed, as many nonelite groups that were not formerly a part of the political process now are. The greater representativeness of Parliament has been achieved more or less spontaneously, through the emergence of parties appealing to backward caste sentiments and assiduously cultivating particular social constituencies. However, it is interesting to note that the proportion of scheduled caste candidates still does not much exceed that provided by the quota, despite the emergence of the BSP, which has presented itself as a party speaking on behalf of the dalits, and whose leader is a dalit woman. The composition of the Cabinet is largely a reﬂection of the composition of Parliament. While parties have been central to the increase in backward caste representation in Parliament and Cabinets, political party executives are seen to be determined more by loyalty to party leadership than by concerns of representativeness. In relative terms, it is the bureaucracy that has apparently been most resistant to change. Notwithstanding the reservations for the SCs and STs, which have been in place since 1950 and have facilitated the entry of these groups into the civil service, they are inadequate to ensure that civil servants belonging to such groups manage to reach the top decision-making positions. It is interesting to note that until the 1990s, reservation in administration was perceived as the chief, if not exclusive, institutional instrument of achieving equity, and the clamour for the extension of reservations to the OBCs (ofﬁcially accepted in 1990) echoed this assumption. As such, the main institutional space for the advancement of the welfare of disadvantaged groups was broadly perceived as an administrative space. The political assertions that facilitated the change in the social composition of Parliament only began to mani-

184 Representing India

fest themselves in the 1970s, with avowedly caste-based parties coming to prominence in the 1990s. It is hardly surprising then that in the political sphere, the only seats contested by members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes were – and indeed continue to be – those that were ofﬁcially reserved for them. It is a rarity for a member of these groups to be nominated by a political party to contest an election from a general/open constituency, and even more rare for such a candidate to actually succeed. Recent years have seen a variety of demands for quotas being articulated. These include the demand for reservation for economically backward upper castes, which was most stridently articulated by a nondescript political party based in Rajasthan, but was referred by the former union government to the Attorney-General, who in turn recommended the setting up of a national commission to examine the issue. A bill designed to guarantee 33% reservation to women has been pending in Parliament for over ten years, mostly because the largely male parliamentarians are reluctant to reduce their own opportunities and prospects for the future, but also because there is a concurrent demand for caste-based sub-quotas within the 33%. In recent months, two other reservation-related issues have been prominent. The ﬁrst of these was a decision by the newly-elected Congressled government of Andhra Pradesh to provide a 5% reservation for Muslims belonging to the backward castes, which has for the present been struck down by the High Court of that state. The second is a demand for reservations in the private sector, which has been endorsed by the present central government. This is being ﬁercely contested, with both normative and practical arguments being offered against it. Thus, on the one hand, it is argued that such a move would be detrimental to merit; on the other, that there is no security of tenure in the private sector and to introduce it would be both impractical as well as undesirable, given that the imperative of corporations is to make proﬁts and which they would be ill-equipped to do if they are permanently burdened by inefﬁcient employees. It is also being suggested that diversity can be achieved in other ways – such as the American – and not merely through the implementation of quotas. Finally, a diversity policy is being contemplated for nongovernmental organizations, whose funding could be adversely affected if they fail to conform. In the next and concluding chapter, we examine the signiﬁcance of the patterns of representation that we have observed, and their implications for Indian society and politics.

7 Conclusion

The preceding chapters have tried to map the variety of cultural diversity in India, and to provide an account of the various policies and institutional mechanisms devised to manage it. They have demonstrated that these policies and institutions have not been an unmitigated success, and there are at least three signiﬁers of this contention. Firstly, as we saw in Chapter 4, the institutions of the public sector are not representative of religious minorities, the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in a way that adequately mirrors their proportion in the population. Secondly, though the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes do enjoy constitutionally mandated reservation in public institutions, including the bureaucracy and legislative bodies, the substantive policy outcomes that could have been expected from these policies have not ensued. Lending credence to this contention is the evidence (noted in Chapter 2) of the continuing material inequalities that overlap with social disadvantage. Finally, India has witnessed mobilization as well as conﬂict along lines of caste and community, ironically coming full circle with recent demands for reservations for upper castes! This study has tried to underscore the point that, in India, social and cultural inequalities – deﬁned in terms of caste, tribal or religious identity – overlap strongly with economic and material inequalities. Members of the scheduled castes, for instance, are not merely targets of caste prejudice, untouchability and violence by higher castes, they are also victims of exploitation and oppression that takes very real, material forms. They constitute the poorest sections of Indian society, with per capita incomes well below the national average. Indeed, the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes are the worst off in terms of most social indicators, e.g., literacy rate, gender disparities in literacy, 185

186 Representing India

infant mortality, and so forth. Likewise, a comparison of Hindus and Muslims in respect of social indicators shows a larger proportion of Muslims than of Hindus to be subsisting below the poverty line. Muslims also register lower literacy rates, lower work participation rates, lower rates of access to electricity and piped water, and so on. Indeed, with the exception of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, they are the poorest of all ascriptively-deﬁned population groups. Of course, it must be added that the same is not true of other religious minorities: Christians, for instance, register a literacy rate of 81%, considerably higher than the national average, while Sikhs are on the whole much more prosperous than other minorities. It is worth emphasizing the fact that the poorest sections of Indian society – the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes – are also the groups which have had the beneﬁt of reservations and quotas in legislatures, public employment and publicly funded education. As material deprivation continues to persist despite these policies of compensatory discrimination, the question of whether these policies were ill-designed or have only been inadequately implemented will need to be addressed. In Chapters 5 and 6 of this work, we examined the role of political parties and the party system, as also the actual patterns of representation that emerge from chieﬂy three institutions: the lower house of parliament, the cabinet and the civil service. Let us quickly recapitulate the ﬁndings. In the Lok Sabha, the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes do not have a large presence beyond the numbers guaranteed by the reserved quota. The scheduled tribes have tended to exceed the quota by an average of about 2.5%, which is almost entirely explained by the demographic concentration of these groups in the states in which they are present in larger numbers. By contrast, there are generally between a minimum of two and a maximum of six scheduled caste candidates elected to non-reserved seats. In demographic terms, this is a function of the scattered distribution of the SC population, as they account for more than 20% of the population in only four states, in all of which they are thinly distributed across the states’ territory. In political terms, it is interesting to observe that these candidates do not necessarily belong to parties like the BSP which claim to be their authentic spokesperson. Indeed, they belong to a wide range of political parties – from the radical dalit Republican Party of India, the CPM and the Congress, on the one hand, to the BJP and Shiv Sena, on the other. Over the last ﬁve Lok Sabhas, the BSP, the CPM, the Congress and the BJP have returned two scheduled caste MPs each from non-reserved seats. The RPI has sent the maximum such MPs – six in all if we count

Conclusion 187

in the BBM, a splinter group of the party – since the 10th Lok Sabha, and all of these from the state of Maharashtra where SCs constitute only 11.1% of the population. The ‘politics of presence’ notwithstanding, mirror representation has not translated into effective policy outcomes. Dalit legislators have not been especially active on issues like atrocities against dalits or the effective implementation of the law against untouchability, nor even been energetic members of parliamentary committees. The persistence of untouchability, and the continued impoverishment and material deprivation of the scheduled castes, is a disconcerting reminder of the limits of formal representation. Scheduled tribe MPs too have not been particularly effective in pressing for major policy initiatives. In contrast to the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, religious minorities do not enjoy any quotas or guaranteed representation. The numbers of India’s largest religious minority – the Muslims – have, in recent times, been almost stationary between 5 and 6%. This underrepresentation can only partly be explained by the fact that the ﬁrstpast-the-post electoral system tends to disfavour minorities that are not geographically concentrated, as is the case with the Muslims. Of the 35 Muslims elected to the 14th Lok Sabha, two belong to denominational parties and three to the two main parties in the Muslim-majority state of Jammu and Kashmir. Of the remaining 30, ten were elected on Congress tickets, ﬁve by the CPM, with the rest being divided amongst other mostly caste-based parties, claiming to represent disadvantaged groups in an encompassing way. The most notable shift in patterns of representation in Parliament has been effected by processes that are strictly political. The backward castes – whose numbers were in the region of 5% in the 1950s – now account for approximately 25% of the Lok Sabha. This is substantially the result of the political mobilization of these caste groups through the 1990s, by parties that could be loosely described as offspring of the Janata Dal of yesteryears, including the Samajwadi Party in Uttar Pradesh and the Rashtriya Janata Dal in Bihar. In this period, the backward caste percentages in the Lok Sabha were given a ﬁllip mainly in the northern states, as the contribution of the southern states (where backward castes historically came to be politically assertive much earlier) has remained steady at about 35% of the total number of MPs elected from that region. The northern states’ contribution, by contrast, registered a dramatic increase from 16.31% in 1991 to 22.59% in the 11th Lok Sabha of 1996, an achievement that has been repeated in the 14th Lok Sabha of 2004 with 53 seats and 22.17% of MPs. Thus,

188 Representing India

despite the continued predominance of the Forward Castes (to the tune of 65% of the open seats, or close to 40% of the total) the political assertions of the backward castes have assuredly translated into more seats in parliament. Consequently, the combined totals of the scheduled castes, scheduled tribes, backward castes and Muslims just about balance the numbers of the Forward Castes. The largest four north Indian states of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar and Rajasthan have also had chief ministers belonging to the backward castes. Our survey of the Union Cabinet – where there is no reservation, but a strong convention that all major diversities must be represented – reveals that the Cabinet has become more broad-based since the 1990s. From 1947–1990, for instance, there were less than 10% backward caste representatives in the cabinet. It was only in Rajiv Gandhi’s cabinet of 1984 that the number of backward castes began registering an increase, going up to about 20% in V.P. Singh’s 1989 cabinet. The highest representation of these groups was seen in the two United Front governments of 1996–98, when these castes exceeded 40% of the total. The trend was again reversed when the BJP-led NDA coalition came to power. On an average, backward caste representation in the cabinet from 1991 to the present has been at just under 20%, which is more than double of what it was during the previous period (1947–1990). Even as backward caste representation has doubled from the ﬁrst phase (1947–1990) to the second (1991 to the present), scheduled caste representation has remained about the same. Indeed, the SCs have been consistently under-represented in the cabinet. From 1947–1990, the average SC representation was 8.86%, about half their proportion in the population. This has not changed very much after 1991, when these groups have averaged 8.33%. It was only in the last Vajpayee cabinet of 1999 that their representation fell below 5%. The data relating to the scheduled tribes in the cabinet are perhaps the most striking. From 1947–1990, there was not a single minister of cabinet rank from this category in the union cabinet. It was for the ﬁrst time in 1994 that Prime Minister Narasimha Rao gave P.A. Sangma (already a member of the Council of Ministers) the status of a cabinet minister. Today, the Manmohan Singh Cabinet has the highest ever percentage of ST ministers (3), an unprecedented 10.34%. The average representation of the Muslim minority in the period from 1947–1990 was 10.76%. Rajiv Gandhi’s cabinets had over 15% representation of Muslims, signiﬁcantly higher than the cabinets of Mrs. Indira Gandhi and even more than those of Jawaharlal Nehru’s ﬁve cabinets. Since 1990, it was in the Narasimha Rao cabinet that

Conclusion 189

Muslims had a representation over 10%, and in the two United Front governments just under that ﬁgure. The NDA years were expectedly the lean years, with only 3 to 4% Muslims in the two Vajpayee cabinets. This ﬁgure has been improved in the current cabinet which has close to 7% Muslims. Sikh representation in the cabinet has declined if the averages of the ﬁrst and second phase are compared. From 1947–90, this average stood at 5.38%, while in the current phase it is a little lower at 3.64%. In the Manmohan Singh cabinet, the Prime Minister himself is the only Sikh in the cabinet! Finally, it is instructive to record the shifts in the pattern of regional and linguistic representation in the cabinet. In the 1947–90 period, despite a predominance of Hindi-speakers, most cabinets had representatives of between seven and 11 language groups. In all, about 14 language groups found representation in the cabinet at one time or another. In this phase, too, it was central and northern India – in particular, the states of Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh – that were most represented, with the southern states constituting the secondlargest regional conglomeration in the cabinet. The most neglected region has consistently been the North-East, except in three of Mrs. Indira Gandhi’s cabinets, and one of V.P. Singh. Since 1991, the highest representation is of the southern region (23.95%), followed by the eastern states (20.31%). Next in rank are western (16.66%) and central (16.14%) India, with the north at just 13.54%. The representation of the North-East continues to be abysmally low, at under 2%. The explanation for the shift in patterns of regional representation lies substantially in the reality of coalition politics. Prime Ministers no longer have the luxury of creating nicely balanced cabinets which heed every convention of representation. Instead, the allocation of cabinet positions depends on how critical and assertive a particular political ally is, and how many seats in the lower house it has brought to the coalition. The third public institution that is central to our concern here is the bureaucracy. As in Parliament, there is quota-based reservation for the scheduled castes (15%) and scheduled tribes (7.5%) in the civil service. Despite the existence of these quotas, a government report in 1983 calculated the actual percentage of scheduled castes in the IAS as 9.54% and that of scheduled tribes as 4.27%. In the IPS, the corresponding ﬁgures were 10.46% (SCs) and 3.5% (STs). These low percentages are hardly surprising considering the concentration of these groups in agricultural occupations, whether as small and marginal farmers or as landless labourers; and their relative lack of access to education. Little wonder then that data regarding employment in the

190 Representing India

central government should show the preponderance of these groups in what are called the Class III and Class IV categories (essentially clerical staff, ofﬁce boys and janitors). Since 1994, members of the OBCs have had a quota of 27% in the bureaucracy. It is too early yet to assess the impact of the post-1994 reservation, as those recruited since that date are still relatively junior in service. Recruitment data between 1981 and 1999 show that, at least since 1990, the UPSC has invariably recommended for recruitment a larger number of SC candidates than the seats reserved for them in the civil service. This is in sharp contrast to the situation in Parliament, where there are usually just three or four such MPs elected from nonreserved seats. The excess for the STs is marginally lower than that for the SCs. The most striking observation is with respect to candidates from the OBCs who have, since 1994, been recommended in excess of anywhere between 24 and 49 over and above the reserved seats. Thus, in 1997, the number of seats reserved for OBC candidates was 215, and an additional 49 candidates were recommended for recruitment. This excess clearly indicates that there are candidates from these groups who are successfully competing in these examinations on their own merit and so qualifying for the job. Another explanation could be the often exaggerated argument that a small elite section of these groups tends to corner the beneﬁts of quotas and then reproduces them intergenerationally. In relation to the OBCs, this was described – in a landmark judgement of the Supreme Court – as ‘the creamy layer’, which ought not to be eligible for compensatory discrimination. However, in the somewhat more technical services such as the Indian Forest Service or the Indian Engineering Service, we ﬁnd a shortfall in the availability of suitable candidates to even ﬁll the reserved vacancies in jobs that require a technical qualiﬁcation or specialized expertise. It is only since 1995 that the deﬁcit has been redressed with respect to scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. This deﬁcit does not apply to the OBCs who generally qualify for seats in excess of those reserved for them. No religious minority, as noted earlier, enjoys any reservation in public employment, even if they happen to be backward caste Muslims or dalit Christian, because ofﬁcially these categories are only recognized in relation to the Hindu faith. The political representation of Muslims in the legislatures, we saw, is in the region of 5 to 6%. Their representation in the more elite services in public employment is even lower, in the region of 2 to 3%, going up to about 6% only in state governments and public sector corporations. Our data, covering

Conclusion 191

recruitment (direct as well as through promotion from the public services of the states) into the IAS between 1970 and 2000, shows an average of 2.78% for Muslims and 2.85% for Christians. Not unexpectedly, a study published in 1989 found the civil service to be predominantly Hindu, with Brahmins accounting for close to 40% of the Hindu ofﬁcers, and upper castes in general accounting for over 60% of the total. Our study of ofﬁcers of the IAS at the level of Joint Secretary and above in 12 select ministries of the central government, at ﬁve year intervals over a 20 year period, found that Hindus accounted for close to 90% of these, Muslims for 3.62% and Sikhs, Christians and Jains for 2.17% each. The preceding pages suggest that two sets of comparison have been made. The ﬁrst set is between groups: those that have access to quotabased reservation (such as the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes), those that do not (such as the religious minorities), and those that have quotas only in public employment but not in the legislatures (the backward castes). A second set of comparison is between institutions: those where there are quotas (the lower house of Parliament and the civil service) and those where there are not (the cabinet). A subset of the second is the contrast between political and administrative spaces, i.e. between parliament and the bureaucracy. We have observed how, in Parliament, representation for the reserved categories of SCs and STs has exceeded the quota only marginally by about 2%, while the substantively larger representation of the OBCs – who do not have quotas – has been achieved through the political process. In the bureaucracy, the representation of SCs, STs and OBCs has extended beyond the quota – which all three categories enjoy – quite substantially, evidently on the basis of the merit of the candidates themselves. It is members of the religious communities that are disadvantaged in both these spheres, and the backward groups among them (e.g., among Muslims) are obviously more affected.

II In the ﬁrst two decades after independence, as we noted in Chapter 1, the constitutional commitment to afﬁrmative action in education and public employment was paralleled by some concern, however token, for the representation of different regions, linguistic groups, religious minorities, and other disadvantaged sections in public institutions. The nation-building project encouraged the creation of an inclusive Indian identity, and the commitment to address inequality was an

192 Representing India

important component of this task. Policies of compensatory discrimination, for instance, were viewed as instruments through which to offset the advantage enjoyed by some, and to equalize opportunities at the starting line. The Congress Party was largely responsible for this programmatic commitment, and while it consistently proclaimed its commitment to the welfare of the disadvantaged, this was not sufﬁciently reﬂected in policies of substance, more often than not degenerating into cynical populism. Even where well-intentioned policies had the potential to address social and economic inequalities, there were serious problems of implementation, closely related to the rent-seeking proclivities of state personnel. Promises to redress inequality thus became manifesto commitments with very little policy substance, and without the ability to contain the predictable distortions of such policies as were made. Until the 1990s, of course, the dominant arena of afﬁrmative action was the administration, rather than the polity. The major shift towards the assertion of lower castes for representation in the political sphere occurred in the last decade of the twentieth century. The cornerstone of the BSP’s political programme, for instance, has been the capture of state power. This is underwritten by the conviction that the key to the advancement of the dalits lies in controlling the state and its resources. Viewing the administration as the handmaiden of politics, whenever the BSP has come to power in Uttar Pradesh, its Chief Minister Mayawati has reshufﬂed all portfolios to ensure that dalit civil servants occupy all the top key positions of the state administration. Nevertheless, even the creation of these new political spaces – what has been called the ‘second democratic upsurge’ (Yadav, 2000: 120) – has not yielded tangible policy beneﬁts for the poor and disadvantaged any more than did the avowedly pro-poor policies of the Congress in the ﬁrst few decades after independence. Social and economic inequalities of the sort that obtain in a large and complex society like India could have been expected to generate class conﬂict, but the movements of peasants and workers – deﬁned in non-denominational terms – are a thing of the past. Instead, political mobilization has tended to occur along the axes of caste and community. These have sometimes erupted in conﬂict, and at other times been expressed in the phenomenon of lower caste assertions creating political spaces where there previously appeared to be none. Why did ethnic mobilization become the preferred mode of doing politics? There are arguably two reasons for this. Firstly, even as the dominant discourse of the dominant political party – the Congress Party – was

Conclusion 193

one of nation-building and the creation of an inclusive Indian identity, it did not ﬁght shy of exploiting ethnic divisions or seeking votes on the basis of caste and religious identity, particularly at the local level where clientelistic politics was the norm. This conferred a certain legitimacy on caste-based mobilization and, with the emergence of caste associations in the political domain, resulted in the transformation of caste itself according to the numerical imperatives of modern democratic politics. In a large and diverse society, the possibilities for the political construction of multiple identities are arguably endless, and the Indian polity has witnessed this phenomenon in an acute form. With the fragmentation of the polity, the incentive to appeal to a larger constituency has disappeared. With it has gone the commitment to cultural pluralism, and anything reminiscent of it smacks of tokenism. With the main political parties no longer taking a direct initiative in this matter, the task of accomplishing a diverse public sector is left to the direct assertions of politically mobilized groups. At stake, of course, is the very idea of the Indian nation-state, parcelled out as it is between caste, region, and religion. Reinforcing this is the fact that neither of the two main parties enjoys an allIndia presence: the Congress once did, but no longer does; the BJP is content to make its presence felt through its regional allies. For the BJP, indeed, the incentive to foster the unifying ‘national’ myth is low. It is tempted to court the majority, but has realized that the cross-cutting caste allegiances render this project difﬁcult, if not impossible. It has, after all, despite six years of being in ofﬁce, not managed to cross the threshold of 25% of the national vote. This (and the fact that its base in the crucial state of Uttar Pradesh was lost to caste politics) is why the BJP actually entered into the game of caste politics itself. There are currently at least four types of caste assertion on offer: the dalit, the OBC, the MBC, and the recent demands from the upper castes of Rajasthan. The latter two are still peripheral, but if the logic of competitive populism runs its full (and arguably absurd) course, most of India may well end up being ofﬁcially perceived as disadvantaged in one or other respect. Given the political (rather than ritual) salience of caste today, what is at stake, it is worth recalling, is not caste per se, but politicized caste. The fragmentation of the polity does not, moreover, necessarily denote a more representative polity, and the insincerity and corruptibility of the political elites of the parties naturally has much to do with this.

194 Representing India

III The mapping and explanation of patterns of ethnic representation in the institutions of governance is arguably an important but in itself incomplete exercise. It must be supplemented by an account of at least three types of outcomes: ﬁrst, policy outcomes, as reﬂected in the material conditions of disadvantaged groups, and given the alreadydemonstrated overlap between social and economic inequalities. To what extent have reservations actually expanded access to domains from which such groups were previously excluded, and to what extent has such access been universalized within such groups? Secondly, societal outcomes in terms of the increased insecurity of minorities and their vulnerability to violence; the generation of resentment among other less disprivileged groups; the fragmentation of civil society; and the fate and future of the project of universal citizenship, nationhood and nation-building. Thirdly and ﬁnally, political outcomes in terms of both patterns of political mobilization, as well as state capacity and state discourses, are important. Let us take policy outcomes ﬁrst. It is abundantly clear that the entire panoply of institutional quotas has failed to substantively address the disadvantages that mark the condition of the vast majority of such groups. This is only partially explained by the fact that elites within these groups have tended to corner the beneﬁts and reproduce them inter-generationally. More alarming is the fact that, even where a politics of presence has been advanced through quotas – as in the legislatures and the bureaucracy – this has not translated into effective representation, and consequently policy initiatives for these groups have remained woefully inadequate. The human development indicators for disadvantaged groups testify to the fact that greater opportunities for voice have not led to material improvements, as those at the bottom of the ritual order, or on the margins of society, continue to carry multiple burdens of denial and deprivation, both cultural as well as economic. A more radical argument would, with some justice, blame this failure on the entrenched social hierarchies that underwrite the stranglehold of the upper castes and upper classes (and sometimes these are the same) on Indian society. In societal terms, secondly, it has already been observed that even those members of the scheduled castes who have made the transition to the middle class hesitate in identifying themselves as such. In the aftermath of communal violence in Gujarat in February 2002, members of the Muslim minority continue to live in fear; Christians

Conclusion 195

too have been victims of violence, especially in tribal areas. The ghettoization of the Muslim minority is a common feature in Indian cities, sometimes – as in Gujarat – actually facilitating mass violence. The politics of ‘Hindutva’ adopted by the BJP, and its afﬁliate organizations, sought to consolidate a majoritarian Hindu identity, and in the process caused a polarization of society along communal lines. Even though the BJP and its coalition partners lost the parliamentary election of 2004, this may prove to be an enduring legacy in societal terms. The last few years have seen a fragmentation of Indian society in terms of both religion and caste. The resentment bred by the policy of reservations also intensiﬁed in the 1990s, partly as a result of the acceptance of the Mandal Commission’s recommendations guaranteeing quotas for OBCs, and partly due to the manifestly opportunistic politics of the parties which came into being claiming to authentically represent the interests of particular caste-groups, especially backward castes. The third and ﬁnal outcome that needs to be assessed is the political. Indeed, it is difﬁcult to characterize this exclusively as an outcome, for the party political process has in equal measure contributed to the representational pattern in public sector institutions. In the constitution of legislatures, it is frequently assumed that the choice of the FPTP electoral system generates representational outcomes skewed in favour of majorities. The Indian experience however belies this, to the extent that a more diverse national legislature has actually been achieved despite the FPTP system. This is largely attributable to the emergence, in the 1990s, of smaller parties – such as the Samajwadi Party, the BSP, and the Rashtriya Janata Dal – whose strategies of electoral mobilization are based on caste cleavages. Since 1989, India’s party system has become increasingly fragmented with the number of national parties remaining more or less constant, while the number of state parties have more than doubled. The carving up of parliament among a large number of parties has also led to another outcome that is generally associated with proportional representation systems, viz. coalition government. The role of political parties in mobilizing identity has been crucial not just to the processes of identity-formation and construction, but also to the many forms of political conﬂict that have besieged the Indian polity. Whether it was the sons-of-the-soil type of political articulation (as witnessed in Maharashtra and Assam in the 1970s and 1980s respectively, and uncannily resurfacing again today); or the subnational, occasionally even secessionist, assertions of autonomy (as in Punjab in the 1980s); or the assertions of ‘social (as an euphemism for

196 Representing India

caste) justice’; all these challenges to the Indian state have been led by political parties of at least regional importance. They have severely tested the ability of the state to accommodate new demands based in ethnicity, with some – such as Kashmir – remaining unresolved to the present. It is evident that the politics of reservation have spawned an unending spiral of imitative, and eventually competitive, demands for a variety of different groups who have been busy inventing identities of disadvantage, the Jats and Brahmins in Rajasthan being an example of this. In the current situation of a multiplicity of parties and greater political fragmentation of identity, it does appear to be a strategically superior option for parties to seek to narrow rather than broad-base their appeal in ethnic terms. This runs contrary to the hypothesis that in ethnically divided societies, national parties are forced to broad-base their appeal. For the ﬁrst few decades after independence, the Congress itself – as the single dominant ‘umbrella’ party – represented a coalition of this kind, albeit by encompassing a wide range of diversity within its own fold. For this period, therefore, the hypothesis held true, though there was of course only one dominant party on the political landscape. The erosion of the wide support base of the Congress was accompanied by the emergence of a large number of regional parties, many of whom claim to represent particular sections of society. Also, the BJP has adopted a rather different way of broadbasing its appeal. Rather than seeking to build a social coalition on the basis of respect for diversity, it has chosen to posit an alternative construction of identity: an overarching Hindu identity, which submerges the many identities (of, for example, caste and language), to yield a potential jackpot of a four-ﬁfths majority. Whether or not there are takers for this in the future, it is clear that national parties must seek to broadbase their appeal, while smaller regional parties can succeed with a narrower base but can only hope to play a subordinate role at the centre. At the same time, it is undeniable that such change as is observable – in the greater representativeness of Parliament, for example – appears to be a result of political mobilization rather than a product of policies of afﬁrmative action. While the decline of Muslim representation in Parliament may be attributed to the absence of quotas, it is also due to the demographic distribution of the Muslim minority, and an insufﬁciently forward-looking community leadership emphasizing issues like personal law and divorce, rather than the economic or educational backwardness of the community. By contrast, the quotas

Conclusion 197

provided for dalits have not translated into a signiﬁcant improvement in their quality of life. The policy impact of greater representation secured for OBCs by political parties remains indeterminate yet. It is however abundantly clear that the political process and political parties play a crucially important role in deﬁning and limiting the possibilities of emancipation for disadvantaged groups. As such, while it is true that institutions have not as a rule been spontaneously sensitive to cultural diversity – e.g., under-representing minorities, and over-representing dominant castes – it could be said that the problem lies less with the institutions themselves, and more substantially with the failure of the state to address background inequalities, including those of an economic nature. Symbolic inequalities generate the politics of recognition, and this dimension of inequality has indeed been addressed through the political process. Material inequalities – such as those engendered by poverty and unequal access to resources such as land and education – have not, by contrast, received the policy attention they arguably deserve. Policies of ‘social justice’ (frequently an euphemism for caste-based reservations in Indian political discourse) have been a poor substitute for a more robust notion of distributive justice. This is possibly why, despite the policies of compensatory discrimination and quotas, and despite the incorporation of lower castes into the political elite, policy outcomes for these social groups have been so woefully inadequate. A place in the structures of governance can be legislated, but neither social prejudice nor material inequalities can be legislated away. They require much more determined action from both state and civil society.

Appendix Table 5a Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 9th Lok Sabha (1989) No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD1 in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

National Front (Minority Coalition Government) 1. JD 21 244 143 29 2. ICS(SCS) 7 14 1 9 3. TDP 1 33 2 0 Total 146

17.79 0.33 3.29 21.41

41.39 13.72 43.58

Left Front (Outside support) 4. CPI 17 50 5. CPM 15 64 6. FBL 4 8 7. RSP 3 6 Total

12 33 3 4 52

20 5 5 1

2.57 6.55 0.42 0.62 10.16

28.02 44.68 28.54 44.24

BJP (Outside Support) 8. BJP 21

225

85

88

11.36

26.97

510 11 18 1

197 11 2 1 211

5 0 16 0

39.53 1.50 0.32 0.12 41.47

4 60.05 7.68 48.27

3 1 1 245 1 12 13 12 1 8

3 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 1

0 0 0 221 0 11 11 6 0 7

0.02 0.04 0.03 2.07 0.14 0.07 0.25 0.34 0.08 0.21

95.73 48.69 68.52 4.53 56.49 3.73 10.30 16.29 38.78 10.25

No. of No. of states seats and UTs

INC & Electoral allies 9. INC 31 10. ADK 1 11. MUL 5 12. KCM 1 Total Others 13. JKN 14. MAG 15. SSP 16. BSP 17. GNLF 18. HMS 19. IPF 20. JMM 21. M-COR 22. MIM

1 1 1 18 1 2 3 2 1 2

198

Appendix 199 Table 5a Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 9th Lok Sabha (1989) – continued No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD1 in no. of seats

6 1 23 12

2 1

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

0.77 0.11 4.13 5.25

44.25 21.57

No. of No. of states seats and UTs 23. 24. 25.

SAD(M) SHS Total IND

2 1

9 3

30

3713

Grand Total

3672

529

5.46

82.42

Table 5b Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 10th Lok Sabha (1991) No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of No. of states seats and UTs Indian National Congress (Minority Government) + Electoral Allies 1. INC 31 496 239 62 36.55 38.00 2. ADK 1 11 11 0 1.61 60.76 3. KCM 1 1 1 0 0.14 53.44 4. ICS(SCS) 10 28 1 25 0.35 6.48 5. JD(G) 1 10 1 0 0.50 36.84 6. MUL 5 20 2 18 0.30 6.41 Total 255 38.80 National Front 7. JD 8. TDP 9. AGP Total Left Front 10. CPI

24 1 1

313 35 14

56 13 1 70

145 1 6

11.77 2.96 0.54 15.27

21.47 37.56 16.75

17

43

14

16

2.48

29.53

200 Appendix Table 5b Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 10th Lok Sabha (1991) – continued No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of No. of states seats and UTs 11. 12. 13.

CPM FBL RSP Total

16 9 4

63 19 9

35 3 4 56

7 16 4

6.14 0.41 0.63 9.66

42.04 10.69 30.03

BJP + allies 14. BJP 15. SHS Total

28 2

473 23

120 4 124

186 5

20.04 0.79 20.83

21.91 21.04

Others 16. SJP 17. BSP 18. JMM 19. MRP 20. NPC 21. SSP 22. ASDC 23. HVP 24. MIM 25. IND Total

20 19 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 29

351 255 14 1 1 2 1 4 2 5537

5 4 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 22

305 211 8 0 0 0 0 3 1 5524

3.34 1.80 0.53 0.06 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.12 0.16 4.10 10.32

4.99 3.93. 21.64 45.14 52.23 21.33 44.38 13.28 25.21 0.38

Grand Total

527

94.88

Table 5c Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 11th Lok Sabha (1996) S. No. Party

Seats contested

No. of states and UTs

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of seats

United Front (Coalition government with out side support of INC) 1. JD 21 196 46 85 8.08 23.45 2. SP 1 64 16 7 2.86 27.27

Appendix 201 Table 5c Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 11th Lok Sabha (1996) – continued S. No. Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of states and UTs

No. of seats

2 1 1 21 1 1 1 19 19 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

19 36 11 321 1 11 20 43 75 3 4 2 20 2 1 1 1 1

17 16 5 4 1 1 20 12 32 3 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 185

1 2 0 310 0 10 0 22 22 0 0 0 16 1 0 0 0 0

2.15 2.97 0.76 1.46 0.10 0.17 2.19 1.97 6.21 0.37 0.52 0.22 0.31 0.10 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.11 30.67

53.69 38.24 32.64 2.58 66.33 8.36 54.56 24.93 37.09 46.15 49.70 49.02 8.54 18.99 40.52 52.68 72.15 54.41

Congress 21. INC

31

529

140

127

28.80

29.65

BJP + Allies 22. BJP 23. SAP 24. SHS 25 SAD 26. HVP 27. MAG

28 16 1 1 1 1

471 81 20 9 4 2

161 8 15 8 3 1 196

180 51 0 0 0 1

20.29 2.17 1.43 0.76 0.35 0.04 25.04

23.39 14.10 42.46 40.52 39.12 26.77

3 1 12 31

117 1 47 10635

11 1 1 9 22

47 0 43 10603

3.64 0.11 0.42 6.28 10.45

18.90 49.78 5.22 0.32

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

DMK TDP AGP AIIC(T) MPVC KCP TMC(M) CPI CPM FBL RSP MUL JMM AIMIM UGDP ASDC SDF KEC(M) Total

Others 28. BSP 29. RSP 30. SP 31. IND Total

Grand Total

543

94.96

202 Appendix Table 5d Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 12th Lok Sabha (1998) No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of No. of states seats and UTs National Democratic Alliance (NDA) Coalition 1. BJP 28 388 182 2. SAP 12 57 12 3. ADK 2 23 18 4. HVP 1 4 1 5. JKN* 1 6 3 6. JP 6 16 1 7. PMK 1 5 4 8. SAD 1 8 8 9. SHS 13 79 6 10 TDP* 1 35 12 11. BJD 1 12 9 12 HLD(R)* 1 7 4 13. LS 12 33 3 14 MDMK 1 5 3 15. WBTC 1 29 7 Total 273

Government 57 25.59 35 1.76 0 1.83 0 0.24 0 0.21 15 0.12 0 0.42 0 0.81 55 1.77 1 2.77 0 1.00 0 0.53 24 0.69 2 0.44 3 2.42 40.60

35.54 15.80 45.39 29.52 35.34 3.73 46.54 50.54 11.80 38.01 47.13 37.74 11.49 44.45 35.01

INC Alliance 16. INC 17. KEC (M) 18. MUL 19. RJD 20. SJP(R) 21. UMFA Total

32 1 4 21 11 1

477 1 7 116 20 1

141 1 2 17 1 1 167

153 0 5 80 15 0

25.82 0.10 0.22 2.78 0.06 0.10 29.08

29.00 53.90 14.45 12.74 0.19 57.27

United Front 22. CPI 23. CPM 24. DMK 25. FBL 26. JD 27. RSP 28. SP 29. TMC(M) Total

18 16 2 2 18 2 17 1

58 71 18 4 191 5 166 20

9 32 6 2 6 5 20 3 83

40 20 0 1 156 0 88 0

1.75 5.16 1.44 0.33 3.24 0.55 4.93 1.40 18.18

16.17 33.68 42.32 35.37 9.12 48.12 15.88 40.25

Appendix 203 Table 5d Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 12th Lok Sabha (1998) – continued No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

0.05 0.12 0.12 0.56 0.05 4.67 0.05 0.07 0.03 2.37 8.08

51.55 8.48 41.36 7.79 45.42 9.68 25.18 19.43 64.51 0.65

No. of No. of states seats and UTs Others 30. AC 31. AIIC(S) 32. AIMIM 33. AIRJP 34. ASDC 35. BSP 36. MSCP 37. PWPI 38. SDF 39. IND Total

1 7 1 7 1 17 1 1 1 28

2 9 1 38 1 251 2 2 1 1915

Grand Total

2 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 6 20

0 7 0 30 0 176 0 1 0 1898

543

95.94

*HLD(R) switched from others to NDA. JKN and TDP Switched from UF to NDA. TDP did not join the government. However it is a part of NDA.

Table 5e Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999) No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of No. of states seats and UTs National Democratic Alliance (NDA) Coalition 1. BJP 28 339 182 2. JD (U) 12 60 21 3. AITC 2 29 8 4. BJD 1 12 10 5. DMK 1 19 12

Government 24 23.75 24 3.10 2 2.57 0 1.20 0 1.73

38.78 27.49 38.51 57.64 46.88

204 Appendix Table 5e Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999) – continued No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of No. of states seats and UTs 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11. 12 13. 14 15. 16.

HVC JKN MDMK PMK SAD INLD MADMK ABLTC MSCP TDP* SHS Total

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 14

1 6 5 8 9 5 1 4 2 34 63

1 4 4 5 2 5 1 2 1 29 15 302

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 41

0.07 0.12 0.44 0.65 0.69 0.55 0.11 0.22 0.06 3.65 1.56 40.47

52.33 27.93 44.66 44.97 39.48 59.03 50.73 32.47 24.68 48.61 14.23

INC Alliance 17. INC 18. ADK 19. RJD 20. MUL 21. RLD 22. KEC(M) Total

31 2 14 3 3 1

453 29 61 12 15 1

114 10 7 2 2 1 136

88 5 26 10 10 0

28.30 1.93 2.79 0.23 0.37 0.10 33.72

33.30 33.71 24.62 8.70 14.13 51.63

Left Alliance 23. CPI 24. CPM 25. FBL 26. RSP 27. KEC Total

17 16 4 2 1

54 72 15 5 1

4 33 2 3 1 43

39 20 12 1 0

1.48 5.40 0.35 0.41 0.10 7.74

15.00 34.59 12.46 35.78 46.90

16 18 22 1 4 13 1 1

225 96 132 1 14 151 1 4

14 1 8 1 1 26 1 1

154 88 97 0 13 90 0 0

4.16 0.91 2.27 0.03 0.08 3.76 0.12 0.19

9.81 5.02 9.28 51.67 3.56 13.98 41.36 29.75

Others 28. BSP 29. JD (S) 30. NCP 31. SDF 32. SJP(R) 33. SP 34. AIMIM 35. BBM

Appendix 205 Table 5e Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 13th Lok Sabha (1999) – continued No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

53 1 0 1928

0.33 0.08 0.08 2.74 14.75

3.06 18.90 41.73 0.75

No. of No. of states seats and UTs 36. 37. 38. 39.

CPI(ML) PWPI SAD(M) IND Total

12 1 1 31

56 2 1 1945

Grand Total

1 1 1 6 62 544

96.68

Table 5f Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004) No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

No. of No. of states seats and UTs United Progressive Alliance (UPA) Coalition Government 1. INC 33 417 145 82 26.53 2. RJD 6 42 24 14 2.41 3. DMK 1 16 16 0 1.81 4. NCP 11 32 9 10 1.80 5. PMK 2 6 6 0 0.56 6. JMM 4 9 5 3 0.47 7. TRS 1 22 5 17 0.63 8. LJNSP 12 40 4 32 0.71 9. MDMK 1 4 4 0 0.43 10. JKPDP 1 3 1 0 0.07 11. MUL 6 10 1 8 0.20 12. RPI(A) 5 7 1 6 0.09 13. JD(S) 12 43 3 24 1.47 Total 224 37.18

34.43 31.27 58.24 33.98 51.66 28.43 13.19 10.02 58.23 39.29 9.61 6.31 15.67

206 Appendix Table 5f Relative strength of political parties and alliances in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004) – continued No.

Party

Seats contested

Seats won

FD in no. of seats

% of votes polled

% of votes won in the seats contested

15 19 2 7 0

5.66 1.41 0.43 0.35 0.09 7.94

42.31 23.70 33.50 18-81 48.52

57 34 0 44 0 0 7 0 0 0 2

22.16 1.81 1.30 2.35 0.90 3.04 2.07 0.05 0.04 0.07 0.18 33.97

34.39 17.90 51.15 17.73 43.42 42.75 29-97 52.46 69.84 34.38 31.77

169 358 23 4 9 2 17 1 3

4.32 5.33 0.63 0.53 0.09 0.13 0.09 0.11 0.04 11.27 4.25 94.61

10.26 6.66 11.08 23.53 5.32 22.02 2.81 21.29 9.25

No. of No. of states seats and UTs Left Front (Outside Support) 14. CPI(M) 19 69 15. CPI 15 34 16. RSP 3 6 17. AIFB 5 10 18. KEC 1 1 Total

43 10 3 3 1 60

National Democratic Alliance (NDA) 19. BJP 31 364 138 20. SHS 14 56 12 21. BJD 1 12 11 22. JD(U) 16 73 8 23. SAD 1 10 8 24. TDP 1 33 5 25. AITC 5 33 2 26. MNF 1 1 1 27. SDF 1 1 1 28. IFDP 1 1 1 29. NPF 2 3 1 30. Total 188 Others 31. SP 32. BSP 33. RLD 34. AGP 35. SJP(R) 36. JKN 37. NLP 38. AIMIM 39. BNP Total 40. IND

23 25 11 1 7 1 6 1 2

237 435 32 12 10 6 18 2 4

32

2385

36 19 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 66 5 543

2370

4.64

Table 6a S. No

Religion, caste and tribe: 10th Lok Sabha

State/UT

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry R. Totals North India 7. Bihar 8. Haryana 9. Himachal Pradesh 10. Madhya Pradesh 11. Punjab 12. Rajasthan 13. Uttar Pradesh 14. Chandigarh 15. Delhi R. Totals East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar R. Totals

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus

Muslims

UC

BC

SC

T

Sikh UC SC

Christians T

UC

BC

ST

T

Jains

STi

Unknown &Vacant

42

34

6

2

27

4

6

37

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

28 20 39 1 1 131

24 18 32 1 1 110 83.96%

4 2 7 – – 19 14.50%

– – – – – 2 1.52%

11 7 3 – – 48

8 2 24 – – 38

4 2 7 – – 19

23 11 34 – – 105 80.15%

2 2 1 1(ST) 1 10 7.63%

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

1 5 – – – 6

– 2 2 – – 4

– – – – – –

1 7 2 – – 10 7.63%

1 – – – – 1 0.77%

1 – 1 1 – 5 3.81%

– – 1 – – 1

54 10 4

41 8 3

8 2 1

5 – –

16 3 3

12 3 –

8 2 1

37ii 9iii 4

6 – –

– 1 –

– – –

– 1 –

1 – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

– – –

8 – –

2 – –

10

–

40

25

6

9

18

5

6

29

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13 25 85 1 7 239

10 18 67 1 6 179 74.89%

3 4 18 – 1 43 17.99%

– 3 – – – 17 7.11%

3 12 50 1 5 111

1 5 12 – 1 39

– 3 20 – 1 41

4 20 82 1 7 193 80.75%

– 1 3 – – 11 4.60%

5 – – – – 6

3 1 – – – 4

8 1 – – – 10 4.18%

– – – – – 1

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – 1 0.42%

– – – – – –

21 42 1

13 32 1

3 8 –

5 2 –

9 21 1

4 1 –

3 8 –

– 5 –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

5 3 –

– – –

64

46 71.87%

11 17.19%

7 10.93%

31

5

11

5 7.81%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8 12.50%

–

16 34iv 1

207

51 79.68%

– 1 3 – – – – – – – 21 3 8.78% 1.25%

S. No

Religion, caste and tribe: 10th Lok Sabha – continued

State/UT

North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman& Diu R. Totals 32.

i ii iii iv v

208

Table 6a

Jammu and Kashmir G. TOTAL

Total

Open

SC

UC

BC

SC

–

–

–

1 8

4 – – – – – – 4

1 – – – – – – 1

2

2 11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 76%

1 – – – – – – 1 4%

2 1 – 1 – – 1 5 20%

2 26 48 1

2 20 41 –

– 2 3 –

– 4 4 1

1 14 25 –

– 6 7 –

– 2 4 –

1 78

1 64 82.05

– 5(6.41)

– 9(11.53)

– 40

– 13

– 6

6 424 78.08%

– 79 14.54%

– 40 7.36%

– 238

– 99

– 78

Including ST Christians and Muslims Including 1 Hindu of unknown caste identity Including 1 Hindu of unknown caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown caste identity Including 6 Hindus of unknown caste identity

–

Hindus

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

6 543

–

ST

6 1 – – – –

Muslims T

–

Sikh UC SC

Christians T

UC

BC

ST

Jains

STi

–

T

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 – – – – – – 1 4%

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – 2 1 1 – – 4

– – 2 1 1 – – 4 16%

– – – – – – – –

2 1 2 1 1 – 1 8 32%

– – 1 –

– – – –

– – – –

– – – –

1 – – –

– – – –

– – – –

1 – – –

– – – –

– 4 5 1

– 65 83.33

– 1 1.28

– –

– –

– –

– 1

– –

– –

– 1 1.28

– –

– 427 78.63%

– 28 5.15%

– 6

– 4

– 10 1.84%

– 8

– 4

– 4

– – 16 1 2.94% 0.18%

11 1 – – – – 1 13 52% 1 22 42v –

Unknown & Vacant

– 10 12.82 – 52 9.57%

2 – – – – – 1 – 3 12% – – – – 1 1

6 14 2.57%

Table 6b S. No

Religion, caste and tribe: 11th Lok Sabha

State/UT

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry R. Totals North India 7. Bihar 8. Haryana 9. Himachal Pradesh 10. Madhya Pradesh 11. Punjab 12. Rajasthan 13. Uttar Pradesh 14. Chandigarh 15. Delhi R. Totals East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar R. Totals

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus UC

BC

SC

Muslims T

Sikh UC SC

Christians T

UC

BC

ST

Jains

STi

–

3

Unknown & Vacant

T

42

34

6

2

25

6

6

37

2

–

–

–

–

–

–

28 20 39 1 1 131

24 18 32 1 1 110 83.96%

4 2 7 – – 19 14.50%

– – – – – 2 1.52%

10 3 2 – – 40

9 2 29 – – 46

4 2 7 – – 19

23 12ii 38 – – 110 83.96%

2 2 – 1(ST) 1 8 6.10%

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

1 4 – – – 5

– 1 1 – – 2

– – – – – –

–

54 10 4

41 8 3

8 2 1

5 – –

19 4 3

17 2 –

8 2 1

44 8 4

4 – –

– 2 –

– – –

– 2 –

1 – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

– – –

5 – –

– – –

40

25

6

9

16

7

6

29

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11

–

13 25 85 1 7 239

10 18 67 1 6 179 74.89%

3 4 18 – 1 43 17.99%

– 3 – – – 17 7.11%

2 12 40 – 6 102

1 6 21 – – 54

– 4 18 – 1 40

3 22 79 – 7 196 82%

– – 6 – – 10 4.18%

7 – – – – 9

3 – – – – 3

10 – – – – 12 5.02%

– – – – – 1

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– 3 – – – 19 7.94%

– – – – – –

21 42 1

13 32 1

3 8 –

5 2 –

9 21 1

4 1 –

3 9 –

16 34iii 1

– 5 –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

5 3 –

– – –

64

46 71.87%

11 17.19%

7 10.93%

31

5

12

51 79.68%

5 7.81%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8 12.50%

–

1 1 1 5 1 – 1 – – – – 1 – – – 7 2 5 5.34% 1.52% 3.81%

– – – – – – – 1 – – 1 1 0.41% 0.41%

– – – – – – –

209

210

Table 6b S. No

Religion, caste and tribe: 11th Lok Sabha – continued

State/UT

North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman& Diu R. Totals 32.

i ii iii iv

Jammu and Kashmir G. TOTAL

Total

Open

SC

BC

SC

T

–

–

–

–

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 76%

1 – – – – – – 1 4%

2 1 – 1 – – 1 5 20%

2 26 48 1

2 20 41 –

– 2 3 –

– 4 4 1

1 12 22 –

8 6 –

– 2 3 –

1 78

1 64 82.05% 6

– 5(6.41)

– 9(11.53)

– 35

– 14

– 5

–

–

2

–

424 78.08%

79 14.54%

40 7.36%

Including ST Christians and Muslims Including 5 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 3 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 11 Hindus of unknown Caste identity

Muslims

UC

2

6

–

Hindus

2

543

–

ST

7 1 – – – – 1 9

2 – – – – – – 2

–

219 121

2 – – – – – – 2

– 78

Sikh UC SC

T

UC

BC

ST

Jains

STi

Unknown & Vacant

–

2

T

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 – – – – – – 1 4%

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

1 – 2 1 1 – – 5

1 – 2 1 1 – – 5 20%

– – – – – – – –

2 1 2 1 1 – 1 8 32%

– – 1 –

– – – –

– – – –

– – – –

1 – – –

– – – –

– – – –

1 – – –

– – – –

– 4 5 1

– – – –

– 65 83.33% 2

– 1 1.28% 3

– –

– –

– –

– 1

– –

– –

– –

–

–

–

–

–

– 10 12.82% –

1 1

–

– 1 1.28% –

437 80.47%

28 5.15%

9

3

12 2.20%

7

2

5

11 1 – – – – 1 13 52% 1 22 42iv –

–

Christians

–

14 3 2.57% 0.55%

50 9.20%

– – – – – 1 – 3 12%

1 5 9.20%

Table 6c S. No

Religion, Caste and Tribe: 12th Lok Sabha

State/UT

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry R. Totals North India 7. Bihar 8. Haryana 9. Himachal Pradesh 10. Madhya Pradesh 11. Punjab 12. Rajasthan 13. Uttar Pradesh 14. Chandigarh 15. Delhi R. Totals East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar R. Totals

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus UC

BC

SC

Muslims T

Sikh UC SC

Christians T

UC

BC

ST

Jains

Unknown & Vacant

T

34

6

2

26

6

6

38

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

28 20 39 1 1 131

24 18 32 1 1 110 83.96%

4 2 7 – – 19 14.50%

– – – – – 2 1.52%

12 5 2 – – 45

6 2 29 – 1 44

4 2 7 – – 19

25ii 13iii 38 – 1 115 87.77%

1 2 – 1(ST) – 4 3.05%

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– 4 – – – 4

– 1 1 – – 2

– – – – – –

–

54 10 4

41 8 3

8 2 1

5 – –

19 2 3

14 4 –

8 1 1

41 9iv 4

6 – –

– – –

– 1 –

– 1 –

1 – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

40

25

6

9

12

8

6

30v

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13 25 85 1 7 239

10 18 67 1 6 179 74.89%

3 4 18 – 1 43 17.99%

– 3 – – – 17 7.11%

3 10 43 – 6 98

– 5 18 – – 49

1 3 18 – 1 39

4 18 79 – 7 192 80.33%

21 42 1

13 32 1

3 8 –

5 2 –

11 24 1

2 – –

3 9 –

16 34vi 1

64

46 71.87%

11 17.19%

7 10.93%

36

2

12

–

3

–

1 – – 1 – 5 3.81%

– – – – – –

– – –

6 – –

– – –

–

10

–

– 4 – – – 20 8.36%

– 2 – – – 2 0.82%

– 1 5 – 1 – – – – – 6 1 4.58% 0.76%

– – 6 – – 12 5.02%

7 – – – – 7

2 1 – – – 4

9 1 – – – 11 4.60%

– – – – – 1

– – – – – –

– – – – – –

– – – – – – – 1 – – 1 1 0.41% 0.41%

– 6 –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

5 2 –

– – –

6 9.37%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7 10.93%

–

211

42

51 79.68%

STi

S. No

Religion, Caste and Tribe: 12th Lok Sabha – continued

State/UT

North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals 32.

i ii iii iv v vi vii

Jammu Kashmir G. TOTAL

Total

Open

SC

2

2

14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 76%

1 – – – – – – 1 4%

2 1 – 1 – – 1 5 20%

2 26 48 1

2 20 41 –

– 2 3 –

– 4 4 1

1

–

–

1 78 6 543

–

ST

–

64 5 (6.41%) 9(11.53%) 82.05% 6 – – 424 78.08%

79 14.54%

Including ST Christians and Muslims Including 3 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 2 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 1 Hindu of unknown Caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown Caste identity

40 7.36%

Hindus

Muslims

UC

BC

SC

T

–

–

–

–

6 1 – – – – 1 8

1 14 25 –

2 – – – – – – 2

7 6

– 2 8 –

–

–

40

13

2

–

1 – – – – – – 1

–

–

229 110

212

Table 6c

Sikh UC SC

– 9 1

– – – – 1 11 44%

2 – – – – – – 2 8%

Christians T

UC

BC

ST

Unknown & Vacant

–

–

2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – –

– 1 2 1 1 – – 5

– 1 2 1 1 – – 5 20%

– – – – – – – –

3 1 2 1 1 – 1 9 36%

– – – – – 1 – 3 12%

1 – – –

– – – –

– – – –

1 – – –

– – – –

– 3 5 1

– – – –

–

–

1

– – – –

– – – –

– – – –

– – – –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10

67 85.89% 2

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 1.28% –

438 80.66%

28 5.15%

7

4

11 2.02%

6

2

5

–

STi

T

1 23 43vii –

81

Jains

–

13 2 2.39% 0.36%

9 1 11.53% 1.28% – – 50 9.20%

6 1.10%

Table 6d S. No

Religion, Caste and Tribe: 13th Lok Sabha

State/UT

South India 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Karnataka 3. Kerala 4. Tamil Nadu 5. Lakshadweep 6. Pondicherry R. Totals North India 7. Bihar 8. Haryana 9. Himachal Pradesh 10. Madhya Pradesh 11. Punjab 12. Rajasthan 13. Uttar Pradesh 14. Chandigarh 15. Delhi R. Totals East India 16. Orissa 17. West Bengal 18. Andaman and Nicobar R. Totals

Total

42 28 20 39 1 1 131

Open

SC

34 6 24 4 18 2 7 32 1 – 1 – 110 19 83.96% 14.50%

ST

Hindus

Muslims

UC

BC

SC

T

2 – – – – – 2 1.52%

26 12 5 2 – – 45

6 6 2 29 – 1 44

6 4 2 7 – – 19

38 25ii 13iii 38 – 1 115 87.77%

Sikh UC SC

Christians T

UC

BC

ST

1 1 2 – 1(ST) – 4 3.05%

– – – – – – –

– – – – – – –

– – – – – – –

– – 4 – – – 4

– – 1 1 – – 2

– – – – – – –

Jains

STi

Unknown & Vacant

3 1 – – 1 – 5 3.81%

– – – – – – –

T

– – – 1 5 – 1 – – – – – 6 1 4.58% 0.76%

41 8

8 2

5 –

19 2

14 4

8 1

41 9iv

6 –

– –

– 1

– 1

1 –

– –

– –

1 –

– –

6 –

– –

4

3

1

–

3

–

1

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– – – 6 – – 12 5.02%

7 – – – – 7

– 2 1 – – – 4

– 9 1 – – – 11 4.60%

– – – – – – 1

– – – – – – –

– – – – – – –

10 – 4 – – – 20 8.36%

– – 2 – – – 2 0.82%

– 6

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

5 2

– –

– 6 9.37%

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– –

– 7 10.93%

– –

v

40 13 25 85 1 7 239

25 10 18 67 1 6 179 74.89%

6 3 4 18 – 1 43 17.99%

9 – 3 – – – 17 7.11%

12 3 10 43 – 6 98

8 – 5 18 – – 49

6 1 3 18 – 1 39

30 4 18 79 – 7 192 80.33%

21 42

13 32

3 8

5 2

11 24

2 –

3 9

16 34vi

– 7 10.93%

1 36

– 2

– 12

1 64

1 – 46 11 71.87% 17.19%

1 51 79.68%

– – – – – – – – – 1 – – 1 1 0.41% 0.41%

213

54 10

S. No

Religion, Caste and Tribe: 13th Lok Sabha – continued

State/UT

North East 19. Arunachal Pradesh 20. Assam 21. Manipur 22. Meghalaya 23. Mizoram 24. Nagaland 25. Sikkim 26. Tripura R. Totals West India 27. Goa 28. Gujarat 29. Maharashtra 30. Dadra and Nagar Haveli 31. Daman and Diu R. Totals 32.

i ii iii iv v vi vii

Jammu Kashmir G. TOTAL

Total

Open

SC

ST

Hindus BC

SC

T

–

–

2

– 1 – – – – – – 1

7 6

– 2 8

1 23 43vii

2 11 1 2 – 1 1 1 19 76%

– 1 – – – – – – 1 4%

– 2 1 – 1 – – 1 5 20%

– 6 1 – – – – 1 8

2 26 48

2 20 41

– 2 3

– 4 4

1 14 25

–

1

–

–

1

–

–

–

– 40

– 13

– 10

2 – 229 110

– 81

1 78

6 543

1 – – 64 5 (6.41%) 9 (11.53%) 82.05% 6 424 78.08%

– 79 14.54%

Including ST Christians and Muslims Including 3 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 2 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown Caste identity Including 1 Hindu of unknown Caste identity Including 4 Hindus of unknown Caste identity

– 40 7.36%

Muslims

UC

2 14 2 2 1 1 1 2 25

2 – – – – – –

214

Table 6d

Sikh UC SC

Jains

T

UC

BC

ST

T

STi

Unknown & Vacant

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – –

– – 1 2 1 1 – – 5

– – 1 2 1 1 – – 5 20%

– – – – – – – – –

– 3 1 2 1 1 – 1 9 36%

– – –

– – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

– – –

– – –

1 – –

– – –

– 3 5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

– 67 85.89%

– –

– –

– –

– –

– 1

– –

– –

– 1 1.28%

–

– 9 11.53%

1 1 1.28%

2 438 80.66%

4 28 5.15%

– 7

– 4

– 11 2.02%

– 6

– 2

– 5

– – 13 2 2.39% 0.36%

– 50 9.20%

– 6 1.10%

9 1 – – – – 1 11 44%

– 2 – – – – – – 2 8%

Christians

2 – – – – – 1 – 3 12% – – – –

Notes Chapter 1

Representing India: Democracy and Diversity

1 E.g., the Partition, resulting in the formation of the two independent nations of India and Pakistan, was the product of political mobilization on the basis of religious identity. 2 The reasons why community rights are respected can vary, and are clearly important. Kukathas, for instance, argues that the liberal respects the rights of a community to live according to its own practices, not because the culture has the right to be preserved, but rather because – consistent with the liberal principle of freedom – individuals belonging to the community should be free to associate in (or dissociate from) cultural communities, as a form of voluntary association. (Kukathas, 2002:135) 3 This was a book for young people, which had already sold 500,000 copies since the publication of its ﬁrst edition in 1940. 4 The communities whose special needs were to be so addressed were, ﬁrstly, the religious minorities, of which the Muslims constitute the largest group, followed by Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists and Zoroastrians, among others; and, secondly, the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. The Scheduled Castes is an ofﬁcial category for describing the formerly untouchable castes who are, in today’s political discourse and by self-identiﬁcation, better described as dalits (the oppressed). The term scheduled refers to the listing, in a Schedule of the Constitution, of such castes who are, by virtue of this ofﬁcial recognition, entitled to reservations and quotas. The Scheduled Tribes, likewise, describes tribal communities who also prefer to be called adivasis. 5 Delegated representation denotes an agent or spokesperson who acts on behalf of his principal, e.g. a sales representative or an ambassador. In symbolic representation, a person symbolizes the identity or qualities of a class of persons, e.g. Adam as the symbolic representative of all mankind. (Birch, 1971:39) 6 Perhaps the singular exception to this pattern was the extremely powerful Dalit (scheduled caste) Congress politician, Jagjivan Ram, who justly entertained prime ministerial ambitions. He was an important minister in Indira Gandhi’s Cabinet. As Defence Minister in the latter, he was seen as second only to the Prime Minister herself, and also served as President of the Congress Party. But Jagjivan Ram was without a doubt the proverbial exception that proved the rule.

Chapter 2

Mapping Diversity in India

1 This was reﬂected in the Congress Party’s internal organizational structure, which was substantially federal, with the Provincial Congress Committees being implicitly based on linguistically deﬁned regions. 215

216 Notes 2 The relevant data from the Census of 2001 are not yet available. 3 Maithili is the language spoken in the Mithila region of Bihar, which witnessed an agitation in the 1950s and 1960s for a separate linguistic state. This agitation did not have a strong base, being limited to the upper-caste elites of the area. The Bihar government has, since 1949, recognized Maithili as a mother-tongue, which entitles children of Maithili-speaking families to be educated in it. However, the state government has on the whole not provided adequate facilities for this to be realized. (Brass, 1992:160–1) 4 The Bodos are the largest of the ‘plains tribes’ in the state of Assam that have been agitating – through ethnic riots and violence that have been interpreted as ‘ethnic cleansing’ – for a separate state of ‘Bodoland’. Bodo speakers are believed to number 1.1 million. (Baruah, 1999:Ch.8) 5 The term Harijan (Children of God) was used by Mahatma Gandhi who fought vigorously against untouchability, which he regarded as a blot on the Hindu social order. This term has now been superseded in political discourse by the term dalit (literally meaning the oppressed or the ground down). The term Scheduled Caste is an administrative category which speciﬁes these castes for purposes of determining their eligibility for compensatory discrimination. 6 As proportion of total population in the state. 7 As proportion of population of Scheduled Castes in the country. 8 “Increasingly they look like a particularly downtrodden proletariat, sometimes lumpenproletariat. But they share this situation with many millions of Indians from different religious and caste communities, and sometimes class seems the most appropriate concept with which to approach this broadly experienced condition. Even within the logic of caste, the Untouchables fail to emerge as the single subordinated element. Backward elements among what the varna order calls ‘Sudras’ are also clearly subordinated today.” (Mendelsohn and Vicziany, 1998:9) 9 The HCR is a measure of poverty that represents ‘the percentage of the population that earns/spends below a certain level of income (expenditure).’ (Shariff, 1999:38) This level is described as the poverty line. 10 While the poverty line is a measure of the incidence of poverty, the Sen Index describes the intensity of poverty. (Shariff, 1999:38–9) 11 This data is based upon an all-India sample survey (with a stratiﬁed random sample of 9457 Indian citizens from all states of India, excluding Jammu and Kashmir), conducted by the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi in 1996. 12 As proportion of total population in the state. 13 As proportion of population of Scheduled Tribes in the country.

Chapter 3 Politics

Managing Diversity: Institutions, Policies and

1 The phrase refers to the form of populist politics engaged in by the Dravidian parties of southern India (mainly the DMK and the ADMK) in whose discourse ethnic and populist appeals were skilfully intertwined, with identity fuelling the claim to material entitlements.

Notes 217 2 The Aligarh movement sought to persuade the upper-class Muslims of western Uttar Pradesh of the beneﬁts of English education and western science. The establishment of a Scientiﬁc Society, a modernist Urdu journal and the Aligarh Anglo-Muhammadan Oriental College, were efforts oriented to this end. 3 The pronouncement of the word talaq (divorce) three times consecutively is oral divorce. 4 For a detailed account of the political and parliamentary discourse around this case, see Niraja Gopal Jayal (1999), Chapter 3. 5 On civil society in Gujarat, see Niraja Gopal Jayal (2003). 6 For a detailed account of Muslim representation in the Fourteenth Lok Sabha, see Niraja Gopal Jayal (2004:202–7) 7 Laura Jenkins summarizes this paradox pithily: ‘Can policies both reﬂect and destroy the categories associated with disadvantage?’ (Jenkins, 2003:175) 8 This has generally amounted to a ﬁgure of 15% for the Scheduled Castes and 7% for the Scheduled Tribes, a total of 22%. 9 Separate electorates are explicitly outlawed by Article 325 of the Constitution, which provides that no person shall be excluded from any electoral roll on grounds of religion, race or caste. 10 The process by which a caste can get its claim to backwardness authenticated (by the National Commission on Backward Classes) is contentious and involves organization, the gathering of data on the ranking of the caste in relation to other castes above and below it, and sometimes even what has been described as the ‘claim to be backward in order to move forward’ (Jenkins, 2003:186) 11 Laura Jenkins observes that state classiﬁcations and ‘simpliﬁcations’ shape identity politics and seek to adjudicate, freeze and even police the boundaries of particular caste groups in order to control the ambiguity and liminality that often characterizes caste identity. However, she argues, protests and challenges by groups questioning the implementation of reservation policies also serve to prevent the reiﬁcation of such ﬁxed and static classiﬁcations by the state. (Jenkins, 2003) 12 Elwin himself disputed this description, arguing that far from advocating the preservation of the separate culture of the Baigas, a tribe in central India, he was concerned about the ‘question of keeping them alive, saving them from oppression and exploitation, giving them a simple form of development.’ (Elwin, [1960] 1977:31)

Chapter 4

Promoting Diversity and Protecting the Vulnerable

1 The three-tier system was the norm, except for those states where, depending on population size and distribution, only two tiers were required. 2 This section is based upon the author’s paper ‘Social Inequality and Institutional Remedies: A Study of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes’, for the NETSAPPE Annual Meeting, June 2003. Much of the data presented here was gathered for a research report on the Commission prepared by the author, with Bishnu Mohapatra, for the International Centre for Ethnic Studies, Colombo (published in Jayal and Mohapatra, 2004:138–201)

218 Notes 3 Some of the recent reports of the Committee have examined the representation of scheduled castes and tribes in the higher judiciary, the military, and the nationalized banking sector. Others have investigated the allocation of funds by the Planning Commission for welfare programmes for these groups; or employment policies in the wake of liberalization; or the working of tribal co-operatives; and so on. 4 It is worth recalling that the Mandal Commission on Backward Classes was also set up by the same government, and in the same year. 5 This section is substantially based on a background paper ‘Gender and Decentralisation’ prepared by the author for the United Nations Development Programme in 1999. 6 The term ‘namesake’ refers not to someone bearing the same name, but is a literal translation of a Hindi phrase meaning ‘in name only’. It is used to denote membership in name only, rather than in substance.

Chapter 5 System

Negotiating Diversity: Parties and the Electoral

1 See, for instance, the argument of Donald L. Horowitz that many features of the American Constitution considered to be integral to it, were not the result of brilliant constitutional design, but rather improvised and unintended consequences of other disputes and issues. (2002:17–18) 2 E.g., the Government of Fiji consulted Donald Horowitz and Arend Lijphart while drafting its constitution. 3 In the 1977 and 1980 elections, the BJP – then known as the Bharatiya Jana Sangh – had merged with the Janata Party, and hence an estimate of its popular vote could not be derived. 4 The study based on this survey of 2000 voters was Samuel J. Eldersveld and Bashiruddin Ahmed (1978). 5 ‘This applies especially to Muslims, who are in a majority only in Jammu and Kashmir state and an estimated three constituencies each in Kerala and West Bengal and one in the Lakshadweep islands, the population so covered being under 10% of the Muslim population. Elsewhere, Muslims are 20–50% of the population in 71 constituencies, 10–20% in 126 constituencies and under 10% of the population in the remaining 336 or ﬁve-eighths of the constituencies.’ (Sridharan, forthcoming). 6 Kothari [1964] (2002). 7 Patron-client relations, of course, also worked to secure, for the Congress, the ‘vote banks’ of groups such as the Scheduled Castes. 8 Atul Kohli (1990) revisited the ﬁve districts in Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, West Bengal, Tamil Nadu and Karnataka, studied by Myron Weiner (1967) in the early 1960s, and found that the local party organization of the Congress to which Weiner had attributed its success in transforming itself from a movement to a political party had completely disappeared. 9 Southern India had, as we noted in Chapter 3, witnessed mobilization against the Brahmins several decades previously, as had Maharashtra. 10 This table follows the Election Commission’s deﬁnition in categorizing political parties. State Party: A political party that has been engaged in political activity for a continuous period of ﬁve years, and has, at the general election in the

Notes 219 State/Union Territory to the House of the People, or to the Legislative Assembly, for the time being in existence and functioning, returned either (i) at least one member to the House of the People for every twenty ﬁve members of that House, or any fraction of the number elected from that State/UT; or (ii) at least one member to the Legislative Assembly of that State/UT for every thirty members of that Assembly or any fraction of that number. National Party: A political party, which is recognized as a State Party in four or more State/UTs, is known as a National Party. Registered (Unrecognized) Party: A political party which is registered with the Election Commission of India, but is not a State or National Party is known as a Registered (Unrecognized) Party. 11 The ‘banias’ are Vaishyas or commercial castes, and the BJP’s traditional support base was substantially the merchants and traders, hence this appellation. 12 Indeed, there is an incentive for further differentiation within the broad caste category. Kanchan Chandra has shown how the BSP’s strategy has been to encourage ‘the multiplication of monoethnic factions’. Its candidates would be encouraged not to mobilize support across the ethnic units of the caste, but restrict themselves to their particular sub-caste only. (Chandra, 2004:258)

Chapter 6 Representing Diversity in Institutions of Governance 1 Phillips (1996) distinguishes between a politics of presence – in which women, ethnic minorities and other excluded groups are guaranteed fair representation – and a politics of ideas, which represents a political choice between the policies and programmes of political parties, rather than on the basis of group concerns and interests. 2 Lijphart (2001) interprets the backtracking on Hindi as the ofﬁcial language, as well as the enactment of the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights in Divorce) Act, 1986, as examples of the minority veto, one of the four features of consociationalism. 3 Elections were not held in this state 4 Including 1 Hindu of unknown caste identity 5 Including 1 Hindu of unknown caste identity 6 Including 2 Hindus of unknown caste identity 7 Including 1 Hindu of unknown caste identity 8 Including 5 Hindus of unknown caste identity 9 Some obvious examples would be the Ministry of Information Technology which could not have been conceived of in the 1950s, or the Ministry for Disinvestment, which is a product of the economic reforms process of the 1990s. 10 Dr. Ambedkar’s Memorandum and Draft Articles on the Rights of States and Minorities, presented to the Constituent Assembly in March 1947, proposed that the ‘representatives of the different minorities in the Cabinet shall be elected by members of each minority community in the Legislature by single transferable vote’. (Rao, 1967:91), but there is no evidence that the question of reservations in the Cabinet was seriously discussed in the Assembly.

220 Notes 11 Governments under acting Prime Ministers are not included. 12 Since Cabinet reshufﬂes are common, this ﬁgure represents the average size of a particular government. 13 Cabinet ministers. The ﬁgures within parenthesis indicate the percentage of Cabinet ministers against the size of the Council of Ministers as a whole. 14 Ministers of state. 15 Deputy ministers. 16 This Lok Sabha lasted for 5 years, 10 months and three days, It did not complete its full term because Mrs. Indira Gandhi declared a National Emergency that lasted from June 1975 to February 1977. 17 This is echoed in Lijphart’s (2001:330) view that Indian democracy was more ﬁrmly consociational between 1947–1967, and has become less so since, as intergroup violence and tension have increased. 18 By contrast, it was for the ﬁrst time in 1994 that a member of the Scheduled Tribes was given a Cabinet post. Women too have been given positions of Minister of State or Deputy Minister, but only rarely Cabinet Ministerships. This excludes, of course, Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, for whom political power was more easily accessible for dynastic reasons. 19 Till P.V. Narasimha Rao, there had been no Prime Minister from a southern state. Indeed, most Prime Ministers were from Uttar Pradesh, not least because that state returned the largest number of MPs (85) to the Lok Sabha. To offset this ‘northern’ dominance, Prime Ministers were generally conscious of the need to have a balanced regional representation and include southern politicians too in their cabinets. 20 Since Cabinets are routinely ‘reshufﬂed’, sometimes several times in a year, we have adopted the following methodology to generate this data. For each year that a Prime Minister spent in ofﬁce, one sample Cabinet was taken. The number of Cabinet ministers in each of the sample Cabinets was added, and divided by the number of years that the Prime Minister was in ofﬁce, to arrive at the average size of the Cabinet. This methodology has been used in all the following tables on the Union Cabinet from 1991–2002. 21 To synchronize our data with the data used for the earlier phase of 1947–1990, we have followed the same categorization of states into regions as adopted by Panandiker and Mehra (1996) in their study of patterns of representation in the Union Cabinet from 1947–1990. For other parts of this paper, most notably the section on Parliament, a different characterization of region has been used. The classiﬁcation of states into regions in this section is as follows: North India: Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Rajasthan, Chandigarh, Delhi, Jammu and Kashmir. Central India: Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh East India: Orissa, West Bengal, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Bihar North-East India: Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura. West India: Goa, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, Daman and Diu. South India: Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Pondicherry, Lakshadweep.

Notes 221 22 The numerical preﬁxed by + sign in rows corresponding to the year 1990 onwards indicates the extent of this excess. 23 The percentages in this table are not very different from those reproduced in the Ninth Five Year Plan of the Planning Commission, Government of India. (Government of India, 1997:Table 3.96). 24 Excluding one Scheduled Tribe and one Christian 25 Excluding two Scheduled Tribes, one Christian and one Muslim 26 For the years 1972 and 1976, the data is for the BJS working committee. 27 For the period 1991–98, this table draws upon the data provided by Jaffrelot (2003:Table 13.3:470). Jaffrelot’s data is however more disaggregated and detailed. Here, the categories of Upper Caste and Intermediate Caste have been merged in the single category of Forward Castes. Jaffrelot’s categorization of and numbers for OBC, SC and ST groups, as also religious minorities, have been retained. The reason for the absence of data on women in the period 1991–1998 is because the focus of Jaffrelot’s study is on caste and community, rather than gender. 28 In an interview, Waman Meshram (National President of BAMCEF) rejected the common view of BAMCEF as a trade union, describing it rather as an organization of the educated dalits in government to act as agents of change in society. BAMCEF was formed in 1976 as a ‘talent bank’ of dalits, to intellectually awaken and energize the two million educated people belonging to oppressed groups who had joined government service to work on behalf of the larger society of oppressed people. The creation, in 1984, of the BSP by a breakaway group, signalled their disillusionment with the failure of BAMCEF to achieve this objective. 29 This went down to 403 after the creation of Uttaranchal state.

Appendix 1

FD stands for Forfeiture of Deposit. A candidate’s security deposit is forfeited if he is not elected and he also fails to secure more than one-sixth of the total valid votes polled in the constituency.

References Alam, Anwar. 2003. ‘Democratisation of Indian Muslims: Some Reﬂections’ in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XXXVIII, No. 46. November 15–21, pp. 4881–5. Anwar, Ali. 2001. Masawat ki Jang. (Hindi) Vani Prakashan, New Delhi. Ansari, Iqbal A. 2003. Muslim Representation in Legislatures: 1952–2002. Jamia Hamdard University, New Delhi. Mimeo. Austin, Granville. 1999. [1966] The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Baruah, Sanjib. 1999. India Against Itself: Assam and the Politics of Nationality. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Bayly, Susan. 1999. Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age (The New Cambridge History of India IV.3). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Beiner, Ronald. 1995. Introduction to Beiner (ed.) Theorizing Citizenship. State University of New York Press, Albany. Belmont, Katharine, Scott Mainwaring and Andrew Reynolds. 2002. ‘Introduction: Institutional Design, Conﬂict Management, and Democracy’ in Andrew Reynolds (ed.) The Architecture of Democracy: Constitutional Design, Conﬂict Management and Democracy. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Beteille, Andre. 1977. ‘Caste and Social Status’ in Romesh Thapar (ed.) Tribe, Caste and Religion in India. Macmillan, Delhi. Birch, A.H. 1971. Representation. Pall Mall, London. Brass, Paul R. 1992. The Politics of India Since Independence. (The New Cambridge History of India Volume IV.1) Foundation Books/Cambridge University Press, New Delhi. ——.2003. The Production of Hindu-Muslim Violence in Contemporary India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Chandhoke, Neera. Forthcoming. ‘Negotiating Linguistic Diversity in Democracies: A Comparative Study of the USA and India’, in K.S. Bajpai (ed.) Democracy and Diversity: A Comparative Study of India and the United States. Chandra, Kanchan. 2004. Why Ethnic Parties Succeed: Patronage and Ethnic Head Counts in India. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. 2000. Second Report: Representation of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the Judiciary with special reference to the appointment in Supreme Court and High Courts. Lok Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi. Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. 2001. Seventeenth Report: Military Participation Ratio of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in Defence Services – Policy and Perspective. Lok Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi. Das Gupta, Jyotirindra. 1991. ‘Ethnicity, Democracy and Development in India: Assam in a General Perspective’ in Atul Kohli (ed.) India’s Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State-Society Relations. Orient Longman, New Delhi. 222

References 223 Eldersveld, Samuel J. and Bashiruddin Ahmed. 1978. Citizens and Politics: Mass Political Behaviour in India. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Elwin, Verrier. [1960] 1977. ‘Issues in Tribal Policy Making’ in Romesh Thapar (ed.) Tribe, Caste and Religion in India. Macmillan, Delhi. Engineer, Asghar Ali. 1987. The Shah Bano Controversy. Orient Longman, New Delhi. Frankel, Francine and M.S.A. Rao (eds). 1989. Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of a Social Order. (In two volumes) Oxford University Press, Delhi. Fuller, Christopher J. 2003. ‘Caste’ in Veena Das (ed.) The Oxford India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Furer-Haimendorf, Christoph. 1967. ‘The Position of the Tribal Populations in Modern India’ in Philip Mason (ed.) India and Ceylon: Unity and Diversity. Institute of Race Relations, London and Oxford University Press, Oxford. Gaborieau, Marc. [1993] 2003. ‘Towards a Sociology of Indian Muslims’ in M. Waseem, (ed.) On Becoming an Indian Muslim: French Essays on Aspects of Syncretism. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Galanter, Marc. 1984. Competing Equalities: Law and the Backward Classes in India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Ghosh, Partha S. 1996. ‘Language Policy and National Integration: The Indian Experience’ in Ethnic Studies Report, Colombo. Vol. XIV, No. 1, January, pp. 49–72. Ghosh, Partha S. 1997. ‘Positive Discrimination in India: A Political Analysis’ in Ethnic Studies Report, Colombo. Vol. XV, No. 2, July, pp. 135–88. Government of India. 1955. Report of the Backward Classes Commission. Volume III. (Chairman: Kaka Kalelkar). Government of India. 1980a. Report of the Backward Classes Commission. Volume I. (Chairman: B.P. Mandal). Government of India. 1980b. Report of the High Power Panel on Minorities, S.C., S.T. & Weaker Sections. (Chairman: Dr. Gopal Singh) Government of India. 1997. Ninth Five Year Plan (1997–2002). Planning Commission, New Delhi. http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/ ﬁveyr/default.html (Vol. II) Government of India. 2001. Census of India. www.censusindia.net Government of Madhya Pradesh. 2002. The Bhopal Document: Charting a New Course for Dalits for the 21st Century. Bhopal. Goyal, Santosh. 1989. ‘Social Background of Ofﬁcers in the Indian Administrative Service’ in Francine R. Frankel and M.S.A. Rao (eds) Dominance and State Power in Modern India: Decline of a Social Order. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Hansen, Thomas Blom. 1999. The Saffron Wave: Democracy and Hindu Nationalism in Modern India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Hansen, Thomas Blom and Christophe Jaffrelot (eds). 1998. The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Hasan, Mushirul. 1997. Legacy of a Divided Nation: India’s Muslims since Independence. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Hill, B.W. (ed.). 1975. Edmund Burke on Government, Politics and Society. Fontana, The Harvester Press, Glasgow.

224 References Horowitz, Donald L. 2002. ‘Constitutional Design: Proposals versus Processes’ in Andrew Reynolds (ed.) The Architecture of Democracy: Constitutional Design, Conﬂict Management and Democracy. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Jaffrelot, Christophe. 2003. India’s Silent Revolution: The Rise of the Low Castes in North Indian Politics. Permanent Black, Delhi. Jayal, Niraja Gopal. 1999. Democracy and the State: Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Jayal, Niraja Gopal. 2003. ‘Civil Societies: Real and Imagined’ in Indian Journal of Political Science, Vol. 63, Nos. 2 & 3, June–September 2002 (Special Issue on Critical Perspectives on Civil Society), pp. 183–91. Jayal, Niraja Gopal. 2004. ‘A Malevolent Embrace? The BJP and the Muslims in the Parliamentary Election of 2004’ in India Review, Vol. 3, No. 3. July, pp. 183–209. Jayal, Niraja Gopal and Bishnu Mohapatra. 2004. ‘The National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes’ in Nanda P. Wanasundera (ed.) Protection of Minority Rights and Diversity. International Centre for Ethnic Studies, Colombo. Jenkins, Laura Dudley. 2003. Identity and Identiﬁcation in India: Deﬁning the Disadvantaged. Routledge Curzon, London. Kohli, Atul. 1990. Democracy and Discontent: India’s Growing Crisis of Governability. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Kothari, Rajni (ed.). 1970. Caste in Indian Politics. Orient Longman, Delhi. ——. [1964] 2002. ‘The Congress “System” in India’ in Zoya Hasan (ed.) Parties and Party Politics in India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Kukathas, Chandran. 2002. ‘Are there any cultural rights?’ in G.W. Smith (ed.) Liberalism: Critical Concepts in Political Theory. Volume IV: The Limits of Liberalism. Routledge, London. Kumar, Narender. 2004. Dalit Policies, Politics and Parliament. Shipra Publications, Delhi. Kumar, Sanjay. 2002. ‘New Phase in Backward Caste Politics in Bihar, 1990–2000’ in Ghanshyam Shah (ed.) Caste and Democratic Politics in India. Permanent Black, Delhi. Larson, Gerald James. 1997. India’s Agony over Religion. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Lieten, G.K. 1996. ‘Panchayats in Western Uttar Pradesh’ in Economic and Political Weekly. Vol. XXXI, No. 39, September 28, pp. 2700–5. Lijphart, Arend. 2001. ‘The Puzzle of Indian Democracy: A Consociational Interpretation’ in Niraja Gopal Jayal (ed.) Democracy in India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Madan, T.N. 2003. ‘Religions of India: Plurality and Pluralism’ in Veena Das (ed.) The Oxford India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology. Oxford University Press, Delhi. pp. 775–801. Majumdar, Manabi and S. Subramanian. 2001. ‘Capability Failure and Group Disparities: Some Evidence from India for the 1980s’ in The Journal of Development Studies. Vol. 37, No. 5, June, pp. 104–40. Manin, Bernard, Adam Przeworski, and Susan C. Stokes. 1999. ‘Elections and Representation’ in Adam Przeworski, Susan C. Stokes and Bernard Manin (eds) Democracy, Accountability, and Representation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

References 225 Masani, Minoo. 1953. Our India – 1953. Oxford University Press, Bombay. Matthew, George and Ramesh C. Nayak. 1996. ‘Panchayats at Work: What it means for the Oppressed’ in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XXXI, No. 27, July 6. pp. 1765–71. McMillan, Alistair. 2001. Majoritarianism and Group Representation in India, New Zealand, the UK and US. Paper presented at the Political Studies Association Conference, Manchester. 10–12 April. Mendelsohn, Oliver and Marika Vicziany. 1998. The Untouchables: Subordination, Poverty and the State in Modern India. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Mill, John Stuart. [1861] 1971. On Liberty, Representative Government and The Subjection of Women. Oxford University Press, London. Mishra, Salil. 2003. Creation of Separate Identities: Hindi, Urdu, Hindustani. Paper presented at the seminar on Culture, Identity and Development at the Maison des Sciences de l’Homme, Paris. 21–23 May. Mitra, Subrata K. and V.B. Singh. 1999. Democracy and Social Change in India: A Cross-Sectional Analysis of the National Electorate. Sage Publications, New Delhi. National Commission for Minorities. 1997. The National Commission for Minorities Act 1992 (Act XIX of 1992) as amended by the National Commission for Minorities (Amendment) Act 1995 (Act XLI of 1995) National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. 1998. Fourth Report. New Delhi. National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. 1999–2000 & 2000–2001. Sixth Report. New Delhi. Nehru, Jawaharlal. 1989. An Autobiography. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Noorani, A.G. (ed.). 2003. The Muslims of India: A Documentary Record. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Omvedt, Gail. 1996. ‘The Anti-Caste Movement and the Discourse of Power’ in T.V. Sathyamurthy (ed.) Region, Religion, Caste, Gender and Culture in Contemporary India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Pai, Sudha. 1998. ‘Pradhanis in New Panchayats’ in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XXXIII, No. 18. May 2–8, pp. 1009–10. ——.2002a. Dalit Assertion and the Unﬁnished Democratic Revolution: The Bahujan Samaj Party in Uttar Pradesh. Sage Publications, New Delhi. ——.2002b. Parties and Political Stability in India: Problems and Prospects. Paper prepared for the project India 2025: A Social, Political and Economic Assessment, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi. Pai Panandiker, V.A. and Ajay Mehra. 1996. The Indian Cabinet: A Study in Governance. Centre for Policy Research and Konark Publishers, New Delhi. Pandey, Gyanendra. 1990. The Construction of Communalism in Colonial North India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Parashar, Archana. 1992. Women and Family Law Reform in India. Sage Publications, New Delhi. Parekh, Bhikhu. [1994] 2003. ‘Discourses on National Identity’ in Bidyut Chakrabarty (ed.) Communal Identity in India: Its Construction and Articulation in the Twentieth Century. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Patnaik, Utsa and Zoya Hasan. 1995. ‘Aspects of the Farmers’ Movement in Uttar Pradesh in the Context of Uneven Capitalist Development in Indian

226 References Agriculture’ in T.V. Sathyamurthy (ed.) Industry and Agriculture in India since Independence. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Phillips, Anne. 1996. The Politics of Presence. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Pitkin, Hanna Fenichel. 1989. ‘Representation’ in Terence Ball, James Farr and Russell L. Hanson (eds) Political Innovation and Conceptual Change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Potter, David. 1996. India’s Political Administrators 1919–1983. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Rai, Alok. 2001. Hindi Nationalism. (Tracts for the Times, 13). Orient Longman, Delhi. Rao, B. Shiva. 1967. The Framing of India’s Constitution: Select Documents, Vol. II. Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi. Rao, B. Shiva. 1968. The Framing of India’s Constitution: A Study. Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi. Razzack, Azra and Anil Gumber. 2000. Differentials in Human Development: A Case for Empowerment of Muslims in India. Paper prepared for the Programme of Research on Human Development of the National Council of Applied Economic Research, New Delhi. Rudolph, Lloyd I. and Susanne H. Rudolph. 1987. In Pursuit of Lakshmi: The Political Economy of the Indian State. Orient Longman, Delhi. Rudolph, Lloyd I. and Susanne Hoeber Rudolph. 1967. The Modernity of Tradition. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Sainath, P. 1998. The Hindu, July 5, 1998. Sarkar, Sumit. 1998. Modern India: 1885–1947. Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi. Shah, Ghanshyam. 2002a. ‘Introduction: Caste and Democratic Politics’ in Ghanshyam Shah (ed.) Caste and Democratic Politics in India. Permanent Black, Delhi. Shah, Ghanshyam. 2002b. ‘Social Backwardness and the Politics of Reservations’ in Ghanshyam Shah (ed.) Caste and Democratic Politics in India. Permanent Black, Delhi. Shariff, Abusaleh. 1999. India: Human Development Report: A Proﬁle of Indian States in the 1990s. National Council for Applied Economic Research and Oxford University Press, Delhi. Sheth, D.L. 2002. ‘Caste and Class: Social Reality and Political Representations’ in Ghanshyam Shah (ed.) Caste and Democratic Politics in India. Permanent Black, Delhi. Singh, Gurharpal. 2000. Ethnic Conﬂict in India: A Case-Study of Punjab. Macmillan, London. Singh, M.P. and Rekha Saxena. 2003. India at the Polls: Parliamentary Elections in the Federal Phase. Orient Longman, Delhi. Singh, Udaya Narayana. 2003. ‘Social Aspects of Language’ in Veena Das (ed.) The Oxford India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Sridharan, E. 2002. ‘The Origins of the Electoral System: Rules, Representation and Power-sharing in India’s Democracy’ in Zoya Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds) India’s Living Constitution: Ideas, Practices, Controversies. Permanent Black, Delhi. ——. (forthcoming). ‘Does India Need to Switch to Proportional Representation? The Pros and Cons’ in Paul Flather (ed.) Recasting Indian Politics: Essays on a Working Democracy. Palgrave, London.

References 227 —— and Ashutosh Varshney. 2001. ‘Toward Moderate Pluralism: Political Parties in India’ in Larry Diamond and Richard Gunther (eds) Political Parties and Democracy. The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore. Stuligross, David and Ashutosh Varshney. 2002. ‘Ethnic Diversities, Constitutional Designs, and Public Policies in India’ in Andrew Reynolds (ed.) The Architecture of Democracy: Constitutional Design, Conﬂict Management, and Democracy. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Subramanian, Narendra. 1999. Ethnicity and Populist Mobilization: Political Parties, Citizens and Democracy in South India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Union Public Service Commission. 2003. Annual Report 2000–2001 (Appendix XI). New Delhi. Varshney, Ashutosh. 2002. Ethnic Conﬂict and Civic Life: Hindus and Muslims in India. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Visaria, Pravin and Leela Visaria. 2003. ‘India’s Population: Its Growth and Key Characteristics’ in Veena Das (ed.) The Oxford India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology. Oxford University Press, Delhi. Vora, Rajendra. 2003. ‘Decline of Caste Majoritarianism in Indian Politics’ in Rajendra Vora and Suhas Palshikar (eds) Indian Democracy: Meanings and Practices. Sage Publications, New Delhi. Weiner, Myron. 1967. Party Building in a New Nation: The Indian National Congress. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago. ——. 2001. ‘The struggle for equality: caste in Indian politics’ in Atul Kohli (ed.) The Success of India’s Democracy. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Xaxa, Virginius. 2003. ‘Tribes in India’ in Veera Das (ed.) 2003. The Oxford India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology. Volume I. Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Yadav, Yogendra. 2000. ‘Understanding the Second Democratic Upsurge: trends of Bahujan participation in electoral politics in the 1990s’ in Francine Frankel, Zoya Hasan, Rajeev Bhargava and Balveer Arora (eds) Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of Democracy. Oxford University Press, Delhi. ——. 2003. ‘The New Congress Voter’ in Seminar, No. 526, June, pp. 64–70. Zakaria, Raﬁq. 2004. Indian Muslims: Where Have They Gone Wrong? Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Mumbai.

Index afﬁrmative action constitutional commitment to, 191 constitutional provisions for, 4 policies of, 5, 36, 196 Aga Khan, 92 Ahmed, Bashiruddin, 220 Ahmed, Fakhruddin Ali, 148 AJGAR, 106 Akali Dal, 96 Aligarh movement, 219 All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (AIADMK or ADMK), xi, 99, 218n1 All India Christian Council, 50 All India Muslim OBC Organisation, 57 all-India sample survey, 218, see also National Sample Survey Organisation Ambedkar, B.R. Dr, 28, 58–9, 85 Memorandum and Draft Articles on the Rights of States and Minorities, 221 Ambedkar, Prakash, 129 Ambedkar villages, 86 American Constitution, 220 Anglo-Indians community, 118 reservation in the legislatures, 114 separate electorates for, 92 Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam, see AIADMK Ansari, Abdul Qaiyum, 32 Anthropological Survey of India, 38 Antulay, A.R., 149 armed forces, 175–84 Asom Gana Parishad (AGP), xi, 46 Assam Accord, 46 Attorney-General of India, 184 Austin, G., 93 Autonomous District Councils, 70 Azad, Maulana Abdul Kalam, 53

Babri Masjid, demolition of the, 56, see also under communal riots/violence Backward classes, 28, 60, 63 Classes Commission, 63, 64 Classes Reservation Commission, 31 no statutory reservation for, 135 representation, 135 ten different denotations of, 60 Backward castes, 12, 36–7, 60, 64, 135 Chief Ministers from, 135 Backward and Minorities Classes Employees Federation (BAMCEF), xi, 181, 221n28 Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP), xi, 57, 66–7, 96, 105, 115, 129, 150, 156, 186, 192, 195 emergence of, 183 ethnic proﬁle of, 181 leader-centric character of, 181–3 Bangladesh, 2, 23 Bayly, Susan, 60–1 Beteille, Andre, 37 Bengal Presidency, 38, 44 Bharatiya Jana Sangh (BJS), xi, 97, 178, 220, 223 Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), xi, 5, 67, 95, 98–100, 113, 180, 186, 220 ‘Brahmin-bania’ party, 110 cadre-based party, 110 Coalition government 1998–2004, 12, 150 communalism of, 110 and corruption, 111 ethnic proﬁle of, 180 -led NDA governments, 109, 156 recruitment of dalits and tribals, 113 Sangh Parivar, 113 Bharatiya Kranti Dal, 105 Bharipa Bahuja Mahasangha (BBM), xi, 129, 187 228

Index 229 Bihar Provincial Jamiat-ul-Momineen, 32 Biju Janata Dal, 99, 106 Bodos ‘Bodoland’, 218 Bofors scam, 108 Brass, Paul, 46, 54 British Army in India, 58 colonial rule, 1–2, 26, 36, 58, 89, 102 policy of ‘divide and rule’, 48 Buddhism/Buddhists, 20, 23, 28, 217 bureaucracy, 13, 79, 160–75, 189–91 ‘committed’, 161 ethnic composition of, 13 quota-based reservation for, 189 recruitment data, 190 representation of SCs, STs and OBCs in, 191 Burke, Edmund, 6 Cabinet Secretariat, 13, 163 Cabinets, see Union Cabinets caste, 28 anti-Brahman sentiment, 59 basis for political mobilization, 26 and class, 37 deﬁning characteristic of Indian society, 25 identities, 36, 58 inequality, 26 and Hinduism, 28 political mobilization, 150, 187 politics, 105, 193 ranking of, 219 and ‘social justice’, 195 stratiﬁcation, 26, 58 system, 31, 58 Census of India, 17 1931, 28, 46 1951, 38, 45–6 1961, 45 1981, 22 1991, 22, 38 2001, 20, 28, 39 data on languages, 17, literacy rate, see under literacy mother tongue, 17, 20, 42, 45, 46, 52, 218n3

Central Government, 19, 64, 66, 79, 171 Central Legislative Assembly, 59 Central Stafﬁng Scheme, 163 Centre for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS), xi, 97–8, 218 Chandhoke, Neera, xiii, 20, 44, 53 Chandra, Kanchan, 221 Charan Singh, Choudhury, see under Prime Ministers Christians/Christianity, 21–2, 24, 27, 30, 50, 136, 120, 186, 217 Dalit, 30 Fundamental Rights, 60 literacy rate, 86, see under literacy majority community in three states, 22 missionaries, 69 scheduled caste converts to, 120 civil rights atrocities and protection of, 75, see also Prevention of Atrocities Act 1989 coalition governments, 5, 90, 149 formal pre-poll arrangements, 149 inherent instability of, 96 politics, 189 short-lived, 106 colonial rule, see under British Commissioner on Backward Classes, 106, 150, see also Mandal Commission for Linguistic Minorities, 20 for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 38, 72 Communal Award of 1932, 60, see also Depressed Classes communal riots/violence, 96 Babri Masjid, destruction of, 53 during Partition of India, 53 essentially urban phenomenon, 54 role of the state in, 54 security of Muslim citizens, 57 Communist Parties, 96 Communist Party of India (Marxist) (CPM), xi, 99, 107, 186 in West Bengal, 109, 129

230 Index compensatory discrimination, 62, 69, 74, 186, 192 ‘the creamy layer’ and, 190 policies of, 5, 14, 79, 102, 186, 190, 192, 197, 218 Comptroller and Auditor-General (CAG) of India, xi, 77–8 Congress Party commitment to equal citizenship and secular values, 55, 110 Congress system, 136 decline of hegemony, 37, 96 defeat of, 105 dynastic control over, 175, 177 ethnic proﬁle of, 177 -led coalition, 109 organizational attenuation, 12 party of consensus, 36, 102 party preferred by disadvantaged people, 98 protector of minorities, 55 sympathy wave for, 104 ‘umbrella’ character of, 11, 36 Congress (I), 97 Congress (R), 97 Congress Working Committee (CWC), xi, 175–7 consociational model, 100, see also Lijphardt, A. Constituent Assembly, 42–3, 48–9, 53, 221 Constitution of India 73rd and 74th Amendment Acts (1993), 71, 82 Article 16(4), 63 Article 25, 48 Article 26, 48–9 Article 27, 49 Articles 29 and 30, 49 Article 44, 51 Article 46, 61 Article 243-G, 83 Article 325, 94, 219 Article 340, 63 Article 341, 30 common civil code importance of, 51 Eighth Schedule of, 17, 19 Eleventh Schedule, 83

federalism, cultural rights and personal laws, 100 Forty Sixth Amendment Bill, 74 freedom of the citizen in, 49 ‘national’ language, 17 ‘ofﬁcial’ languages, 17 One Hundredth Amendment bill, 18 provides cultural autonomy, 100 reservation of seats , 61 separate electorates explicitly outlawed, 219 Seventh Amendment to (1956), 44 Sixty Fifth Amendment Act 1990, 74 constitutional discourse, 119 Council of Ministers, 146, 151 ‘the creamy layer’, see under compensatory discrimination criminal law, 4, 51 through constitutional provisions, 4 limiting the, 51 universally applicable, 4 Criminal Procedure Code Section, 125 of the, 51 crude birth rate (CBR), 25 cultural diversities, 2, 15 approach to, 3 in India, 185 cultural pluralism, 5 cumulative historical inequality, 36 Curzon, Lord, 42 dalits, 28, 36, 66, 73, 96, 115, 197 Bahujan samaj, 75 the oppressed, 217–18 rising atrocities against, 73, see also Prevention of Atrocities Act 1989 decennial all-India census of 1871, 58, see also Census Delimitation Commission, 94 democracy/democratization, 6, 8, 90 decentralization, 82–4 ethnic diversity in, 90 Indian, 111 legitimacy, 101 majoritarian formula, 90

Index 231 objective of, 66 political programmes of different parties, 8 politics, 66 third wave of, 89 universal adult franchise, 6 Department of Social Welfare, Government of India, 72 Depressed Classes, 58–60, see also Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes deprivation important forms of, 34 material, 186 of rights, 76 social and economic, 9, 41 Desai, Morarji, see under Prime Ministers Deve Gowda, H.D., see under Prime Ministers Directive Principles of State Policy, 5, 61, 92 non-justiciable, Article 44, 49 Directorate General of Backward Classes Welfare (DGBCW), 72, 74 disadvantaged groups, 72, 102, 116 Discovery of India, 3 diversity, 25, 104 associated with PR, 101 challenge to the idea of, 104 gender disparities, 25, see also under literacy of India, 3 linguistic, see linguistic diversity managing, 42, 70 mapping, 15, 41 negotiating, 89, 113 for non-governmental organizations, 184 outcomes, 101 policies, 175, 184 promoting, 71, 88 representing, in institutions of governance, 114–87 various types of, 1 Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK), xi, 96, 99, 218 Dravidian parties of southern India, 218

Dravidianist mobilization, against the state and central governments, 45 DS-4 (the Dalit Shoshit Samaj Sangharsh Samiti), 181 Duverger, M. 100 East Bengal (later East Pakistan and now Bangladesh), 46 economic deprivation, 9, 16–17, 23, 41, 55 Eldersveld, S.J., 220 Election Commission of India, 12, 77, 220–1 elections, 57, 110, 129 conduct of, 92 to the Eleventh Lok Sabha, 1996, 98, 108 ﬁfth general election in 1971, 178 limited provisions relating to, 92 mid-term election in 1998, 109 Muslim-majority constituencies, 57 popular vote, 95, 105, 109 seeking votes on the basis of caste and religious identity, 193 to the Tenth Lok Sabha, 1991, 108 to the Twelfth Lok Sabha, 1998, 98, 109 electoral system, 10, 100, 89–113 ﬁrst-past-the-post (FPTP), 10 hung parliaments, 96, see also Parliament majoritarian formula, 90, 96 majority run-off system, 101 multi-member constituencies, 94 multi-party polity, 99 proportional representation, see proportional representation (PR) reform, 101 reserved constituencies, 94, see also reservations single-member constituencies, 94 Eleventh Schedule, see under Constitution of India Elwin, V., 67, 219

232 Index English, 19, 42–3 language of legislation, 19 learning of, 37, 42 ofﬁcial language, 43 equal citizenship, 4, 48 equality background conditions of, 33 democratic principle of, 5 ethnic cleansing, 218 conﬂict, 54, 89 diversity, 1, 14, 16, 89; 100 identity, 16 parties, 97 representation, 194 Ever Enrolment Rate (EER), xi, 25, see also literacy rate federalism, xv, 91, 100 fertility levels, 34 Fifth Five Year Plan, 69 ﬁrst-past-the-post, see FPTP Forward Bloc, 99 Castes, 13, 223 FPTP system, xi, 10, 91, 94–5, 100–1, 104, 115, see also under electoral system disfavouring minorities, 115 distortions of, 104 encouraging ethnic mobilization, 100 majoritarian, 94 single-member territorial constituencies, 101 Fundamental Rights in the Indian Constitution, 48, 92 Galanter, Marc, 4, 31, 38, 60, 73, 115, 146 Gandhi, Indira, see under Prime Ministers Gandhi, Mahatma (Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi), 58, 178, 218n4 Gandhi, Rajiv, 46, 64, 104, 108, 151, 164, 177, see also under Prime Ministers Gandhi, Sonia, 177

gender and decentralization, 220 gender justice, 5, 49 disparity in literacy, 41 principles of, 5 prospects of, 49 Ghanghare, R.M., 129 Ghurye, G.S., 67 Gopal Singh Committee Report, 168 Government of India (GOI), xi, 63, 74, 82 Act of 1909, 47 Act of 1919, 48, 59 Acts 1935, 37, 48, 91 Secretaries to the, 163 separate electorates for communal representation, 48 government(s), 95, 100, 162 of Assam, 19 down-sizing, 162 elected on a minority share, 100 employees, 190 of Fiji, 220 single-party majority, 95 Green Revolution, 63, 106 Gujral, I.K., see under Prime Ministers Harijans, 58, 218 Haryana Vikas Party, 99 Hasan, Mushirul, 47, 50–1, 53 Head Count Ratio (HCR), xi, 24, 35, 40, 218 health indicators, 25 High Court language, 19 of Madhya Pradesh, 51 Hindi, 19, 43, 45, 53, 221 agitation against, 45 Devanagari script, 53 dialects of, 19 protests in Tamil Nadu, 45 Sanskritized, 43, 53 and Urdu, 43 Hindu(s), 15, 21 and Muslims, 54–5 nationalism, 5 principal minority, 22 revivalist parties, 97 social order, 15, 26 Hindu Code Bill of 1950, 49

Index 233 Hinduism Brahmanical, 58 a federation of faiths, 21 ‘normative association’ of Hindi with, 52 and Sikhs, 30 Hindustani, 43, 53 ‘lingua franca’ of India, 53 mix of Hindi and Urdu, 43 Hindutva, 15, 111 Horowitz, D.L., 220 household income, 33 human development indicators, 16, 34, 194 Human Development Report for India, 33, 40 hung parliament, see under electoral system Hussain, Zakir, 148 IAS, xi, 13, 160–1, 163, 189 identity, 11, 16 construction of, 14 political fragmentation of, 11 politics and, 219 primordial, 16 income, agricultural, 33 Income-Poverty Ratios, 35 India, 2, 149 cultural diversity of, 149 independence, 9, 26 India Human Development Report, 24 Indian Administrative Service, see IAS Indian Audit and Accounts Service, 13, 160–5, 168, 171, 189–91 Indian bureaucracy, see bureaucracy Indian Civil Service (ICS), xi, 13, 160–1, 199 and IAS, 161 religious composition, 160 Indian Constitution, 2, 4, 91, see also Constitution of India of 1950, 38 secular, 4 preamble to the, 75 Indian Customs and Excise Service, 162

Indian Engineering Service, 167, 190 Indian Forest Service, 13, 161, 167, 190 reserved vacancies, 167 Indian National Congress, see Congress Party Indian National Lok Dal (Haryana), 106 Indian Parliament, see Parliament Indian Police Service (IPS), xi, 161, 189 successor of the ICS, 160 Indian Revenue Service, 162 Indian society, 13, 16, 26, 71, 103, 105 cross-cutting cleavages, 103 diversity of, 16 marginalized groups in, 71, 105 overlap between caste and material disadvantage, 26 Indian Union Muslim League (IUML), xi, 57 inequalities, 10, 14, 41, 191–2, 197 cultural, 10, 41 intra-group, 10 material, 197 social and economic, 10, 14 symbolic, 197 infant mortality rates, 35 institutional design, 10, 14 ﬂaws in, 14 Integrated Rural Development Scheme, see Jawahar Rozgar Yojana Intermediate Castes, 37, 223 Islam, 21, 28, 31 and Christianity, 30 low-caste converts to, 31 Jaffrelot, Christophe, 135, 180, 223 Jagjivan Ram, 217 Jains, 20 Jammu and Kashmir, 53, 187, 220 Jana Sangh, see Bharatiya Jana Sangh Janata Dal, 99, 106, 180 association with Backward Castes, 180 ethnic proﬁle of, 180 Janata Party, 97, 107, 178, 220

234 Index Jawahar Rozgar Yojana, 85 Jayal, Niraja Gopal, xv–xviii, 111, 115, 217n4 Jenkins, Laura, 219 Jews in India, 20, 23 Joint Parliamentary Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 73 Judaism, 21 judiciary, 175–84 Justice Movement, 59 Kaka Kalelkar Report, 63 Kanshi Ram, 128–9 Karnataka, 22, 29, 44, 60, 64, 66, 84, 99, 106, 109, 112, 117, 121–2, 124–5, 127, 137, 156, 207, 209, 211, 213, 218n8, 220n21 Kesari, Sitaram, 177 Khalistan, 23 KHAM alliance, 105 Khan, Mohammed Ahmed, 51 Khan, Syed Ahmad Sir, 47 Kohli, Atul, 220 Kothari, Rajni, 67, 96, 102 Krishnamurty, Jana, 110 Kukathas Chandran, 217 Lakshadweep islands, 220 language(s), 39, 43, 45–7, 96 basis of federation, 43 basis of movements for statehood, 46 controversies, 42–3 dialects, 39 in Eighth Schedule, 46 Maithili movement, 47 national language, 43 ofﬁcial language , 43 policy on, 45 protection for linguistic minorities within states, 45 riots, 44 Law Commission of India, 101 Laxman, Bangaru, 110 Legislative Assemblies, 32, 61 liberalization, 175 Lieten, G.K., 85, 86 Lijphart, A., 115, 220–2 theorist of consociationalism, 100, 221

linguistic diversity, 18–20, 42–3, 46, 218 additional ‘ofﬁcial’ languages, 20 Bodo, 19 English, 18 Maithili, 18, 218 management of, 47 mother-tongues, 20, 42, 218 politically contentious in, 43 single national/ofﬁcial language, 43 literacy, 34, 189 gender disparity, 34, 41, 185 rate, 24–5, 30, 34, 41, 185–6 Lohia, Ram Manohar, 105 Lok Dal, 67, 105, 107 Lok Sabha(s), 10, 12, 74, 94, 101, 109, 130, 136, 182, 187, 222 1st, 115 9th to 14th, 108 10th, 129, 136 10th to 14th, 128 11th, 135 12th, 13th, 14th, 129 comparisons across the ﬁve, 130 current (14th), 109, 119, 219 elections (1952–1971), 56 extent of representation of minorities, 182 ﬁrst six, 128 NDA call for the dissolution of, 109 ‘northern’ dominance in, 222 proﬁles, changes in, 187 Lok Shakti (Karnataka), 106 Madan, T.N., 21 Madras Presidency, 44, 59 Majlis-e-lttehadul Muslimeen (MIM), xi, 57 majoritarian formula, 90, 100, see also under electoral system Majumdar, Manabi, 35 Mandal, B.P., 64 Mandal Commission on Backward Classes, 28, 64–5, 106, 220 criteria for determining social and educational backwardness, 65 implementation of, 162, 180 recommendations, 195 reserved quotas for OBCs, 64

Index 235 Manohar Joshi case, Supreme Court judgement in, 111 Masani, Minoo, 3 Mayawati, 86 192 Mehra, Ajay, 222, 227 Members of Parliament (MPs), 10, 110, 115, 119, 129, 186 Mendelsohn, Oliver, 28 Meshram, Waman, 223 Mill, J.S., 6, 89, 90 Ministries/Ministry, 163 for disinvestment, 221 of Home Affairs, 73 of Information Technology, 221 of Social Welfare, 74 of the Union Government, 13 minorities/minority, 55, 100, 134, see also religious minorities claims of, 3 community, 51 identity, 55 marginality, 55 rights, 92 veto, 100, 221 mirror representation, 151, 187 Mishra, Salil, 52 Mitra, Subrata K., xiii, 99 Mohapatra, Bishnu, 219 Mookerjee, Shyama Prasad Dr, 178 Morley-Minto Reforms, 59 Most Backward Castes (MBCs), xi, 64 Motilal Nehru, Report of 1928, 44, 48 Mountbatten, Lord, 48 multi-party system, 4, 90, 100–1, 112, 113 centripetal tendency, 101 coalition governments, 90 one-party dominated, 100 Muslim League, 48, 55 post-Partition period, 55 Muslim Personal Law, 51 Muslim Women’s (Protection of Rights in Divorce), 51, 221 Muslims association with Urdu language, 52 backward class, 32, 57 community, 56–7 dalits, 30

in the IAS, 171 in the judiciary, 171 not homogeneous, 22 OBC organizations, 67, 117 political leadership, 56 representation, 56, 115, 196, 219n6, see also representation second largest religious community, 22 separate electorates for, 92 Shah Bano judgement, see under religious minorities social and economic deprivation, 55, see also deprivation voting patterns, 55 women, 52 Narmada Valley, 74 National Commission on Backward Classes, 71, 219 for Minorities, 30, 49, 71 to Review the Working of the Constitution (NCRWC), xi, 101 for Safai Karamcharis (cleaning personnel), 79 for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 71 National Commission for Minorities, 10, 49–50 National Commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, see NCSCST National Conference, 109, see also Jammu and Kashmir National Council for Applied Economic Research, 33 National Democratic Alliance (NDA), xi, 109, 150, 156, 188–9, 203, 206 National Election Survey of CSDS, 98 National Emergency (1975–77), 104, 106, 175, 222 National Front, 108 national identity, 89 deﬁned, 2 movement for independence, 89 National Sample Survey Organisation (1999–2000), 23, 34

236 Index NCSCST, xi, 10, 35, 38, 70, 71–80 28th and 29th Reports of the Commissioner, 74 atrocities against Dalits, 79, see also Prevention of Atrocities Act 1989 constitutional obligation of, 80 core areas of functioning, 78 powers of a civil court, 76 protective institution, 10, 72 Nehru, Jawaharlal, 32–3, 44, see also under Prime Ministers ﬁve cabinets, 188 Nepal, 23 North-East, 158 Ofﬁcial Languages Act, 45 Other Backward Classes (OBCs), xi, 13, 26, 28, 31, 36, 63–4, 72, 83, 88, 105, 223 Pai, Panandiker, V.A., 222 Pai, Sudha, 86 Pakistan, 2, 7, 23, 48 creation of, 7 pan-Indian parties, 97 pancha shila (ﬁve principles), enunciation of, 7, see also Nehru, Jawaharlal panchayats, 62, 85–7 control over the, 87 district-level Zilla Parishad, 62 intermediate block or mandal panchayat, 62 nyaya, 84 pradhan, pradhanis in, 86 representation of women in, 85, 87 tiers of, 62, 82 Parekh, Bhikhu, 2 Parliament, 3, 5, 7, 18, 73, 81 118, 120, 184 changing social composition of, 183 committees of, 187 Muslims in, 116 proportion of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 120 proposal for 33% reservation for women, 184 reserved seats in, 118

Parliamentary Committee on the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, 182 Parsis, 93 Partition, 2, 23, 32, 43, 217 party system, 95, 101–13 Passi, Balraj, 128 Patel, Sardar Vallabhbhai, 93 per capita income, 23–4, 33, 40, 185 personal laws, 49 Phillips, A., 8, 114, 221 Planning Commission, 76, 220, 223 Ninth Five Year Plan of, 223 political accommodation, 64 articulation, 195 assertion, 182 citizenship, 6 community, 6 decentralization, 88 mobilization, 36, 41, 44, 66, 105, 192 political parties, 11, 50, 101–13, 175–84, 193, 220–1 politicization of caste, 67 congruence between party and caste, 105 politics, 46, 59, 66, 180, 192–3 administration and , 192 competitive populism, 66 lower caste assertions in, 180 of numbers, 59 of patronage, 68 of presence, 8, 114, 221 Poona Pact, 60 population of Hindus, 27, 59 main characteristics of, 6 of Muslims, 24, 52, 55–6, 59, 115 Potter, D., 160–1 poverty, 33 incidence of, 33 intensity of, 33, 218 line, 218 parameters of, 33 PR-type, 100 proportional representation (PR) system, 11, 93, 116–17, 195, see also representation

Index 237 President of India, 15, 59, 77 elected by an electoral college, 149 power to alter/de-schedule, 38 Presidential Order of 1950, 30 Prevention of Atrocities Act 1989, 77 Prime Minister, 13, 15, 222 Charan Singh, Choudhury, 105, 147 Desai, Morarji, 147 Deve Gowda, H.D., 106, 109, 158 Gandhi, Indira, 104, 109, 148, 156, 164, 175, 177, 188, 217, 222 Gandhi, Rajiv, 46, 51, 64, 105, 108, 151, 164, 177, 188 Gujral, I.K., 106, 109, 158 Nehru, Jawharlal, 147, 150, 188 Rao, Narasimha, P.V., 108, 150–1, 164, 177, 188, 222n19 Secretariat (later Ofﬁce), 13, 163 Shastri, Lal Bahadur, 147 Shekhar, Chandra, 157 Singh, Manmohan Dr, 110, 150, 156–7, 188–9 Singh, V.P., 64, 106, 108, 148, 150–1 Vajpayee, Atal Behari, 109, 157 private sector, 184 proportional representation (PR) systems, xi, 11, 116 Protection of Civil Rights Act, 63 Provincial Congress Committees, 217 Provincial Legislatures, 38 public sector, 1, 185 Punjab, 38, 44 Punjabi Suba, 45 Quotas, 6–8, 62, 190 for disadvantaged groups, 6 failure to substantively address disadvantage, 194 in housing, allotment of land, 62 not resulting in effective representation, 194 Rai, Alok, 43 Rajiv Gandhi’s cabinets, 188 Rajya Sabha, 61, 73 Ram Temple in Ayodhya, 108

Rao, Narasimha, P.V., see under Prime Ministers Rashtriya Janata Dal, 65, 96, 106, 150, 195 Rashtriya Lok Dal, 106 Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), xii, 113, 178 assassination of Mahatma Gandhi and, 178 religion conversion, 30 politicization of, 23 politics of, 47–58 represented in the Union Cabinet, 149 religious minorities, 4, 7, 35, 217, 223, see also under representation absence of quotas for, 7 freedom of religion, 4 guarantees of rights for, 4 Shah Bano judgment, 50 tokenism, 151 Report of the High Power Panel on Minorities, 168 representation, 4, 6–7, 9, 12, 18 assertion of lower castes for, 192 and democratic ideal, 7 and electoral dynamic, 154 federal structure based on linguistic boundaries, 4 implications for Indian society and politics, 184 in the legislatures, 38 Levellers’ conception of, 7 microcosmic representation, 6 of minorities, 136 normative and empirical, 7 outcomes of, 9,10, 17, 195 over-represented states, 156 in Parliament, 186,187 patterns of, 12, 186, 189 in the political sphere, 192 theories of, 6 Whig theory of, 6 Representation of the People Act 1951, 92, 93 Republic of Ireland, 92 Republican Party of India (RPI), xi, 129, 186

238 Index Republican Socialist Party, 99 reservations, 30, 33, 59, 62, 66, 84, 129, 185, 191, see also afﬁrmative action; compensatory discrimination; quotas for backward classes, 84 constitutionally mandated, 185 in education and public employment, 59 for a limited period of time, 33 in panchayats, 72 policies, 28, 117, 219 in the private sector, 66 Rudolph, Lloyd and Rudolph, Susanne, 3, 55, 67 Sainath, P., 87 Samajwadi Janata Party, 66, 96, 99, 105–6, 150, 180–2, 195 Samata Party, 32, 99, 106 Sangh Parivar, see under Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) Sangma, P.A., 151, 188 Sanskrit, 46 Sayeed, P.M., 120 Scheduled Castes (SCs), xii, 9, 26, 30, 33–6, 38, 58, 70, 96, 185, 217–19 deﬁnitional criteria, 38 distribution of population, 29, 128 formerly untouchable castes, 217 grievance-redressal mechanism for, 70 human development indicators of, 33 as ofﬁcial category, 217 status for Muslim Dalits, 58 victims of exploitation and oppression, 185 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 63 Scheduled Tribes (STs), xii, 9, 34–6, 40, 60, 114, 184, 219 Cabinet positions, 222 distribution of population, 39, 118 elected in excess of the reserved quota, 129 ofﬁcial deﬁnition, 120

secularism concept of, 48 Gandhian concept of sarva dharma sambhava, 50 Nehruvian idea of dharma nirpekshata, 50 Sen, Amartya, 34 Sen Index, 33, 40, 218 Shah Bano v. Mohammed Ahmed Khan, 51 Shah, Ghanshyam, 64, 67 Shahabuddin, Syed, 57 Sharma, B.D., 74 Shastri, Lal Bahadur, see under Prime Ministers Shekhar, Chandra, see under Prime Ministers Sheth, D.L., 36–7 Shinde, Sushil Kumar, 129 Shiv Sena, 99, 129, 186 Sikhs, 22, 31, 186, 217 Sindhi language, 46 Singh, Manmohan Dr, see under Prime Ministers Singh, V.B., xiii, 99 Singh, V.P., see under Prime Ministers single-state parties, 107 Socialist Party, 105 Sri Lanka, 23 Sridharan, E., 93, 95, 101, 218n5 Sriramulu, Sri Potti, fast unto death, 44 state(s), 4, 219 creation of states, 45 linguistic states, reorganization of, 43 State Assembly (Vidhan Sabha) elections, 32, 98 States Reorganisation Commission in 1953, 44–5 structures of governance, 16, 47, 114, 197 Subramanian, Narenda, xiii, 45, 97 Subramaniam, S., 35 Supreme Court, 19, 51, 111 Indra Sawhney judgement, 65, 190 language of, 19 Muslim judges, 171

Index 239 talaq (divorce), 219, see also Muslims Tamil nationalism, 45 Telugu Desam Party, 99 Thakur, Karpoori, 105 The People of India project, 38 tribes, 36–8, 68, 217, 220 adivasis, 217 animism, 21, 37 displacement, 68 folk Hinduism or Christianity, 21 impoverishment, 68 protective measures for, 68 under-represented in white-collar employment, 36 Trinamool Congress, 109 Uniform Civil Code, 49 Union Cabinets, 13, 66, 146, 150–1, 155–6, 182, 188–9, 222 caste composition, 151 extent of representation of minorities, 182 formation of, 150 linguistic representation in, 189 mirror representation in 151, see also mirror representation patterns of representation in, 147–50, 222 representation of diversity in, 188 representation of Muslims in, 156. 188 representation of the North-East in, 158, 189 representation of regions in, 155, 158, 222 reshufﬂes, 222 size of, 146 smaller body than Council of Ministers, 146

Union Government, 13, 36, 45, 73, 165 Union Public Service Commission (UPSC), 162, 165, 167 United Democratic Front (Kerala), 57 United Front (UF) Cabinets, 108, 156 coalition of the old National Front and the Left Parties, 108 governments, 31, 156, 158 United Provinces (now Uttar Pradesh), 53, 59 United States of America, 92 untouchability, 27, 59, 61, 63, 115 Article 17, 61 indignity of, 63 law against, 115 persistence of, 187 Upper Castes, 36, 135, 194, 223 urbanization, 41 Urdu language, 52, 53 mother tongue , 52 ofﬁcial language in Pakistan, 52 policy neglect of, 53 Vajpayee, Atal Behari, see under Prime Ministers Varshney, Ashutosh, 53–4 Vicziany, M., 28 Weiner, Myron, 220 West Bengal, 220 Work Participation Rate (WPR), xi, 25, 34 Yadav, Yogendra, 56, 99, 192 Zakaria, Raﬁq, 148 Zoroastrians, 20–1, 23, 217

Representing India: Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public Institutions (Ethnicity, Inequality and Public Sector Governance)